hide results

    Translation Guide by nitake92

    Version: 3 | Updated: 01/19/10 | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    SRW GC
    Episode 1
    Out in space, in a galaxy far away, a mysterious man tells his lady 
    commander that the time to use the power of the C.U.B.E. (henceforth CUBE 
    as in GameCube) for their glory has come to which the lady commander agrees.
    It is the year UC.0079, humanity has established outer space colonies in an 
    age of advancement. However with the destruction of the Mars base some 
    times ago, humanity learned that there are those out there that wish them 
    harm. To combat this, defense teams have sprouted up to protect the world 
    but the invaders that appear are numerous such as the Jyakku Empire, the 
    Robot Empire, the Dinosaur Empire and Dr.Hell's Kikaijuu army. Against them 
    are those such as the Photonic Labs, the Saotome Lab, Saishou Industries, 
    and the Earth Defense Class. The colonies however are left undefended and 
    unaided as the Earth Federation focused on defending the Earth which led 
    the Zeon and Giganos to take advantage of this dissatisfaction and begin 
    war on the Earth Federation for their own profits. The war between the 
    Earth Federation and these two factions has continued for many months with 
    the Federation on the losing end.
    Earth is no longer a safe place, it is being targeted.
    Some years ago in Japan, Suiun Akatsuki and his chief engineer Jinpui 
    Kawanichi were investigating a UFO landing. Suiun noted that they only 
    picked up on this with their new radar system otherwise they would have 
    thought it to be a very small meteor that would break up through the 
    atmosphere. With the Mars base's destruction as an example, they're not 
    sure what they'll find. Suddenly Suiun and Jinpui see a young woman in the 
    shadow from the "UFO" or spacecraft. She collapsed in front of them and 
    Suiun decides to take her to get medical aid at his company's med ward 
    against Jinpui's protest.
    Today, Suiun note that it's been many years since Fairy arrived. Jinpui 
    note that Fairy has quite the engineering knowledge in addition to acting 
    as Suiun's secretary and as a test pilot. Heck she even got a doctorate 
    from a British university in no time. Suiun says that above all, Fairy is a 
    good influence as a big sister to his daughter Akimi Akatsuki.
    Fairy arrives and says that the test unit is ready and everything seems to 
    be ok and Suiun note that the problem is with the main pilot, they'll have 
    to get Akimi ready. Jinpui note that Akimi don't want to pilot that thing 
    so why force her though Suiun is headstrong saying that she has the same 
    burning blood as him. Jinpui says that if he puts her on this path, there's 
    no turning back.
    Fairy gives her assessment that Ms.Akimi (as she calls her) has talent, she 
    doesn't think Mr. president made a mistake but she wonders if it's truly 
    wise to send her to the frontline since she'll be targeted as the pilot of 
    the robot and have a burden to bear.
    Suiun says that he's made his decision and Fairy will just have to believe 
    in him. By the way, where is Akimi? She's supposed to be here. Fairy says 
    that Akimi has gone out which doesn't exactly sits well with Suiun.
    In the town, we find our main heroine, Akimi Akatsuki, walking around town. 
    She notes that the town's actually pretty big, it always look so small from 
    her cockpit when she's flying around. Akimi tries to get a grip of herself 
    stating "What kind of normal girls flies a robot?" and decides that 
    starting from now she's going to go back and be a normal high school girl.
    Suddenly there is an attack on the town and Akimi sees a boy being hurt by 
    the debris. She goes to aid him and tells him to stay still and let her 
    look at his wound to his protestation. The wounds are only flesh wounds and 
    Akimi bandages up the boy and grabs his hand telling him to run, it's 
    dangerous here. The boy tells Akimi to stop deciding everything and listen 
    to him but Akimi goes on and introduce herself and learn that the boy's 
    name is Jeeg (no, not Koutetsu Jeeg nor Koutetsujin Jeeg, we should be so 
    lucky) Jeeg says to stop holding his hand while she takes him to wherever 
    it is she's taking him and Akimi replies "Why you're quite shy aren't you? 
    That's cute" This annoys Jeeg who retorted "You, who do you think I am?" 
    which got a reply of "Why you're Jeeg, you just told me and I'm Akimi, not 
    you. Call me by my name. "
    At the office of Saishou Industry, Suiun note that there's an attack and is 
    angry, where is Akimi? He tells Fairy to deploy alone first. At the hangar, 
    Fairy tries to do that but note that she can't bring out the machine's full 
    power alone. Akimi arrives apologizing for being late since she has to take 
    this boy to a shelter and tells Fairy that they'll deploy the Soul Gunner. 
    Guess her little sojourn to return to life as a normal girl is going to 
    have to be on hold.
    Meanwhile, at Takeo Watta's elementary school, Watta is playing dodgeball 
    with Kaoru cheering him on. The attack on the town put an end to that as 
    his vice-president comes to pick him up. This looks like a job for the star 
    of GC, Takeo's General Company (Yep, the game doesn't stand for Game Cube 
    but General Company) otherwise known as Trider G7.
    Trider G7's launch from the public park begins with a public announcement 
    from Watta's beautiful secretary ala a train platform and Trider G7 appear 
    ready to take on the evil robots and earn money for the extremely small 
    four person company.
    The Vice Pres tells Watta to be careful about firing missiles since they're 
    expensive. As an alternate, he can fire some beams if necessary. The 
    enemies are Ondron's robot army from the Robot Empire. The trio of Falsebu, 
    Belzebu and Daitu also creates Jark monsters as one of their usual plan to 
    invade Earth for the Jark Empire and just for the heck of it, the Dinosaur 
    Empire's Mechasaurus also joins in the fun.
    SoulGunner piloted by Akimi arrives to help Trider G7 but the Vice Pres 
    says that it's their rival company's product out to take the job from them 
    which the beautiful secretary (I'll get her name later) says that he 
    shouldn't say that, it's an ally mech. Akimi chides Watta that he should be 
    more serious with the job instead of saying that what with the town being 
    destroyed and Watta says that she's just trying to make sure he doesn't get 
    the job done what with Saishou Industry taking job offers that General 
    Company needs to keep afloat. Akimi says she's just joking and asks if they 
    can work together since she can't stand by and watch the town burn, it 
    isn't about money for her as it is with Watta and she'll have to talk to 
    her dad about the rivalry between their two companies. Watta chides Akimi 
    for being daddy's little girl whereas he being the head honcho, he's got a 
    lot of responsibility managing his employees instead of being able to go do 
    what he wants but this isn't the time to talk about it.
    A voice comes out "Hey guys, what the heck are you doing just sitting 
    around" and three mechs appear with the pilot Jin shouting "The Earth 
    Defense Class is here."
    The vice pres's response is "The EDC's RaijinOh, another rival" (The worst 
    kind, they're free) Watta shouted "Trider's the best, RaijinOh GO HOME!!" 
    which earns a rebuttal from Jin "What? We came to help, what's with that 
    attitude?" Akimi asks Koji and Asuka if things are always like this between 
    Watta and Jin and Koji says that it's a pain and Asuka grumble that he 
    wants to go home. 
    The enemies began to move and the three groups of "heroes" decide that they 
    should cut out the bickering and squabbling and get to work. Jin shouted 
    "Let's show them our strength. Guys, let's do it. RaijinOh Muteki 
    RaijinOh forms and takes care of the Jark monsters to which Belzebu and 
    Falsebu blames Daita for it's failures.  Trider G7 also takes care of 
    Ondron's robots which shocks Ondron that Earth's robot are more powerful 
    than he expected. Akimi wonders if Jeeg is alright and if he'll behave in 
    the shelter. However Jeeg had left the shelter and saw Soul Gunner and 
    mutters to himself "That's Soul Lancer? No, it's similar but why would the 
    humans built something so similar? This bears investigation." 
    After the battle, Fairy reminds Akimi that her father is quite furious for 
    her skipping out on their meeting and Akimi whines that she doesn't want to 
    hear her daddy's lecture. Jin says teasingly like a kid his age "Akimi's in 
    trouble." Maria's voice comes in saying that he's being disrespectful to 
    his elder since Akimi bails them out of trouble more than once in the past, 
    now come back to class. Jin says that he's taking the rest of the day off 
    which makes Maria quite ticked off. Kooji and Asuka says that they should 
    go back, Maria's scary when she's pissed off which earns an angry "What did 
    you say?" from Maria.  
    Akimi then says that the EDC seems to have problems of their own (They're 
    one to talk) to which Asuka asks if she heard and Akimi says that they were 
    talking on an open channel. Kooji apologize and Akimi says to take care of 
    things for her, she's gotta split which makes Jin grumble that adults seems 
    to always take advantage of them though Kooji says that Akimi is just a 
    Later on at the General Company, the Vice president reports to Watta that 
    the city needs the money that they  can use to pay them to do repairs so 
    they haven't made any immediate cash, only credits and combining this with 
    the repair costs for Trider, they're pretty much in the red this month. The 
    other employees note that the people will still be grateful to Trider. 
    (This will hopefully translate to more jobs)
    Meanwhile Ondron is being berated by his superior Zakuron, who says that 
    Earth is a B-Class target, Ondron shouldn't be coming back with failures. 
    Ondron blames it on other factions also interfering and Zakuron tells him 
    to use those other factions to their advantage. After signing off, Ondron 
    then wonders why they're targeting a B-Class planet anyway.
    Episode 2
    At the Saotome Institute, Mechasaurus are attacking and the automatic 
    defenses they've put up are no longer enough to repel them. Shou asks if 
    Hayato is planning to use that thing but they still don't have a third 
    pilot. Hayato says that with Musashi dead and Ryouma quitting, who else is 
    left to pilot but him who's one of the original team. Shou says that 
    Hayato's body can't take it and Professor Saotome says that Hayato and the 
    other still have things to do; they've found a candidate for the third 
    pilot. They have to go recruit him and leave the defense of the lab to the 
    Defense Force. Gai says that the 3rd guy will probably be a failure like all 
    the rest anyway. Hayato lament that if his body hadn't become this damaged 
    then he would have been the one piloting right away. Professor Saotome says 
    that as the one still living, they still have jobs to do or has Hayato 
    forgotten Musashi's sacrifice.
    Hayato says that he'll never forget as he flashback to the final days of 
    their battle with the Dinosaur Empire. Ryouma had amnesia and couldn't 
    pilot. They were trying to get "that thing" up and running but couldn't and 
    Musashi decided to go out alone in Getter Robo to stop the Dinosaur Empire. 
    In the end he sacrificed himself by blowing the Getter Robo up taking most 
    of the Dinosaur Empire with him but there are still remnants. Professor 
    Saotome says that Musashi sacrificed himself for the future and they can't 
    let a tragedy like that happen again so they'll have to believe in 
    reinforcement from the defense team.
    Meanwhile the RaijinOh general,Bushida and Chief Ashikatsu who usually 
    hires Trider for job are briefing the EDC, Akimi and the vice pres on the 
    attack on Saotome Institute. Asuka asks what happened to Getter Robo and 
    Jin ask if he really doesn't know, even someone like Jin heard of how 
    Getter Robo got badly damaged in the Dinosaur Empire's big attack some time 
    ago and self destructed taking along the Dinosaur Empire's main forces. 
    However there are remnants left that are still attacking. The Vice Pres ask 
    if this is a formal request for a job, if so then he'd better get the Pres 
    from school. Jin is all fired up to go and help.
    At the Saotome institute, the Mechasaurus have breached all defense line 
    but Akimi's trio arrives in time and begins to dispatch the enemies. Jin 
    says that if it's just these guys and they're THIS pathetic, RaijinOh alone 
    is more than enough for the job. Asuka tells him not to be cocky, they're 
    still outnumbered. Gai note that they can breathe easy now that help is 
    here. Shou says that they're not out of the woods yet with Ondron's robot 
    also arriving and more Mechasaurus also appearing. Jin and the others note 
    that this is quite bad. Ondron says that the Earth Robots have their hand 
    full with the Mechasaurus so his robot troops can take advantage and finish 
    them off.
    However more help arrives in the form of TexasMac. Jack tells the Japanese 
    Super Robots that they can go home now that TexasMac is here. This doesn't 
    sit well with Jin and Watta who asks where Jack was hiding and shivering a 
    couple of minutes ago. Akimi wonders if they can rely on Jack.
    The foursome manages to defeat all enemies and Watta's employee tells him 
    to come home for some snacks. Jin wants to go home too but Maria tells him 
    to come back to class. Akimi wants to go home and take a shower though 
    Fairy tells her not to forget and write up a report on this. Akimi says 
    that she'll do it tomorrow though Fairy tells her to do it today or she'll 
    claim she forgets the details already.
    Jack note that the Japanese Super Robots are all piloted by kids though 
    Mary note that their skills are topnotch with Jack noting that this is 
    quite a country. Hayato note that they owe Jack and Mary one not to mention 
    the people from the defense team.
    Later on, Chief Ashitatsu asks when the new Getter team will be ready and 
    Prof. Saotome says that they're about to go get the candidate for the 3rd 
    pilot. Hayato note that if they could only find one more idiot for this job 
    then they'll be set.
    A couple of days later at Saishou Industry, Suiun is annoyed that Akimi is 
    late again for their meeting, he told her to come within ten minutes after 
    his call. Akimi of course ignores her dad and ask Fairy what's up which 
    enrage him to no end and Akimi retort "oh shut up daddy" Jinpui says that 
    there's this job in outer space that Suiun has taken for Akimi and Akimi 
    says that if the job's in outer space then it means she won't be coming 
    home for a while, what about school? Suiun retorted "Who cares about school, 
    works come first" to which Akimi asks if that's what a responsible parent 
    should be saying.
    Outside at the park, Akimi note that if it was for vacation then space 
    sounds good but it isn't. She bumped into a boy who turns out to be Jeeg. 
    Akimi says that she was worried whether he was ok or not after that ruckus 
    a couple of days ago. Jeeg says that he's not a little kid. Akimi asks if 
    he lives around here and Jeeg says that he's not telling her to which Akimi 
    then says that she doesn't really care anyway. Jeeg's response is "Well 
    then, don't ask" and Akimi says "Well I like to see you all flustered like 
    that when I ask."
    Akimi is then interrupted by a call-sign from her dad and asks Jeeg if he 
    comes to this park often, her house is in that building, Saishou Industry, 
    over there. Her parent is owner of Saishou Industry. Jeeg is quite 
    surprised and say "Akimi...Akatsuki... of course. I have a lot to ask you." 
    "Ok...but later" Akimi says as she leaves Jeeg a bit dumbfounded "God...I don't 
    understand her... I really don't." Jeeg then note that Akimi will be a good 
    source to get information from.
    Episode 2A
    At Class 5A-3, the members of the Earth Defense Class are having a meeting 
    over whether they should take this new job that the General asks them to. 
    It means going out into space. Jin of course wants to go and it devolves 
    into bickering. Some kids don't want to go for petty reason such as space 
    food being tube paste or for more personal reasons like Asuka saying that 
    they're soon to enter 6th grade and soon have to take middle school entrance 
    exam. They can't afford to go gallivanting around in space. Some noted that 
    there's a war going on in space and they don't want to go there.
    Mr. Shinoda, their class teacher and Ms.Himeki comes in and says that 
    they're not the one making the decisions alone. The PTA has already voted 
    NO unanimously for the EDC so they're staying put. Mr. Shinoda says that 
    while their job is to protect the Earth as Eldran left that task to them, 
    their job is also to study hard as students of this school. Ms. Himeki says 
    that there'll be a lot to do back in Japan. Maria thinks it over and agrees 
    so the EDC is staying put.
    Later on Jin grumbles that it's so unfair, Watta's also an elementary 
    school student yet HE gets to go. Koji says that Watta is the president of 
    his own company so his priority is different.  Jin then asks what about 
    Akimi? She's only a high school student and not the president of her 
    company yet SHE gets to go. Asuka tells Jin to stop grumbling since with 
    those two gone, only they and RaijinOh are all that's left to protect Japan. 
    (I guess the Mazingers aren't well known to them)
    At Watta's General Company, the staffs receive another phone call from the 
    RaijinOh general saying that the bad guys are at it again wrecking the town. 
    Watta deploys and note that they just don't give up, THIS time he'll stomp 
    them so hard they'll think twice about showing their face again. RaijinOh 
    and Soul Gunner also arrive. Akimi note that she's going to go into space 
    soon and she isn't even done with the preparation yet, why do they have to 
    attack. Fairy smiles and asks Akimi as to what type of preparation is she 
    talking about since all the packing and preparation are being done by 
    others. Akimi says that she still has to go shopping. Watta shouted that if 
    Akimi's THAT reluctant to be here then butt out of interfering with his job. 
    Akimi tells Watta to take it up with HER dad; she doesn't want to do this 
    job anyway. Fairy tells Ms. Akimi that the city is burning and that they 
    should get serious against the enemies which are Ondron's robot and Jark 
    After they finish off Ondron's robot, Akimi says that she's going home and 
    Jin begrudgingly returns to class. The Vice Pres offers to take Watta back 
    to class since he can still make it in time for some class. Watta tries to 
    talk himself out of it but the Vice Pres and the Secretary says that he has 
    to go when he has the time.
    Out in space, Ondron is again cursing that the Earth robots foiled his plan, 
    just wait till next time.
    Episode 3
    Today is the day Akimi leave for the job in outer space, Side 7 to be 
    precise. They will rendezvous with the Cosmorangers J9. Akimi can't believe 
    the famous J9 are also coming on this mission. At J9Base, Bowie notes that 
    with lot of occurrence happening, they've been kept busy with not much time 
    for R&R. Omachi says that is not going to last since Aizak got them another 
    big job, which is to safeguard a new Federation ship. Omachi notes that for 
    the Feds to have to hire them means that they've sunk quite low on reliable 
    manpower. Aizak says that out in space, the Zeon and the Giganos are quite 
    stronger than the Feds which Kid says that it's because the Fed's weapon 
    are outdated compare to the Zeon's Mobile Suit. Aizak asks if they want to 
    do the job and the rest of the J9 team oblige and Aizak says that the job 
    is also being taken in conjunction with General Company and Saishou 
    Industry from Earth. Bowie notes that it's those two companies that are 
    taking most of their job on Earth. Aizak says to make preparation and 
    rendezvous with them.
    Out in Earth's atmosphere, Akimi notes that the job of guarding a new 
    Federation ship is beginning to feel a bit dangerous. Fairy says that in a 
    sense, they are also part of the Federation (what with their contract right 
    now) Akimi wonders WHY they have to do this anyway and Watta's voice comes 
    over the intercom saying that if they don't give their all to a job they've 
    taken then they won't be trusted in the future. Akimi is surprised that 
    Watta's also taken this job and asks about the EDC and Watta says that they 
    phone him to tell that they're not coming, something about the PTA vetoing 
    them from coming. Akimi says that she wish they would take on her dad.
    At Side 7, we meet Kaine, Tapp and Light who are loitering around, Kaine 
    note that there's a lot of military people in their colony lately. Light 
    says that rumor has it there's a new Federation Ship stored here and Tapp 
    wonder if their colony is going to become a battlefield. A blast suddenly 
    rocks the colony and Tapp says that he just had to jinx them.
    Zeon's Zaku troops arrive and head for the Federation's hangar with Jin 
    disobeying orders and rush in alone determined to make a name for himself. 
    Nearby a young Amuro Ray note that it's a Zaku. Frau Bou comes to get him 
    but Amuro tells Frau that it's dangerous and for her to get away. More 
    blast rock them killing Frau's relative and Amuro tells her to run, she's a 
    strong girl, run to the shelter. Amuro gets angry at the Zeon's Zaku and 
    see a white MS lying underneath a canopy. He notes that it's the Mobile 
    Suit that his dad was developing and wonders if he could use it. The brand-
    new MS begins to rise and Jin tells his captain that the enemy MS is 
    standing up. Jin fires on it but it appears to be unharmed. Denim tells Jin 
    to get away but Jin figures he could still take it as the RX-78-2 Gundam 
    stands ready for battle.
    Bad move Jin, as the RX-78-2 Gundam takes him out easily. Denim is enraged 
    at Jin's death and moves in to attack. Denim tells Slender to return to 
    their ship to report the situation.
    Meanwhile, Kain, Tapp and Light are also still near the Federation base, 
    they find a gravely injured Federation solider who ask them to take these 
    keycards to the containers nearby.  He dies and Tapp wonder what they 
    should do and Kain says that this man asks them to do a job before dying. 
    They have to carry out his last wish. The trio arrives to find a trio of 
    robots. Giganos troops also arrive into Side 7 looking for the D-Weapons 
    reported to be stored here.
    Kaine note that it's not Zeon's Zaku but Giganos's Metal Armour that are 
    heading their way. He gets angry that they come here and burn up his 
    neighborhood and they've got the jokers right here to even up the score. 
    HE's going to beat them up good. Light says that he agrees though Tapp 
    isn't that fired up. Light says that he'll take the one with the dome-head 
    and Kaine says that he'll take this one which leaves Tapp with the cannon-
    one. Tapp gets annoy but agrees to the idea. The three D-weapon then 
    activates and the Dragoon troop called Dragonar appears.
    Kaine asks Tapp how it feels to be in one of these things and Tapp says 
    that actually it feels quite good to which Kain says "And here you were 
    complaining just a minute ago" Light then says "Shall we go" and Ken says 
    "Right, let's kick their butt."
    The Dragonars tackles the Giganos's Metal Armour and Amuro note that those 
    three are allies, he wonders if there are more allies MS around to help. IF 
    those three can hold off the enemy's reinforcement then he might be able to 
    handle things on this front. Meanwhile, Light notes that the white MS might 
    be the talked about MS that the Feds are building. Kaine says not to talk, 
    he's busy trying to get this thing to work like he want it to though Tapp 
    says that he's a pro at piloting his own machine already.
     The Giganos troop can't believe they're being defeated and call for more 
    reinforcement. Light wonder if they should run though Kaine is against it 
    with the Giganos/Zeon coming to their home and ruining it and such, beside 
    if they run, the Giganos/Zeon will kill everyone. Help arrives in the form 
    of Akimi, Watta and the J9 team. Kid wonder if the one fighting are 
    Federation machine and Omachi says that it's probably the machines they 
    were hired to guard. Aizak note that that's the case and the enemies 
    probably attacked first, time for them to do their job.
    The team finished off the Zeon/Giganos troop and Kid commends Akimi for her 
    skills. Akimi asks for Kid's signature later. Watta notes that there are a 
    lot of robots gathered here and Akimi notes that the enemies might have a 
    ship nearby. Fairy relay the order from the Feds to Akimi, all of them are 
    togathered at the White Base. Aizak notes that they should go before the 
    enemies can attack again. Omachi, Kid and Bowie then ask if they should 
    take these others with them though they annoyed Kaine. Amuro ask if they 
    should move to the dock and Akimi ask if he's not a Federation solider. 
    Amuro says that he's a civilian and for them to help escort him to the dock. 
    Akimi is surprised to know that.
    Meanwhile at the White Base, Bright Noah is readying the evacuation of 
    civilians into the White Base though as Ryu and the civilian Sayla Mass 
    pointed out, they're short handed on people with a lot of Fed member dead 
    from the assault. Bright says that they'll have to let those people do the 
    work and help get evacuation supply even though this ship is top secret and 
    also for whoever is piloting the Gundam and the Dragonars to pitch in.
    The team note that this is the White Base and it's not just any ordinary 
    Fed ship but one equipped for war. Bright apologize for using them like 
    this and they can bill the Federation for overtime and such later.
    Amuro meets Bright for the first time and is dismayed that Bright is 
    ordering him to stay on as the pilot for the Gundam and that he should be 
    better with it already. The same goes for Kaine and the others and they're 
    not keen on following that order also. Bright says that they went and 
    operate the Dragonars without permission so they don't get any say in this. 
    He's the captain of this ship and it's his responsibility to keep everyone 
    alive and if it means forcing civilians to follow orders then so be it. 
    That's their situation right now. Kaine says that they already paid back 
    the debt by repelling the Giganos troops; let the Federation soliders 
    handle it from now on. Tapp and Light says that they were asked by a dying 
    solider to take the cards to the container and here they are for the Fed 
    soliders to use afterward. The trio turns to go and Bright says that if 
    people don't do what they can then how are they going to survive.
    Amuro says that he still doesn't want to do it but there seems to be no 
    choice with this and Bright says Amuro can hate him all he wants.
    At the Musai, Slender is reporting to Char Aznable and Char decides to 
    report this to Dozul and tells him of the Fed's V Operation which consist 
    of new Federation MS and Metal Armour and he needs supply to sink it. Dozul 
    authorize it and also says that he's sending some capable Giganos troops 
    over, Maiyo Plato and his troops, the Practice.
    At the White Base's cafeteria, Kaine says that they were only fighting to 
    protect people; they won't cooperate with the Feds though Light says that 
    most of the Federation pilots are dead, if the Zeon/Giganos attack again 
    then there's going to be problems. Ryu Hose suddenly comes in saying that 
    there's a problem with the Dragonars, he'll let Bright explain.
    Kaine, Tapp and Light can't believe it but Bright says that he's the one 
    who has a headache, it seems that the Dragonars have registered the three 
    as its' pilots so no one else can use it. Until they can get to a base 
    where they can delete that information, the three of them are drafted and 
    he's turning them over to Sarge Ben Rooney to learn the in and out of 
    piloting. Sarge Ben then tells them to march out; they're in the army now. 
    When Kaine doesn't oblige, Sarge Ben drags him out kicking and screaming.
    Bright says that they will now leave for Lunatz and for Mirai to pilot. 
    Amuro comes in saying that he's done his job and Bright gives him another 
    job which doesn't sit well with him. Hayato Kobayashi and Kai Shiten offer 
    to help Amuro and Bright tells Hayato to tell Ben that the Cabarier-0 for 
    the Dragonar-1 is available for use. Ryu wonder what the enemy is planning 
    and Bright note that they'll be attacking again soon enough.
    Episode 4
    Maiyo Plato rendezvous with Char's Musai and consult with Char on attacking 
    the White Base. Maiyo suggest sending in some Zaku first to gauge their 
    capability. Char asks Maiyo that if possible, to only disarm both the Fed's 
    new MS/Metal Armour since it might prove useful to capture it for use.
    At the cafeteria, the Dragonar Trio are tired out after going through 
    training after training that Sarge Ben  put them through. Light see a cute 
    girl at 11 'o clock and it turns out to be Akimi and Watta who greets them 
    and tells them that they're pilot of Soul Gunner and Trider G7. Kaine and 
    the others can't believe that a cute girl like Akimi and a kid like Watta 
    was the one piloting those machines that helped them in Side 7. Watta takes 
    offense to being called just a kid since he's the president of Takeo 
    General Company. Tapp apologizes and says that he's heard a lot about the 
    "We'll do anything" (that isn't too immoral, etc) Takeo General Company. 
    Kaine and the other introduce themselves to Akimi with Kaine calling 
    himself the leader of the gang. 
    Akimi says that they're close in age so they should be good friends and she 
    commends the trio on how well they did on their first time in the Dragonar. 
    HER first time was pretty horrible and Kaine has a huge smug and say "Yeah, 
    we're THAT good" Light and Tapp however reveals the truth that the 
    Dragonars are equipped with super computers that compensate for the pilots' 
    shortcoming but the supercomputers are what is preventing other pilots 
    other than the one registered to be pilots from piloting the Dragonar, 
    which is why they were drafted. Akimi says she understand the feeling, she 
    went through something similar (with her dad) Tapp says that Amuro and the 
    others were drafted too.
    Frau Bo, Dian, Linda and Rose comes in showing the refugee the cafeteria 
    and how they'll get their meals and medicine (what little they have) Kaine 
    gets quite attracted to Linda and Akimi note that those three (Dian, Linda 
    and Rose) must be volunteer. Tapp and Light also gets quite attracted to 
    Rose and Dian. Akimi asks Frau where they are headed and Frau says that 
    it's Lunatz and Dian asks if that's when the refugee will be able to leave. 
    Kaine note that that's probably where their fight will be over.
    The alarm sounds and Akimi and Watta scrambles though Tapp isn't too keen 
    on going out. Rose says that she'll root for them and Linda says that 
    everyone thanks them for doing this which perks Kaine up and he tells the 
    other two to put it into gear.
    Hayato Kobayashi asks if they don't have any smaller pilot suit for him and 
    Ryu says that this is the closest they've got to kid-size. Amuro note that 
    they're already being put to work by the Feds and Kid says that it's better 
    than being able to do nothing and he tells him that Amuro should try and 
    think differently, instead of thinking that they're being used by the Feds, 
    think that they're fighting to protect their friends, family and the 
    refugees from Side 7.
    Deploying, Bright tells Kaine that he has the Cabarier-0 for use and that 
    they should utilize everything they have if they plan to survive to Lunatz.
    Ryu wants to talk to Bright, they're still underpowered and he thinks that 
    if they can capture an enemy MS to use then it'll make their journey a 
    little safer. He thinks that Amuro is good enough to sharp-shoot the enemy 
    MS's part so that it can be immobilized and captured. Bright tells Amuro 
    the plan and says that they're depending on him to do this which Amuro 
    doesn't like being pressured like this at all.
    Amuro disable some Zaku and Bright says to move the White Base near them to 
    capture them. Char and Maiyo arrive and Maiyo tells Char that the White 
    Base is probably headed for Lunatz since it's the only base that the ship 
    can dock. Char says that they can't allow that, he'll take on the V Plan's 
    MS which leaves the D-Weapon for Maiyo and his cannon fodder, the Practice. 
    Bright orders counterattack and the new White Base crew note that this is 
    it, they're going to fight in a war for real. Maka, one of the operator 
    report that one Zaku is moving three times faster than normal and Aizak 
    says that it is the Red Comet Char, with him is also the Blue Falcon of 
    Giganos. Bright knows about these two's reputation as aces and wonders if 
    they'll be able to survive. Aizak says that it's no worry, they'll take 
    them on and the Braiger team backs him up on this.
    Akimi launches a bit late and Fairy brief her that this is her first time 
    fighting a battleship so she'll have to fight differently by taking out 
    it's engine or weapons. This goes for larger enemy as well.
    Kaine confronts his future brother-in law and shouts that he doesn't care 
    who the Blue Falcon of Giganos is, if he gets in the way, he'll take him 
    out and Maiyo is amuse that someone like Kaine wants to take him on but 
    he'll agree to it. After one clash, Kaine is surprised at Maiyo's speed, he 
    can't keep up and Maiyo is quite surprised that Kaine can withstand that 
    attack. Maiyo is defeated when the others arrived to back Kaine up and 
    Maiyo notes that he was too careless this time.
    Char does his famous "Let me see, the capability of the Federation's MS" 
    line and Amuro is resolved to take Char out. Char like Maiyo is taken out 
    and he notes that he too must have underestimated them.
    The battle is over and Bright note that they've repelled them and that they 
    will continue to Lunatz. Kaine dock in from space for the first time and 
    say not to leave him behind.  Aizak tells Kid who wants to dock in the 
    White Base that he has a lead to follow and they will go by themselves for 
    a while, they can leave the guarding of the ship to Akimi and Watta.
    The White Base reaches Lunatz and Fairy excuses herself to report back to 
    the company. Bright is in conference with Wakkein who orders the White Base 
    to head for Jaburo on Earth. Bright asks that at least, the refugees be 
    granted asylum here since there are sick people. Also, in their current 
    condition, they can no way reach Jaburo. Wakkein says that the White Base 
    is a new model ship and while he's sorry that there are refugees aboard, 
    they need the White Base to go to Jaburo at once as per order from Jaburo.  
    They can unload the refugee and get resupply at Jaburo. He will resupply 
    them as best as he can. After Bright leave quite angry, a subordinate asks 
    Wakkein if the White Base will really reach Jaburo. Wakkein doesn't know, 
    all he can do is gives them supply and an accompanying Salamis. The war 
    against Zeon and Giganos had turned so bad that they're drafting civilians 
    Bright relays the news to everyone and Mirai says that the civilian 
    contractor (Akimi and Watta) are to extend their contract until Jaburo. 
    Watta note that this is turning out to be one long job but he can't leave 
    the refugee unattended. Akimi is of course disheartened at this but Mirai 
    says that they're relying on Akimi and Watta. Kai asks if the White Base 
    will make the trip alone and Sayla says that one Salamis will accompany 
    them since that's all the Feds can spare.
    Amuro tells Kai to stop complaining, it's not going to change anything and 
    Akimi says that they'd better check up on their machine. Amuro note that 
    they'll have to do this in order to survive.
    Episode 5
    Char and Maiyo note that the V-Plan MS and the D-Weapon are stronger than 
    they imagined. Char says that intelligence report that the Feds are already 
    planning mass-produced MS / Metal Armours based on these prototypes. Char 
    note that they'll trail the White Base and observe them for a while. Maiyo 
    ask if they should rendezvous with friendly troops for greater firepower 
    though Char says that the White Base will probably make a run for Earth, 
    either Jaburo or Japan from the looks of things now, so they can't let them 
    slip away too far.
    The White Base launched from Lunatz to Jaburo. Meanwhile in a Salamis, 
    Shiro Amada takes a look at Earth and note that it's different from looking 
    at it from Side 2. Shiro tells Michael to take a look though Michael isn't 
    up for it since they're going there to wage war and Shiro says that that's 
    right, they'll drive the Zeon out from Earth. Michael note that Shiro 
    doesn't get it, it's like he think he's going for a picnic or something. 
    They are suddenly witness to a Federation/ Zeon skirmish in which the 
    Federation troops are slaughtered and Santas wonder if this is the end for 
    him. Shiro wants to go out to help and runs to the Bridge to get permission. 
    At the Bridge, Captain Reed says that the battle is too close and they have 
    to get away since their mission is to rendezvous with the White Base to 
    escort it. Shiro says they can't abandon their allies though Reed says they 
    have no means to fight but Shiro says that they have a Ball and he'll use 
    Shiro deploys and note that he can't just let an ally die while watching 
    since he doesn't want a repeat of what happened in Side 2. Shiro rush over 
    to Santas and tells him to retreat to the Salamis, he'll hold them off and 
    he rush to grab the experimental Zaku piloted by Aina Saharin. He manages 
    to rush them both away from the battlefield. Norris is shocked by this but 
    can't leave the battlefield to search for her yet. Santas's ally is 
    slaughter as he retreated which leaves him alone to fight.
    The White Base arrives and Reed fills Bright in on the situation and Bright 
    orders the team's deployment. The J9 team also arrive saying that they saw 
    the experimental Zaku and a Ball crashed together heading for parts unknown 
    and decide to investigate. Aizaku says that Char might appear so keep their 
    guard up.
    Giganos troops appears saying that Char ordered them to come help Norris 
    and Norris wonder if they're actually after the federation ship. The team 
    defeats Norris and the other troops. Santas asks them to find the Ball's 
    pilot. Meanwhile Shiro is lost in space and have landed on space debris. He 
    hopes someone finds him and someone does, only it's Aina Saharin, the Zeon 
    pilot he had a tango with. Shiro tells Aina to stop with the gun, there's 
    no Zeon or Federation right now, they have to work together to both survive 
    since the air is running out. They both agree to split up to search for 
    something to use to signal their respective ally and rendezvous in ten 
    minutes. Shiro's watch is broken so Aina gave him her personal watch. Shiro 
    found a firework missile and he hopes it works. Aina says that if it 
    doesn't they'll both die, Shiro says it'll work, there's Earth over there, 
    he's going down there. Aina asks why and Shiro says that it's to wage war 
    but also he think he's going to find the answer he wants on Earth on who he 
    is, what he can do and so on. Aina says that Shiro doesn't fit the image of 
    a Federation soldier that she imagined, she's a bit jealous.
     Norris arrives to find Aina and Aina tells Shiro to come with her, Shiro 
    refuse saying that he doesn't want to be a captive and his side will come 
    soon enough. Akina introduce herself to Shiro who does likewise and she 
    left before he can give her watch back. Santas arrives to rescue Shiro.
    Shiro is sound asleep in the White Base and Frau says that he's just tired 
    from the ordeal which makes Michael note that Shiro's a remarkable guy. 
    Michael introduce himself to Santas, he's been ordered to join the same 
    squad as Santas, the 08th Ms Squad as they are now called are ordered to 
    remain stationed on the White Base and their leader is sleeping beauty over 
    there. Santas laughs and says that that's good and Michael says that it 
    isn't, under this no regards for his life captain here (or could it be 
    Yuuki) he's not gonna have enough lives. Santas says that Shiro saved HIS 
    life and there's no telling what will happen in war. Santas note to himself 
    that Shiro Amada may be the one who breaks his curse of bad luck.
    Kaine asks Bright if it's true that Shiro will be their commander and Tapp 
    note that he sure has the devil's luck. Amuro asks if that means Shiro will 
    take over as the Gundam's pilot and Bright says that he'll ask Shiro's 
    opinion. Aizak arrives and says that they were tracking Zeon movement after 
    they left but they'll be joining up with the ship from now. Poncho also 
    arrives and says that he's the J9's manager. Kaine says that with the J9 
    team here, it'll sure get exciting though Ryu says that this is no game and 
    Bright and Sarge Ben orders them to go to the deck and prep their Dragonars.
    Bright grumbles that this isn't a school but Aizak says that those people 
    were in school just a little while ago and Kid assures Bright that they're 
    good which makes Bowie asks if Kid wants to find and train a protege from 
    one of them. Kid says that he's not that old yet.
    At the Deck, Akimi notes that they're entering the atmosphere and Amuro 
    says that Char might take advantage of that. Fairy notes that being 
    attacked here might prove difficult for them especially with newbie pilots. 
    Watta says it's no problem with all of them banded together and Akimi says 
    that Watta sure is cheerful and Watta says that the Red comet can come, in 
    the atmosphere, Trider can still work easily.
    Episode 5A
    Shiro is asked by the Dragonar team to teach them some dog-fight techniques 
    though he's not sure how to teach them since they just met. Kaine says that 
    he doesn't have to get them to equal the enemy aces but just enough so that 
    the enemies won't run rings around them. Shiro says he understands and 
    he'll arrange a combat simulation in 10 minutes.
    In Akimi's room, Fairy is telling Akimi about the training that Kaine and 
    the others are going to go through with Shiro and Akimi says that they've 
    sure got the drive. Fairy continues smiling "Well, it's certainly 
    encouraging" and Akimi then says sheepishly "Uh oh, I have a bad feeling 
    this is leading up to something" Fairy conclude saying that they haven't 
    trained for a while so they should rectify that situation but Akimi bails 
    At the cafeteria, Rose and the others are conversing amongst the refugees 
    when Sayla and Sarge Ben comes in asking for volunteers to help in the 
    White Base's reentry, especially technicians. Linda says that she's study 
    some engineering before though it might not be much and Dian and Rose also 
    volunteer to help even though they might not be much help.
    At the deck, Kai asks if Hayato is training in the simulator again and 
    wonders if it's gonna make much of a difference with the enemies right 
    after them though Ryu tells him to shut it. Shiro arrives saying that he's 
    going out to train with the D-Team. Kaine meets Linda and Sarge Ben 
    explains how Linda volunteered to help and Kaine says that they'll protect 
    this ship no matter what.
    Suddenly the alarm sounds, an enemy ship is fast approaching them. Light 
    says that the enemies are cutting into their training time though it can't 
    be helped so the D-Team deploys along with the others. Kaine says that to 
    protect the babe, they'll go through anything. Light says that once they 
    get down to Earth, everything should be fine from then on so they have to 
    shape up and fight. Shiro admires their courage and says that he and the 
    others will deploy right behind them.
    The team manages to take care of the enemies without them delaying reentry. 
    Upon returning to the White Base, Kaine smirk and asks if Linda saw that 
    and Linda, Rose and Dian praise the three for good work. Meanwhile Shiro 
    note that the Dragonar team might be a bunch of civilian newbies but 
    they're quite skilled. From now on their lives are in his hands so he's got 
    to work hard at leading them. Suddenly the watch that Shiro got from Aina 
    began to beep and Shiro wonders how to stop this thing. After a little 
    fumble, he stopped it and wonders how Aina is doing.
    Episode 6
    Shiro formally announces himself to the White Base pilot crew and that he 
    will, for now, be leading the team in battle and he wants everyone to 
    remain in their current MS/ Metal Armours, etc for now. Amuro asks why he 
    has to remain as the Gundam's pilot since usually someone with military 
    training like Shiro should be best qualified to take over the Gundam. Shiro 
    says that his own MS is waiting for him on Earth and for Amuro to get 
    acquainted with the Gundam as much as possible.
    At the Bridge, Bright asks Mirai if she's comfortable entering the 
    atmosphere and Mirai says that she did it once when she flew a space glider 
    but that was with full contact with personnel on Earth. Bright says that 
    the basics are the same though Mirai is more worried about Char attacking 
    and Bright says for her to focus on getting them through the atmosphere 
    Sayla announce reentry and for all personnel to remain in designated 
    quarters. Watta asks if Trider is in top shape and his employees say that 
    they just finished repairing it. Akimi note that Watta is sure care-free, 
    it must be because he's gone into and back from space a lot of time on his 
    own. Fairy says that as pilots, they should relax when they can since they 
    don't know when they'll be called into action again. Akimi says she knows 
    that but she can't helped but be worried, she note that Fairy seems right 
    at home in space, maybe she actually came from outer space. Fairy asks if 
    that's so and Akimi says that it seems that way with her being this 
    superwoman in everything.
    Reed says that he'll go through reentry with the Salamis's capsule but 
    suddenly the capsule is damaged by a Musai's fire and Reed barely makes it 
    to the White Base. Bright orders the team to deploy and Amuro to detain the 
    enemy. This is so that the White Base makes a run for Earth's atmosphere 
    though Amuro resents being ordered and pressured like that. Sayla tells him 
    to be careful and Amuro snaps back asking if she really think he can be 
    careful in the midst of combat. Sayla says that of course he can. Beaten, 
    Amuro deploys "Amuro, ikimasu." Shiro deploys in a Guncannon to help Amuro 
    and Shiro tells himself to be calm and Santas hopes that everyone makes it 
    out alive. Everyone else also deploys.
    Maiyo and the Practice along with Char blocks their path and Maiyo note 
    that the enemy will be making a break for reentry which is why this is the 
    best chance to attack. Norris also says that he will fight on Aina's behalf. 
    Meanwhile at the White Base, Reed asks why Bright allows the Gundam and D-
    Weapon to deploy, they have to do reentry in 6 minutes and they can't lose 
    those two super prototypes. Bright says that Reed can say whatever he want, 
    his mission is to reach Jaburo alive with all his personnel.
    Char and Maiyo are defeated and Maiyo is astonished that the D-Weapon's 
    pilots have gotten better this quickly. The team reached the atmosphere and 
    prepares to do reentry. Bright tells Amuro and the Dragonar trio to hurry 
    up and get back in but suddenly one Zaku appear intent on sinking the White 
    Base. Amuro and the Dragonar trio surround it and demolishes it but all 
    five of them are caught in Earth's gravity and is beginning to be pulled 
    down. The Zaku pilot begs Char for help but Char says that the Zaku cannot 
    withstand reentry, but the pilot's death wouldn't be in vain since they'll 
    now have another chance at the White Base. Aina asks Norris if they can't 
    do something but Norris says that it's too late.Bright ask if they can't 
    move the White Base closer to get them in but is told that this is the 
    closest they could go. Watta says that he'll go get them and Trider G7 
    deploy. The Vice pres tells Bright to believe in their Pres.
    The White Base goes through reentry and once they regain visual see two 
    forms entering the atmosphere. It is the Gundam and Trider G7 in carrier 
    mode, the Dragonar team is on top of Trider preventing them from burning up.
     Maiyo note that Char's plan was twofold, if they couldn't sink the White 
    Base, then they could alter it's reentry course. Char says that from his 
    estimate, the White Base should be landing in Zeon territory commanded by 
    Garuma Zabi.
    Episode 7
    Reed is told that they've been forced to land in Zeon territory in the 
    United States. They can only do one thing and that is to do their best on 
    their own to get out and head for Jaburo. Shiro and Ryu are told to brief 
    the pilots on this, it's vital they know the White Base's situation. Ryu 
    says that after reentry, Amuro's condition is getting a little strange.
    Meanwhile at the cafeteria, the Dragonar trios are wooing Linda, Rose and 
    Dian (as usual) asking how they feel coming to Earth and promising to take 
    them for a drive around Earth soon. Dian note that the Dragonar trio are 
    perky as usual and Light and Tapp says that they won't get anything out of 
    being glum and a worrywart. Kaine says that he is worried about Amuro a 
    little since he's shut himself off in his room ever since reentry. Dian 
    thanks them for getting them down to Earth and Tapp and Light says that 
    they should celebrate and lookie here, he's found this nice little sake. 
    Unfortunately Sarge Ben comes and takes the stuff from them telling them to 
    go on patrol. He mutters that these twerps seem to need constant 
    supervision all the time.
    Frau Bo comes to visit Amuro who's trying to sleep since he hasn't gotten a 
    decent night's sleep since leaving Side 7 but he can't seem to fall asleep. 
    Frau asks if Amuro should consult Sayla who's training to be a doctor. 
    Amuro shout to leave him alone. Frau tells him to stop it, this isn't like 
    Amuro but Amuro retort that riding an MS and fighting others isn't like him 
    also. Frau says that the war between the Feds and Zeon/ Giganos have taken 
    their toll on both side with teenagers being drafted to fight.
    Amuro says that the Feds are using them as bait; they're developing 
    stronger new weapons and needs something to draw the Zeon/ Giganos's 
    attention which is them.
    Frau says that Amuro is over thinking things.
    Meanwhile at a Zeon base, Garuma looks over recon photo of the White Base. 
    Char arrives along with Maiyo and Aina and Garuma tease him that it isn't 
    like him to not be able to stop one ship. Char hits back calling Garuma by 
    his full title which cause Garuma to pause and says to just call him Garuma 
    like the old days.
    Aina is introduced and Garuma says that her brother Gineas is also here. 
    Garuma tells Char to rest up though Char says that he won't let his prey 
    out of his sight. Garuma then asks if Char wants to accompany him in 
    attacking the White Base right now.
    Garuma's force arrives at the White Base's location and Garuma says that 
    this act will finally make him a man in other's eyes, especially his 
    family's. Char laughs maniacally which Garuma tells him to stop, others are 
    watching (This should have been your first clue, bright boy)
    Maka and Osuka, the White Base's operators say that Zeon troops are 
    deploying and that another ship is heading for them. Reed note that it's 
    the Federation's Media carrier, it must have rushed through enemy line. 
    Bright says that it's quite reckless for them to do that. Matilda contacts 
    them saying that this is the supply ship and they have materials for the 
    White Base and the White Base has to get here fast. Reed note that it must 
    be the 08th MS team's Mobile Suits that they're carrying, they can't afford 
    to lose that. Reed orders Shiro, Santas and Miguel to get ready to board 
    the Media and take their MS once they reach it
    The White Base reach the Media and Matilda tells them to hurry and get into 
    their MS. Karen says to open the hatch for the Ground Type Gundam and 
    Eledor says that he's doing that now. Shiro note that this is HIS Gundam 
    and ask who Karen and Eledor are, Karen says that she is Karen Joshua, one 
    of his subordinate in the 08th MS team and so is Eledor. Shiro says to do 
    their best and now that they're all together and though he may not know 
    much about them yet, he has one thing to say, don't die, there is no glory 
    in death. Eledor notes that Shiro sure is naive but keeps it to himself.
    The 08th MS team deploys and Migel ask where HIS MS is and Eledor says that 
    Migel is riding the hover with him. Migel lament saying that he thought 
    he'd get an MS to pilot and Santas says that Migel's a little too green for 
    piloting an MS.
    Char says that new MS have popped out of the Media and Garuma wonders when 
    the Feds were able to amass this much firepower and decides to deploy 
    himself since he has his position and reputation on line. It's something 
    Char wouldn't understand since he had no family. Char says that he will 
    deploy also.
    Shiro tries to attack an enemy but Karen tells him to pull back since he's 
    not good enough yet, Shiro ask if she's questioning his skill and Karen 
    says that this is different from battle in space and Shiro says that 
    unskilled people have their own ways of fighting, just she watch.
    Char is defeated by Amuro and Garuma tells him to pull back. Garuma himself 
    is defeated, (don't mess with Super Robots with just a Gau, bright boy) 
    Shiro note that he's getting the hang of fighting on ground and apologize 
    for worrying Karen. Karen note that it's probably because of the MS's spec 
    that Shiro is still breathing and Santas note that everyone is ok, he's 
    going to bet on the Captain's strong luck.
    At the White Base bridge, Matilda says that Reed, injured and sick 
    personnel and refugees are to be transported to the Media while the 
    personnel like Karen and Eledor along with the MS are to board the White 
    Base and for the White Base to continue it's course. The Dragonar team 
    tries to protest saying they were roped into this and Matilda says that she 
    came here on order of General Revil and this is her order. Bright asks why 
    they have to maintain present course. Matilda says that General Revil 
    consider the White Base's capability and fighting prowess as equal to the 
    best of the Federation army and the rest of the Federation is not in much 
    of a shape right now.
    Bright asks when they can get the next supply and Matilda says that they 
    have to get out of Zeon territory but she will say this, the Federation are 
    not abandoning them and letting them out to dry. The J9 team tells everyone 
    that they have been asked to accompany / guard the Media out of Zeon 
    territory. Akimi note that the Media now has refugee and V-Plan data on it 
    so guarding it is a necessity but then note that if the White Base go with 
    the Media, they could get out of here. Fairy says that it's dangerous since 
    the Zeon will be gunning more for them. Akimi then note that for the Media 
    to get out safely, they have to draw the Zeon's attention. Akimi note that 
    things are getting so complicated, just when she is going to be able to go 
    Meanwhile Aina meet with Ginias who tells her that the Apsalas prototype is 
    ready and it will change the face of the battle. Aina says that she wants 
    to be her brother's strength.
    At the Zeon Dukedom, Giren Zabi tells Degin that Garuma is in contact with 
    them.Garuma apologize for being defeated but Degin tells him not to worry 
    about it and Garuma promise that he will have good news for them next time. 
    Giren asks if Degin isn't too soft on Garuma. Degin says that this isn't 
    time to focus on victory on a small battlefield, the Feds are up to 
    something, a major counter attack of which the V-Plan are but a small part. 
    Giren says that even so, Garuma's loss would affect their troop's morale 
    and says that they should have Gineas complete the Apsalas as soon as 
    possible, with it they can use it to take over Jaburo.
    Episode 8
    Char and Garuma are planning their next move against the White Base and 
    Garuma is glad to have Char here to support him. Garuma then invites Char 
    to a party he's holding. At the party, Gineas thanks everyone for their 
    involvement in the Apsaras project which has finished it's first phase and 
    Garuma says that they're counting a lot on Gineas's project and Gineas says 
    that that's why Lord Degin gave him a lot of fundings and he's glad to be 
    of help. Iserina then greets Garuma and Garuma note that Iserina had been 
    talking to Aina. Garuma tells Aina to enjoy the party and excuse himself 
    and Iserina. Aina herself isn't feeling too well and excuse herself.
    At the veranda, Norris asks why Aina came here and Aina says that it's for 
    her brother's dream. Aina says that if Apsaras is completed, the war will 
    change but lots of people are going to die. Norris says that he will pay 
    the price for that since his life is devoted to the Saharin house. Aina 
    note that with her bloodline, her reputation, her honor weighing on her, 
    sometime she feels like a puppet to all these things and she's a little 
    jealous of Iserina who's free from this to be with her man.
    Garuma ask if Iserina's father still won't accept his daughter being in 
    love with the son of the Zeon dukedom's leader but Iserina says that she 
    doesn't care about Federation or Zeon, even if she betrayed her father, she 
    will be by his side. Garuma says that once he finishes with a project (the 
    White Base) his father will listen to his request. A solider informs Garuma 
    of the White Base's location and Garuma order the Gau to deploy along with 
    alerting Char.
    At the Zeon airbase, Maiyo is surprised that Garuma isn't asking for their 
    help and Char says that Garuma has a lot of confidence this time since the 
    White Base is near a border line that's a Zeon stronghold. Gineas says that 
    the Apsalas prototype is also ready for use and it would be a good test to 
    pit it against a mother ship like the White Base. Char says he understands 
    but Lord Dekin expects a lot out of the Apsalas project and they can't 
    afford for it to be shot down. Gineas doesn't like that though his body is 
    in no shape to argue and Char tells Gineas to rest, he'll take care of 
    things and if the conditions are good, he'll request the Apsalas be 
    Meanwhile the White Base is in the ruins of a city with Zeon forces closing 
    in on them. Bright decides to hide the White Base inside the ruins of a 
    dome and for all pilots to be on standby. Amuro is quite annoyed that 
    they're not really soldiers but Bright is ordering them around like so but 
    Light and Tapp tells Amuro to quit it since no one like fighting but they 
    have to make it to Jaburo. Shiro tells Amuro that he understands Amuro's 
    feeling but they all have to work together to survive and he wants Amuro's 
    help. Amuro tries to tell Shiro that that's not what he was trying to say 
    but then apologize for troubling them all.
    A Gau fleet arrives and starts bombing the city trying to lure the White 
    Base out. A lot of the people on the White Base are scared and Watta asks 
    why they're just sitting here hiding, they should go out and kick butt. 
    Fairy tells Watta that with their supplies limited, they have to pick their 
    fights carefully and avoid fights that can be avoided.
    Garuma decides to search for the White Base on foot and Char volunteer for 
    that. Garuma tells Char that once he finds the White Base, he should tell 
    him at once so he can take the Gau to destroy it. Bright note that the 
    enemies are now on foot and to deploy their forces and to lure the enemy 
    ship into the White Base's firing range so that they can sink it in one 
    concentrated barrage.
    Char note that the White Base isn't coming out, their MS troops are trying 
    to lure the Gau fleet somewhere, which means the White Base should be 
    inside that dome and it's quite a good plan really.
    Char is then sunk by Amuro and he notes that he doesn't have to give it 
    everything he's got this time and retreats. However he tells Garuma that 
    the White Base is beyond the area where the enemy MS are retreating, beyond 
    that dome over there. Bright sees the Gau going pass them and orders the 
    weapon primed and the engine started and soon the White Base attacks, 
    damaging the Gau severely. Garuma decides to turn the Gau around to 
    kamikaze himself onto the White Base. Char's voice then comes over the 
    intercom to Garuma/ "Garuma, if you hear this, curse yourself for being 
    born, you were a good friend but your father wasn't such a good man, 
    hahahahahahaha" Garuma then shouted "Char... you  TRICKED me." Bright note 
    that the Gau is trying to kamikaze itself and orders Mirai to raise 
    altitude and burn rubber to get out of it's path. The Gau crash killing 
    Garuma but the White Base is ok and Char leaves. Karen notes that it isn't 
    just luck that they survived this long. Watta note that this was what's 
    called a strategy, he should take notes and his staff tells him that that's 
    good but he shouldn't forget to study his normal curriculum also. Watta 
    tells them to stop reminding him of that. Fairy notes that the plan almost 
    went too well as if they had an unknown collaborator but puts it out of her 
    Iserina is shocked to learn of Garuma's death and so are Gineas, Aina, 
    Maiyo and the Practice. Gineas note that they should have deployed the 
    Apsaras, Garuma was one of the few people who truly supported his project.
    Meanwhile at the White Base, Bright hope that the enemies would stop 
    harassing them for a while and Mirai tells him that while the ship is 
    roughly ok, everyone has been pushed to their limit. Shiro and Ryu agree 
    that the pilots' stress had been building ever since they left Side 3 
    especially Amuro's. It might be best to not put them on duty for a while. 
    Bright says that he'll leave the personnel management to Shiro. Ryu also 
    says that one of the Ground Type Gundam's head was also damage as a result 
    of the blast from the Gau's kamikaze and they had to fix it what they've 
    got and the results aren't pretty. Bright says that as long as it moves and 
    fights he's ok with it.
    Episode 9
    Bright note that they've made it past enemy line so now they have to decide 
    their route to Jaburo. The shortest route however is peppered with Zeon 
    base so Bright decides to make a detour to the west and get some resupply 
    from Federation base there. Shiro note that Japan's self defense force has 
    good relation with the Federation and Bright note that a lot of the people 
    here are from Japan, if they head there, a lot of them would relax and 
    decides on that route.
    Several days later, Japan
    At the Juusenkitai base, Shinobu note that he's finish recon and now to log 
    some time in the battle simulator. Shinobu sees Shapiro talking with Sarah 
    who says that she'll be at Shapiro's side no matter what. Shapiro berates 
    Shinobu for his bad landing and Shinobu counter that the two of them should 
    get a room instead of doing their love scene in public. Shapiro then tells 
    Shinobu that he's too green and can never match him as he is now. Shinobu 
    tries to put that to the test but Shapiro sends him backward with a kick 
    and tells him to go practice some more.
    Ryou and Masato then ask if he got into a scuffle with Shapiro again and 
    Masato tells him of the news that they'll soon be assigned to the White 
    Base which Shinobu note is that new Federation ship they've heard about. 
    Shinobu asks if Shapiro is coming too and Masato says that of course he is, 
    and Shinobu note that that's a drag. Suddenly an enemy alert is sounded. 
    Ryou tells Shinobu to calm down because they're a secret group so they 
    can't go out whenever they choose. Commander Ross Igol says that a huge 
    enemy fleet is attacking Japan and will cross path with the White Base. The 
    Juusenkitai are to deploy and support the White Base. Masato note that the 
    White Base seems to be extremely important and Ryou note that it's 
    important enough to blow the Juusenkitai's secret for.
    Meanwhile at the Adarus base, Dr.Arl asks where Lord Kento is going and 
    Kento says that he isn't this prince of the planet that Dr. Arl wants him 
    to be. Dr. Arl says that the proof is that Kento got Atlas, Berarios and 
    Ganpa to combine so he is definitely the son of Prince Harin and the heir 
    to the throne of Elios. Danji then say that Kento is a war orphan just like 
    them and nothing else. Dr. Arl then says that Lord Kento is the key to the 
    revival of Elios after he defeats the Zarl Intergalactic Empire. Tanosuke 
    says that Kento defeated them already and Dr. Arl says that that was just a 
    recon unit which will tell the Zarl of Daltanias's appearance and they will 
    soon attack the Earth.. Manabu suddenly says that enemy forces are 
    appearing. Kento note that it can't be helped and tells Danji that they 
    should deploy. Sanae tells them to be careful.
    Appearing in the city, Danji says that they have to do as least damage to 
    the city as possible and Dr. Arl tells them to combine. Kento shouted 
    "Cross In" and Daltanias is formed.
    Daltanias is attacked and Danji tells him to be careful though Kento 
    retorted that it's taking all he's got to pilot this thing, he still 
    doesn't have the hang of it. Dancougar arrives and Masato wonder if the 
    Lion chest robot is their friend. Shinobu then ask to which organization 
    does it belong to. Kento asks if they're military, if so shut up. He hates 
    military people, especially those like Shinobu. Shinobu is ready to come 
    tear Kento a new one but Sarah reminds him that the mission comes first. 
    Shinobu then retort that Sarah is all good-girl like in front of Shapiro. 
    Shapiro says that if the other robot isn't an enemy then let them do like 
    they please since the White Base is soon to enter this area.
    The White Base arrives and is surprised to find that a battle is going on. 
    Ryu note that they thought they could relax a bit here. Shinobu makes 
    contact with the White Base telling Bright that they've been assigned to 
    the White Base and are here to protect them. Fairy couldn't believe that 
    the Feds have developed something other than an MS. Akimi then asks who the 
    other one is and Shinobu says that they're someone in need of a buttkicking 
    but not now, they don't seem to be enemy. Kento tells him to stop 
    badmouthing him and Watta tells Kento to focus on the enemy at hand first.
    Shinobu note as the White Base team enter the battle that they're pretty 
    good. However, suddenly Shapiro says that another enemy force has entered 
    the fray. It is Baron Ashura leading Dr. Hell's Kikaijuu army out to 
    conquer Japan and you know that this is a job for the Mazinger team of 
    Kabuto Kouji and Tsurugi Tetsuya in their Mazinger Z and Great Mazinger.
    Kouji shouted that he won't let Ashura do as he pleases. Sayaka and Boss 
    also come berating Kouji for leaving them behind like that and Kouji says 
    that they'll get in the way of him and Tetsuya. The Mazinger team then 
    enters the fray. After a couple more minutes, the Earth Defense Class also 
    shows up with RaijinOh and Jin note that everyone's already tangoed without 
    them. Watta note that the EDC are still ok and Jin says that while Watta 
    and Akimi were out in space, they were the one protecting Japan. Akimi says 
    that that must have been tough taking care of Japan all by their lonesome 
    and Jin eats up the praise saying that as long as the EDC is here, these 
    morons won't be able to do anything. Ashura gets angry and orders the 
    Kikaijuu to take them out.
    However Ashura is no match for the assembled Super robots and has to beat a 
    hasty retreat. Jin then greets Akimi and Watta that it's been a while and 
    Koji says that they should have called. Watta says that they didn't expect 
    to have to deploy and fight here and Akimi says that she didn't think the 
    Mazinger team would also arrive to bail them out. Kouji says that it's all 
    right but they have to go now, they'll meet again. The EDC also has to 
    return to class and Commander Igol tells the White Base to head for the 
    Juusenkitai base. Kento decides to go home also but is stopped by Dancougar 
    saying that they have a lot to talk about. Kento is annoyed but Dr. Arl 
    says that they should go along since it was with Dancougar and the team's 
    help that they won and Kento reluctantly agrees.
    At Kroppen's ship, Kroppen and his commander learns of Daltanias's 
    appearance on Earth and that of the gathered force it seems to be allied 
    with and Kroppen swears that he will destroy Daltanias and it's ally.
    At the Juusenkitai base, Commander Igol is told about Daltanias and the 
    Zarl Empire. Dr. Arl says that he created Daltanias to fight against the 
    Zarl but upon it's completion, Elios was pretty much conquered so he had to 
    flee with the prince Harlin but they got separated when they arrived on 
    Earth. Lord Kento is the heir to Lord Harlin. Shinobu can't believe that 
    this brat is a prince and Kento says that he knows and he doesn't believe 
    it himself. Commander Igol finds that hard to believe but Dr. Arl persist 
    that it's the truth. Commander Igol says that if that's true then they have 
    a common enemy since the Juusenkitai was created to fight against the 
    aliens that attacked the Mars base  Commander Igol says that they want Dr. 
    Arl's help since they know so little about outer space.
    Kento says to not make deal without his consent, he's not going and Danji 
    agrees with both saying that they're not going to go out there and die for 
    someone they don't know, he's only fighting to protect his friend and has 
    no intention of helping out the Feds in their war. Commander Igol then says 
    that if it's true, the Zarl will target them and Daltanias and they will 
    endanger the lives of their friends. Shinobu adds that Kento's just afraid 
    of fighting which is why he's coming up with excuses. Masato apologize for 
    Shinobu saying that their leader is foul mouthed and Ryou adds that 
    Shinobu's just worried whether Kento and Danji can continue to protect 
    their friends by themselves if this keeps up. It might be wiser to make use 
    of the team to survive. Kento can't find anything to argue with and 
    Commander Igol then says that it's decided.
    Bright meets with Commander Igol, Shapiro and Dr. Hatsuki and Commander 
    Igol says that he will resupply them as much as he can and adds Daltanias 
    and Dancougar to their rank. Commander Igol says that they cannot take 
    refugee from the White Base since that would compromise the integrity and 
    secrecy of the base even more so they have to strengthen up the White Base 
    for its journey. They will also need to send data of alien invaders to 
    Jaburo on the White Base.
    At the White Base Cafeteria, Akimi asks Kaine if it's true that they've got 
    leave and Kaine says it is, they've got leave to go outside and some free 
    time and Akimi is up for it but Fairy says that they have to return to 
    Saishou Industry for machine maintenance which peeves Akimi to no end.
    The next day, back at Saishou Industry, Akimi is lounging around her dad's 
    office and overhear Fairy's voice saying that she can't stand hiding the 
    fact from everyone else and Suiun says that everyone is doing their best to 
    stay alive right now, they don't need more worry. Fairy says that at least 
    they should tell Akimi but Suiun says that once Akimi gets emotional about 
    things, she doesn't see the big picture. Akimi then comes in and asks what 
    the heck they're keeping secret from her. Suiun says it doesn't concern her 
    and Fairy says that Akimi heard nothing but Akimi says that Fairy wanted to 
    tell her something, wasn't she? Fairy says that she can't just yet and 
    excuse herself.
    Suiun and Jinpui say that Fairy was feeling guilty about keeping something 
    from Akimi and for Akimi to learn about it like this must really be hard. 
    Akimi says that she'll pretend she heard nothing, at least for a while at 
    least for Fairy.
    A bit annoyed, Akimi went to the park noting that she's had the fun drained 
    out of her and takes the chance to screech and scream a little out of 
    frustration. This attracts the attention of Jeeg who tells her to quit it. 
    Jeeg then realize it's Akimi and says that he's been waiting for her 
    everyday since she said she'd come here a lot, what a waste of time. Akimi 
    brightens up and ask "Oh...were you waiting for me?" "Could it be that 
    you're...." and Jeeg tells her not to get any ideas, he's only interested in 
    Saishou Industry. Akimi starts to sniffle a little looking a bit down 
    prompting Jeeg to try and do his best to cheer her up to which Akimi then 
    bursts out laughing saying "Made you look, god you're easy." Jeeg isn't 
    exactly amused and Akimi apologize saying that she hasn't had a good laugh 
    for a while since there were lots of things to be worried about so he's 
    done her a big favour and she's really happy that he was worried about her.
    Jeeg says "oh..well...ah..I'm glad you're ok" and Akimi says that she's glad 
    he's ok too. Jeeg then ask why she didn't go to school since he checked and 
    Akimi says that it's a secret. Jeeg then ask if she's a part of some secret 
    weapon or something trying to pry more info from her. Akimi thinks that all 
    boys are alike since they seem to like big guns and asks if Jeeg has an 
    interest in her company's product. Jeeg says that he saw a humanoid weapon 
    which he's interested in though it hasn't been around lately. Akimi froze 
    and meekly says "Well...I wouldn't know..." Jeeg then ask what she's doing 
    here anyway and Akimi says that she's come here to get her father out of 
    her mind and Jeeg note that she's definitely hiding something but it's best 
    to change the subject before she notice he's quizzing her.  Putting on his 
    best fake smile, he apologize for asking a lot about stuff and Akimi note 
    that the guy must really be interested in her to ask this much nonsense.
    Jeeg then asks if Akimi's seen this woman before and hands her a picture. 
    Akimi note that the girl in the picture is quite a beauty, is this Jeeg's 
    girlfriend? Jeeg says that it's a friend of the family that he's searching 
    for. Looking closely at the picture, Akimi note that the girl in the 
    picture looks eerily like a young Fairy. Akimi tells Jeeg that this person 
    looks like someone she knows if she was younger. Jeeg says that the photo 
    is a couple of years old so the girl in the photo might have changed her 
    hair style and grown a bit. Akimi asks about her name and birthplace. Jeeg 
    bluff saying that she's from space (the colonies) and that he doesn't know 
    her name because she might be using a fake name back then. Akimi says that 
    it seems this is another person from whom she knows since that person is 
    from Britain and if he gives her a copy she can use her company's network 
    to try and find her for him. Jeeg says that it's ok, he doesn't want to 
    make a big deal out of it. Jeeg then note that he has to go and Akimi ask 
    if she'll see him again. Again with the fake smile, Jeeg says that they'll 
    definitely meet up.
    Alone, Jeeg note that Akimi definitely is hiding something about Saishou 
    Industry and that robot but he'll get the truth out of her eventually. 
    Sally then comes and says that her big bro seems to be all stiff and 
    blushing when around Akimi. Jeeg ask if Sally had been watching him and 
    Sally says that it's dangerous to make contact like that, he seems to be 
    jelly putty in her (Akimi's) hand. Jeeg admits that Akimi can dominate the 
    conversation with him and it's hard to get stuff out from her but she's the 
    one holding the information they want. Sally reminds Jeeg that they have to 
    hurry and finish their investigation on the CUBE and Fairy's location. 
    Episode 9A
    The Dragonar team is having fun with Linda and the others on the beach. 
    However they are called back into action when Jyakku monsters and Baron 
    Ashura makes another attempt on the city. Tapp and Light note that it's 
    like they haven't rested at all. The EDC's RaijinOh also arrives to help 
    Jeeg and Sally sees the Soul Gunner and note that it's that robot from 
    before and Sally note that it must have went some place else which is why 
    they haven't seen it recently. Jeeg note that it seems a little too 
    coincidental that when Akimi returned, the robot also did.
    RaijinOh is ganged up on and Jin note that this might be it but suddenly 
    Eldoran's voice rings out telling them not to give up, the fate of the 
    Earth lies in their hand, Jin says that he understand but RaijinOh can't 
    move anymore. Eldoran says that he will lend them his strength once more 
    and take them to the nearby Castle saying that he will give them the 
    strength to protect the Earth once more and the castle turns into a robot, 
    another RaijinOh. Eldoran tells them to protect the beautiful planet Earth 
    and leaves. Jin, Koji and Asuka say that the battle is not over yet and 
    returns to the fray once more.
    Ashura and ilk are defeated and the team returns to base. Later at the 
    Cafeteria, Frau Bou asks everyone to be seated for their meal and is 
    surprised to find a pig called Tonsuke running around. Frau asks for the 
    animal to be put elsewhere but the Daltanias kid wouldn't have it since 
    Tonsuke's their friend. Sanae apologize but ask for the kids to do as they 
    please for now. Danji wonder what is up with this ship, there are civilians 
    running around like crazy. Manabu says that his research shows that over 
    half aren't professional soldiers and Ochame asks what's going to happen to 
    them now and Kento says that he'll protect them like usual. The ship is 
    headed to Jaburo and Jiro ask if Kento is going to cooperate with the Feds 
    and Kento reasoned away that he's just using them to get back at those that 
    burn down their town.
    Episode 10
    Akimi note that it sure was a short stay in Japan and she felt that she 
    didn't get any R&R at all. The White Base is headed straight for Central 
    Asia which is also a Zeon/Giganos territory but not as fortified as America, 
    there are guerilla troops fighting against them. Shapiro reports to Bright 
    about his assessment on the MS/ Super Robot team's fighting capability, 
    they're good but still got a way to go. As for Amuro, he's got talent but 
    no discipline as a solider at all. He's begun the process to train other 
    crew member to be MS pilot since compared to the Juusenki that makes up 
    Dancougar, MS are extremely easy to pilot so they should have more pilots 
    ready in no time.
    Shinobu and Kento are grumbling about the regimen that Shapiro puts them 
    through especially Kento and Danji since they're not exactly soliders 
    though Ryou says that it's to make sure they become good enough to protect 
    the one they love. Watta's engineer asks what the Juusenki runs on and 
    Masato says that it converts their rage energy to move the machine though 
    Sarah shuts him up since that's military top secret. Watta hearing this 
    notes that Shinobu must really fit the bill since he always seems angry. 
    Shiro comes in asking if they've seen Amuro, and Akimi says that outside of 
    battle, he's made himself scarce.
    Amuro is in his room using the computer as usual and Hayato, Kai and Shiro 
    comes in saying that Frau asks them to check up on him and Amuro thanks 
    them for the concern and says to tell Frau that he's gotten some rest. 
    Shiro tells Amuro not to over do it.
    Amuro goes to the deck noting that new enemies mean that there are new 
    movement patterns which he has to prepare the Gundam for so he might have 
    to do an overhaul on the OS. However he overheard Bright and Mirai talking 
    with Bright asking if Mirai think that Amuro is a Newtype and that in order 
    for them to survive, it might be best to remove Amuro from the Gundam since 
    if they accept him as he is now, he'll come to think of himself as 
    something special.
    Amuro heard this and runs away and Bright prevents Mirai from going after 
    him to explain. Bad move, Bright.
    Meanwhile, Eledor heard that his song has made the chart and decides to go 
    out to town to celebrate saying that the official reason is to go 
    investigate and drags Miguel into it. They met up with Amuro who has 
    decided to leave the ship and decide to tag along. Frau sees this and asks 
    Amuro to stop and Amuro says that Bright and Mirai told him he was 
    Amuro launch taking the Gundam with him along with Eledor and Miguel taking 
    their hovertruck. This frustrates Bright to no end. Eledor note that with 
    this happening, he guesses he'll have to jump ship from the Federation. 
    Shiro is brought up to speed on the three's running away and decides to go 
    looking for them and Akimi decides to go too since desertion is a major 
    crime in an army. Fairy says she'll try to talk with Bright and calm him 
    down a bit.
    The three has made it to a bar but Eledor suddenly tells Miguel to take off 
    their Federation jacket since he hears Zeon car coming. A large army of 
    Zeon including Norris and Ramba Raul's troop arrives at the bar ready for 
    some good time before their operation. Ramba's wife, Hamon decides to treat 
    Amuro and co. as well. Amuro decides to decline which makes Ramba quite 
    interested in him and he decides to treat Amuro as well. One of Ramba's men 
    catches Frau who's come to get Amuro, and since she's wearing a Federation 
    uniform. Ramba decides to let Frau and Amuro who he surmise as the girl's 
    boyfriend go saying that when they meet next time on the battlefield, 
    things won't go as easy as this. However he then tells his troops to 
    restrain Miguel and Eledor and then tells Norris that they've caught 
    Federation spies. Norris and Aina wonder if the Feds have caught on to the 
    Apsalas program's testing.
    Meanwhile Shiro is at an oasis and meets up with Gigi, a guerilla fighter 
    who hates both Zeon and the Feds who knocks him out and takes him to meet 
    her leader and father Barest. Barest informs Shiro of Miguel and Eledor's 
    capture and Shiro promise to drive the Zeon out of this territory in 
    exchange for his freedom. Those two are his first subordinates and he 
    doesn't want to let them die. Barest doesn't trust the Federation but Gigi 
    note that Shiro is different and Barest relent.
    On the way back, Kiki leads Shiro out though with a gun aimed at him. A 
    sound comes from Shiro's pocket that is from Aina's watch and Kiki decides 
    to take it with Shiro saying to give it back since it's on loan. Meeting up 
    with Akimi, Shiro relates his misadventure and what he found out. The two 
    meets up with Fairy and Frau who says that Amuro left her again to try and 
    rescue Eledor and Miguel. Shiro tells Frauto go back to the White Base and 
    get everyone while they go and rescue Amuro.
    Eledor and Miguel are surrounded by Zaku aiming for them as sports, both 
    doesn't want to die and Miguel blames Eledor for this mess and Eledor says 
    to make a break for their Hover truck though he got wounded trying to get 
    on so Miguel is the one driving. Amuro arrives in the Gundam to rescue them 
    with Ramba Raul arriving in the Gouf noting that if he let one of them go 
    while retaining the rest, they would surely bring back others to rescue 
    them. Hamon tells him to be careful since they have no idea of the enemy's 
    Akimi and Shiro also arrive to help out but so does Norris who says that 
    he'll get revenge for Garuma. Then the White Base arrives and Bright says 
    that he'll deal with Amuro later and for the rest of the team to deploy. 
    Shinobu says that if they were going to run away, do a better job and Kento 
    says that he thought that all the Feds solider would quickly sentence 
    deserter to death at gunpoint, Shinobu's all right in his book and Masato 
    says that Shinobu has broken quite a few law of his own.
    Norris is defeated but note that now that they have the White Base's 
    location again, they can regroup and attack with much more forces behind 
    them. Ramba fights the Gundam and Amuro note that the Gouf is a lot 
    different than the Zaku and Ramba Raul says his famous speech "This is no 
    Zaku, boy, no Zaku (beat that Heinne)
    Ramba is defeated by the Gundam and is surprised that the boy Amuro is the 
    pilot, he notes that the time are sure changing. Raul congratulates Amuro 
    on his victory but reminds Amuro that it isn't through his own skill that 
    he's won but by the power of the Gundam that he's piloting.
    Barest says that without MS, the Zeon can be driven off the town and orders 
    his guerilla fighters to advance.
    At the White Base, Shiro does some disciplining to Miguel telling him that 
    the platoon is a team and selfish action can lead to its destruction. He 
    then says that he's glad that Miguel's all right and to rest up. He then 
    goes to check up on the wounded Eledor.
    Amuro isn't so lucky as Bright throws him into the slammer saying that his 
    action endangered them all no matter what the reason and refuse to listen 
    to Amuro's reason. Amuro says that if the enemies come, they'll just drag 
    him out to fight for them again and Ryu says that Amuro isn't the only one 
    who can pilot the Gundam and Kai tells Amuro to think about that.
    Ryu then ask Bright if what they did was really good for Amuro and Bright 
    says that Amuro doesn't think much about other people and their situation 
    and it is best if they leave him there until he cools down. Shiro says that 
    his two troublemakers have been given stern lectures though Sarge Ben 
    thinks that's too light a punishment and Shapiro agrees. Shiro reason that 
    the two of them being hunted by Zeon mobile suit is punishment enough. 
    Sarge Ben then ask if Eledor is all right and Shiro says that Karen had 
    medical training so she's patched him up enough. Shapiro notes that Zeon 
    has gotten wind of them and it might be better to stay here and get some 
    info from the guerilla until they can determine their course.
    In the slammer, Amuro says that he is the one who can best use the Gundam 
    and Ramba Raul's word comes back to haunt him that he won only because of 
    the Gundam which makes him want to beat Raul fairly.
    In the next morning, Shiro and the 08th Team are then drafted by the 
    guerilla to carry supplies for them as payment and Shiro tells Karen to go 
    along which makes Karen wonder if Shiro has his priority straight.
    Meanwhile back at the Zeon Dukedom, Gihren Zabi makes his speech about 
    Garuma's death and inspires Zeon solider to fight on against the Federation. 
    At a bar, Char hears Gihren's speech asking why Garuma die and mockingly 
    says "Because he was a kid (wanting to be a man)." Char is then approach by 
    Jeeg and Sally who says that they have a preposition for him.
    Episode 10A
    Ramba Raul has decides to attack the White Base and the White Base cannot 
    outrun them so Bright decides to fight. Amuro is still in the slammer and 
    thus undeployable. Ramba tells his men not to be suicidal, this battle is 
    meant to chip away the White Base's strength and supply until they're weak 
    enough to be taken out. Giganos forces also arrive to aid Ramba Raul in 
    getting revenge for Garuma.
    The White Base team beat them up and Shapiro note that they'll be after the 
    team again. Ryu agrees noting that they're not just any Zeon troops. Light 
    says that he picked up their conversation on D-3, it seems they're being 
    targeted by Ramba Raul and his troops who are after them as revenge for 
    Garuma Zabi's death. Shapiro has heard of the Blue star Ramba Raul (not so 
    sure of Ramba's nickname) and note that they've been target by quite an 
    Episode 11
    Ramba Raul asks Klamp as to the White Base's movement and is told that 
    they've made no movement to get out yet but have deployed recon units to 
    investigate Zeon stronghold. Klamp wonders if the WB team is aware of that 
    project since they might have seen the aftermath of the testing of the 
    Apsalas. Ramba Raul tells Hamon that they're still understaffed to take out 
    the WB so he'll have to contact Norris for more reinforcement.
    True to Klamp's word, the 08th Ms team has found traces of mega particle 
    cannon fire from the Apsalas and note that it must be from a new Zeon 
    weapon. Kiki then ask if her info was correct, 3 days ago, her men saw 
    something going down here.
    Shiro radioed the White Base informing them of his team's find and that 
    there might be an enemy base nearby. His team will go on ahead to confirm 
    it's existence. Shapiro offers his opinion that that is the best course of 
    action since they must destroy the super weapon although Bright says that 
    their prime objective is to reach Jaburo as quickly as possible and thus 
    should avoid unnecessary confrontation. Shapiro says that the top at the 
    Federation has acknowledge the WB team as an extremely capable squad that 
    can operate by itself and in order to get out of this area safely, it's 
    best that they trash the super weapon first before it's operational to be 
    used on them.
    Shapiro offers a strategy of sending in a team to divert the attention of 
    the Zeon while the White Base moves out while another team guards the WB 
    during that time. For this they'll need Amuro so his punishment should be 
    lifted. Shapiro however notes that his plan is going along quite well, he 
    only has to bide for his time.
    In the corridor, Sayla note that they'll be attacking a Zeon base and she 
    might have a chance to make contact with a Zeon solider and hear about her 
    big brother.
    The Dragonar team and a couple more units are send to aid the 08th Ms team 
    in taking out the Zeon base and it's new super weapon which Shiro has guess 
    that it might be a new Mobile Armour. The new MA or Apsalas is piloted by 
    Aina and Norris note that the Feds have turn the table on them attacking 
    first before they can go aid Ramba Raul in attacking them. Norris tells the 
    Cyclop troops to help hold them off since the Apsalas is still a test unit. 
    Aina note that the WB is here and it's a chance to get revenge for Garuma 
    and Isarina.
    The battle begins and the White Base soon arrives to break through the line. 
    Suddenly Osuka says that the Gundam is launching even though Bright hasn't 
    given the order and Osuka says that it seems Sayla is behind the wheel. Ryu 
    says that Sayla isn't good enough yet and it shows when the Gundam crash 
    landed on the ground. Sayla note that things went better in the simulation 
    but now that she's out, she's got to get contact with a Zeon solider. Ramba 
    Raul's troop deploy as they have been tailing the White Base. Shapiro note 
    that it's not a large force, they can wipe the enemy out in one go and to 
    deploy units to assist the Gundam. Shapiro also request Amuro be transfer 
    into the Gundam right away and Bright tells Frau to get Amuro from 
    Ramba Raul targets the Gundam and Raul note that they're quite green having 
    deployed the Gundam when the hatch to it's cockpit isn't repaired and gets 
    close to finish Amuro who he thought is piloting the Gundam. He then see 
    that it's a girl and whips out his pistol telling her to surrender but then 
    is shocked to see Sayla's face asking if she is Alteicia. Sayla is 
    surprised to hear her real name and Ramba Raul ask if she's forgotten the 
    son of Zimba Raul who was Zeon Daikun's loyal subordinate. Sayla ask why 
    then does he have his gun pointed at Alteicia.  Ramba is at loss for word 
    when Ryu comes out in the Guntank and Raul attacked it and Ryu return fire. 
    Ryu tells Sayla to get away and Amuro will take her place. Sayla tells 
    Ramba Raul to turn back.
    Ramba Raul retreat and tells Hamon to attack the White Base and he'll 
    assist. Hamon asks what just happen and Ramba Raul says that he made one of 
    the greatest folly in fighting. Amuro in the Gundam attacks and finishes 
    him off and Ramba Raul note that it's the boy from before and Ramba Raul 
    then says to watch closely, this is what happens when you fall in battle. 
    Ramba Raul dies and Sayla can only regret his passing.
    Aina's Apsalas falls (this is not SRW AP where you have 20,000 HP up you 
    know) and Shiro decides to take advantage by clinging on as Aina tries to 
    leave the battlefield. Aina tells the MS pilot to get off, does he want to 
    die. Shiro remembers that voice as both Apsalas and Ground Type Gundam 
    takes off. Shinobu note that he can still try to shoot it down with the 
    DancouHou but Ryou says that at height and at that distance, Shiro will be 
    the one to die if Shinobu shoot it down. Karen reports to the White Base 
    that their leader has gone missing and Bright says that they're in the 
    midst of operation, they'll have to deal with it later. Kiki can't believe 
    that Shiro is gone.
    Kosun is defeated and Bright note that the pilot must have been knocked 
    unconscious so they should capture him for information. Hamon is of course 
    furious at Amuro for killing her husband and Amuro tells Hamon to stop, 
    Ramba Raul is dead.
    Hamon is defeated and Frau asks what they will do to the captured Zaku 
    pilot and Bright says that he'll think about it, first they have to see 
    about Shiro. 
    Speaking of Shiro, he figured out that Aina is the pilot of the Apsalas and 
    calls out to her. Aina recognize Shiro and tells him that he should get off, 
    he might be able to make it out alone but Shiro wouldn't have any of that 
    and finds a way to crash land both units gently enough that they make it 
    out alive. However they are stuck in the Himalayas Mountain (go figure) 
    Both have to stick together to make it out alive like last time.
    Shiro says that he hated the Zeon but after meeting her in space, he can't 
    forget about her, even if she's a Zeon or have a lover. Aina says that she 
    doesn't have a lover and even if he's a Federation solider, her answer is...
    Akimi and the others respond Shiro's distress signal and Akimi runs into 
    Norris and both starts fighting. Shiro note that if they keep it up, one of 
    them will die and tries to go out to get them to stop. Norris saw Shiro and 
    Aina together and Akimi note that Norris is here for Aina and calls for him 
    to stop. Norris agrees and commends Akimi on her good dogfight skills.
    Shiro note that just now, there are no Zeon or Fed solider, people can 
    understand each other if they try but if the fighting continues, he will 
    have to face Aina again, he asks Aina if they really can't do anything with 
    this war and Aina has no answer for him.
    Back at the White Base, Miguel greets Shiro though Shapiro says that Shiro 
    broke regulation using a top secret Federation code for a distress signal 
    while in the midst of a Zeon solider. Fairy says that the odds of the 
    Federation code being intercepted by them are higher. Akimi agrees saying 
    that if the rescue came later, they'd be frozen popsicle. Shapiro says that 
    it didn't change the fact that he used the code and there was a prior case 
    of him having contact with a Zeon solider, is that coincidence?
    Santas tries to stick up for Shiro though Karen isn't so sure and Shiro 
    says that he talked with the Zeon solider about cooperating to survive, and 
    only that. Shinobu also sticks up for Shiro saying Shapiro is talking crazy. 
    Shapiro says that it isn't just their problem, for good measure he'll have 
    to have Shiro undergo a tribunal hearing.
    Sayla meanwhile agrees to take any punishment for taking out the Gundam and 
    is sentenced to 3 days solitary confinement. Meanwhile Kosun is shown his 
    cell and Sayla asks to give him his meal before his confinement. Entering 
    his cell, Sayla ask Kosun who the Red Comet is. Kosun says that he's Char 
    Aznable and he was rumoured to be from Earth. He's rumoured to hold a 
    grudge against the Zabi and is rumoured to have been at fault for not 
    protecting Garuma Zabi. Ryu comes in saying that Sayla wasn't supposed to 
    come in and ask question and lead her to her cell.
    In her cell, Frau says that if Sayla wants anything, give her a ring and 
    she'll find a way to get it for her. Alone, Sayla note that Char must be 
    her bigger brother.
    Episode 12
    General Revil is reviewing the White Base's activities and notes that they 
    really are something which is why he tells Matilda that he authorize 
    sending them new MS, weapons and supply.
    Meanwhile at the Giganos Empire on the Moon, Gildor allows Maiyo to go back 
    to Earth to reclaim his pride by attacking the D-Weapon and the White Base 
    again along with the three Black Stars in the Odessa Campaign. The Black 
    Stars are being briefed by Makube that they are to attack Revil's forces 
    first but they says that they will take care of the White Base first.
    At the same time, Shiro is at a Federation Base hearing defending his 
    action with Aina. Shiro says that there are good people on the other side 
    (Zeon) which illicit a snicker from some troops and he is ordered to return 
    to the White Base to continue their mission of drawing the enemy's 
    Eledor has healed from his injury and is welcomed back to the team, he asks 
    about Shiro's inquisition and is told that Shiro got off light but it's 
    better than being sent to the firing squad. Shiro returns and tells the 
    team that their mission will only get more dangerous from now on as they 
    will be tackling the best that Zeon/ Giganos will throw at them but they 
    must remember that they are not butcher and that the other sides are also 
    Shapiro hears of this and mocks Shiro's view saying that war is where 
    people shed of their skin of humanity and become ravaging beasts. They must 
    kill the enemies before the enemies kill them. They must become ruthless. 
    Shiro says that he can not think and fight that way and Shapiro retort that 
    Shiro will never be able to protect his friend and Shiro says that he will 
    find his own way. The J9 team arrives and says that at least Shiro isn't 
    about to run away from his responsibility so that's good. The J9 team is 
    back and this time for the long haul and Shapiro says that he will see 
    Shiro's answer on the battlefield then.
    Kiki has also decided to go back home since she's Barest's daughter and she 
    has responsibility back home. She tells Shiro that he's still quite green 
    but has extremely good quality that she hopes Shiro never lose as the war 
    Sayla is assigned the new G-Fighter which the Gundam can use as a carrier 
    and though Sayla tries to refuse, Shapiro brings up the point that Sayla 
    did take the Gundam out without permission which the punishment is actually 
    more severe than a couple of nights in the brig. Shinobu grumble that 
    Shapiro is always belittling and going down on others to which Shapiro 
    heard and tells the Dancougar team to do another set of exercise.
    Amuro is talking with Matilda and ask if the WB has to join in the Odessa 
    Campaign, Matilda says that they have to but she'll help as much as she can. 
    It's obvious that Amuro is enamoured with Matilda and Matilda says that 
    Amuro's data and ideas on MS are quite good and have been sent to be 
    considered for use.
    Akimi note that with all the new models coming in, she wonders if they have 
    a new model for use as well since she remembers having to go test this and 
    that back home. Fairy says that it's in the work and Akimi says "I thought 
    so, God I hope it's not something weird, I mean, the pilot is me, a 
    beautiful girl."
    Sarge Ben tells the Dragonar Team that their pilot license cannot be 
    revoked just yet but they have made modification to the Dragonar to allow 
    it to fly and they have been given promotion to a point that they now 
    outrank him which means that he'll have to be polite to them. Tapp and the 
    others however are too depressed to even think of taking advantage of this 
    but suddenly enemies attack. The Dragonar team deploys and so does the 08th 
    MS team.  Kaine and the others note that they're not used to aerial warfare 
    yet, this is going to be hard and see that Shiro has a new Gundam to which 
    Shiro says that it's just his old Ground Type Gundam patched up with handy 
    Sayla isn't too sure about this but Matilda reminds her of her crime taking 
    out the Gundam and the reason she got off light is because they believe 
    that she might also be a Newtype. Mirai tells Bright that the engines are 
    only at 50% so they can't move just yet and Matilda asks if that's just 
    Mirai's intuition or something more. Mirai says that that's how she thinks 
    things are, only that. Matilda says that she'll lend all the support she 
    The enemies are the three Black Stars and Maiyo's Giganos troops. Gaia 
    smirk that the Fed's MS aren't all it's cracked up to be and tells Mach and 
    Oldekka to follow him and attack the White Base. Amuro sees this and moves 
    in to intercept but got surrounded. Matilda moves in and attack trying to 
    free Amuro but Oldekka then attacks her Media killing her. Enraged at this, 
    Amuro attacks Mach but wasn't able to kill him and have to retreat before 
    being surrounded again. The others back Amuro up and soon the three Black 
    Stars are defeated and have to retreat. Maiyo and his troops are defeated 
    by the Dragonar team. Maiyo note that the Dragonar team have improved and 
    he'll get them for this one day.
    The battle is over and Frau Bow tells Bright that the Odessa Campaign has 
    ended in victory for the Federation and the White Base is to move on to 
    it's next destination on it's trip to Jaburo and deal with any Zeon/ 
    Giganos force along the way.
    At the end of the day, Makube console himself saying that this was just one 
    battle but with the resource that Kishiria has sent him, Zeon can last for 
    10 more years. (or so his deluded mind believes) Meanwhile Bright tells 
    everyone to salute those who gave their lives in the Odessa Campaign. Akimi 
    wonders why human have to hurt and kill each others like this and Sayla 
    regret not being good enough to help Matilda with Amuro shouting out her 
    name in sadness at the setting sun.
    Episode 13
    The Goum Jame troops are ordered by their superiors to change objective but 
    them being dirty fighters and rogues, Goum Jame decides to kill his 
    superior in order to assume command and go after the White Base which is 
    heading towards Belfast.
    Several days ago back in Japan, Shou and Gai are testing out the new 
    recruit in a Getter Gattai formation only for the pilot to not be able to 
    handle it and crash to the ground before they can Gattai and save him. 
    Hayato note that they must find the third man soon before "they" make their 
    At Belfast, today, the Neo Getter team is scouting out a man named 
    Ichimonji Gou in an underground wrestling match. Gou beats his opponent 
    silly only to find his opponent transforming into a Dinosaur man. Shou see 
    this and asks Hayato if they really shouldn't go to help him. Hayato says 
    that they're not interested in normal people and if Gou gets himself killed 
    here, then it's a mercy killing since what lies ahead is hell. Gou doesn't 
    need help as he beats the Dinosaur man to death with his bare hands. Hayato 
    claps at Gou's performance as Shou reads Gou's history out to him including 
    the fact that his parents were killed 5 years ago during the Dinosaur 
    Empire's final assault and he's been living as an underground fighter 
    making money winning matches since then. Gou asks who they are to dig up 
    the dirt on him and Hayato says "I'm Jin Hayato, the man who will show you 
    Suddenly there is an attack and Hayato tells Gou to get out of the building 
    and live. Gou and Hayato makes their way out and see Dinosaur Empire mech 
    to which Gou asks "Weren't they supposed to be wiped out 5 years ago?" 
    Hayato says that their extinction was highly exaggerated as Gou's eyes is 
    showing him the truth but they've been dealt a big blow to which they need 
    to kidnap capable humans to experiment on and turn into their foot solider 
    The Neo Getter machine arrives piloted by Shou and Gai and Hayato tells Gou 
    to get in and shove him in. Hayato then flies the Neo Eagle and initiate 
    the Getter change to become Neo Getter 1 but the strain of the gravity took 
    it's toll on his body and he begins to cough up blood.  Gou asks if he's 
    all right and Hayato says that it's old wounds but he thought Gou'd passed 
    out from this already. Gou then smiles maniacally and says that this is the 
    most fun thing he's ever been in. Gou then note that Hayato isn't up for 
    this and tells him to get in the back and tell him how to control this 
    thing. Hayato says that there's a lever which needs to be pulled along with 
    voice activation command for the various weapon. Gou note that it's easier 
    than he thought and Neo Getter 1 engages the Dinosaur Empire's mech.
    The Goum Jame troops arrive and so does it's mark, the White Base. Bright 
    and Shapiro note that they'll have to take out both the Giganos and the 
    Dinosaur Empire or the city is doomed. The Practice also arrives following 
    their mark on the Dragonar and asks for the GJ troop's cooperation.  Goll, 
    one of the four heavenly general got annoyed at the Practice so much that 
    he fires upon them which shocks the Practices.
    Goum Jame tells Goll to discipline himself, the real target is the White 
    Base and Maiyo also arrives to command the Practice. Kaine note that the 
    Practice boys and Maiyo are sure persistent but Light says that with the 
    combined fire power from both groups, they could be in for quite a fight. 
    After a long tedious fight, both groups are defeated by the team and Goum 
    Jame note that the Dragonar team and the WB are worthy prey and he'll get 
    them next time. Watta notes that the Neo Getter is really quite something 
    with Gou going on a testosterone chest pounding round of "Of course, who da 
    man? I'M the man" Gai says that they'll be counting on Gou's help from now 
    on. Looking on, Hayato muse to himself "The three idiots' all here, do you 
    see that Musashi?"
     Later on, Hayato tells Bright and Shapiro that he and the Neo Getter team 
    will be joining up with them. The Neo Getter team is inexperienced but 
    their good point is that they're all idiots who aren't afraid of death or 
    anything. They can get good work out of them.
    At the Cafeteria, the D-Team is wooing it up with the girls as usual. Sarge 
    Ben tries to get them to go run some practice drills but suddenly remembers 
    that they now outrank him and Tapp says that the fight with the Giganos 
    today was enough work to be today's practice. Tapp then asks Rose what she 
    plans to do once they get to Jaburo. Rose says that she, Diane and Linda 
    will go volunteers to help survivor in camps. They weren't allowed to leave 
    until the WB reaches Jaburo because they know of military secrets. Sarge 
    Ben is quite smitten with Diane and is sad to see her go and Light wonder 
    since when did that happen?
    Meanwhile in the Artic, Galery and Bat are talking about the emergence of 
    Neo Getter Robo. It'll be quite some time before Lord Gol reawakens and 
    they manage to harness the power of this ancient relic so Bat note that it 
    might be wise to form temporary alliances with other powers for now until 
    Lord Gol obtain ultimate power.
    Episode 14
    Makube reports to Kycillia that the White Base has finally reached Jaburo 
    and Kycillia tells Makube that Zeon is starting their major offensive 
    towards that base by using the Apsalas and converging all it's remaining 
    forces on Earth.
    The White Base has reached Jaburo and is now on repaired. Many officers 
    note that it has gone through many trials and tribulation to get here and 
    no longer looks like a brand new ship but the things that will go down in 
    Akimi note that the White Base is being strengthened up with new equipment 
    and MS added to it. The J9 team tells Akimi that Amuro and the rest of the 
    WB crew have been officially entered into the Federation and now commands 
    quite a respectable rank. Akimi wonder what they should do next, 
    technically their job is finished since the WB has reached the intended 
    destination but she's been with the WB team for so long that she really 
    can't just leave them like this. Fairy says that that's quite like Akimi.
    Slegger Law arrives and introduces himself to Bright saying that as of 
    today, he's been stationed aboard the White Base and promptly tries to 
    charm Mirai who says that she's going to go look for Sayla to relieve her 
    of patrol duty.
    Sayla meanwhile meets up with Char unexpectedly and her suspicion is 
    confirmed that Char Aznable is her older brother Casval Rem Daikun. They 
    get into a bit of argument as to what each other are doing but are 
    interrupted by Mirai searching for Sayla. Char leaves telling Sayla or his 
    sister Alteicia to quit the Federation and get out of here. Mirai reaches 
    Sayla and ask if she didn't notice a Zeon solider here and Sayla lies 
    saying that she didn't.
    Meanwhile Kaine and the D-Team are shocked to learn that Linda is getting 
    off here and leaving right now and go over to see them. Linda asks if Kaine 
    wouldn't get off the WB but Kaine says that while originally he didn't want 
    to fight but it's not like he wants to kill other people that he's chose to 
    remain with the White Base, he just doesn't think he should leave things 
    like they are now and get off, he doesn't want to run away. However an 
    alarm is sounded, the Zeon have attack. Kaine tells Linda to wait, he 
    doesn't want to say goodbye like this. Pissed off, Kaine says as he launch 
    in the Dragonar that he's going to give the enemies everything and more 
    this time for interrupting.
    Makube arrives with a large contingency of Zeon along with Hamon's troops 
    seeking revenge for Ramba Raul. General Revil orders a Code Red and orders 
    the WB and its team to deploy to fend off the Zeon. The battle begins and 
    after a while, Amuro, Kai and Hayato also launch but the Goum Jame troops 
    also arrives to make things difficult
    Char and the Cyclop troops also arrive to make things difficult and Char 
    announce his presence by impaling a Gm. Goum Jame is defeated and he notes 
    that his prey is quite a vigorous bunch. Char is also dealt a finishing 
    blow and he notes that he'll have to pull back for now and regroup, he hope 
    that Altecia took his warning and left the White Base.
    Bright ask for status report and is told that they've repelled the first 
    wave though fighting are going on nearby. Shapiro advises that the second 
    wave will come here soon enough and they should use these moments to 
    Inside the White Base, Shiro order all units that have finished resupply to 
    redeploy immediately and stand guard for the second wave.
    Episode 15
    Bright is notified of the second wave which is Zeon/ Giganos's main attack 
    forces and orders all troops to deploy now and prepare for battle.
    Amongst the invading forces are Maiyo and the Practice. The Practice boys 
    are a bit overeager saying that this is their chance for glory by 
    participating in such a big campaign. They are almost hit by Jaburo's 
    automated defense which downed a Gau. Maiyo tells them to concentrate on 
    surviving first and glory will come later.
    Aina also deploys in the Apsalas III and ask her brother if this will end 
    the war and Gineas says that they will end it with their hands though Aina 
    is quite disbelieving of that. Akimi note that that flying armoured flea of 
    a Zaku had gone and mutated into a more heavily armoured version. Fairy 
    tells Akimi that it's probably their enemies main attack force and to be 
    careful. Shiro shouted out asking if Aina is the one in there, she has to 
    get off; she can't pilot something that destructive. Aina apologize but 
    says that this is her brother's dream and this will end the war. She begs 
    Shiro to run and then fires the Apsalas's beam at Jaburo.
    Revil is informed that while Jaburo is still functional, that shot took out 
    a mountain and he notes that it's Zeon's ace in the hole. Aina tells 
    everyone to stop fighting and to open Jaburo up for peace talk. This 
    applies to both side and Shiro is a bit relieved over Aina's intention. 
    Gineas meanwhile is furious and tells Norris to get him to Aina. He tells 
    Aina to stop this silliness and attack the Feds or she'll die. Aina says 
    that she knows this thing's power so she can't fire it lightly. However 
    Feds force attack the Apsalas and a couple of Gm Sniper rush in to finish 
    the job. Gineas takes the opportunity to have Norris take Aina away while 
    he pilots the Apsalas. Shiro is in dismay that he couldn't help Aina or do 
    anything but Karen tells him to calm down.
    The battle begins and soon Maiyo is defeated and he lament that he will not 
    see this battle to the end and retreats. Gineas's Apsalas is also taken 
    care off (Sorry pal, you're not the 80,000 HP monster in AP here) and he 
    dies shouting that he was supposed to change the tide of the war against 
    Jaburo with his Apsalas. Makube is also defeated and he cursed the 
    Federation for defeating him twice. He'll be back to settle the score no 
    matter how many time it takes.
    General Revil note that with this, they can finally begin the Hoshi Ichigou 
    plan (Star 1) and that the White Base has become essential to the 
    Federation's strategy.
    Later, Revil tells Bright that the WB is to go into space to attract the 
    Zeon's attention there. Bright isn't too happy about being the decoy every 
    time since half the troops are amateurs but Revil says that he believes 
    that they have grown up during the war and the WB is the best that the Feds 
    have right now and he will provide support as much as he can such as giving 
    them the new Gm Sniper to use. Bright reluctantly accepts the mission and 
    brief his team telling the independent contractor (Watta, Akimi and the J9 
    team) to continue their work and they will be compensated. Kaine and Akimi 
    aren't happy with Kaine noting that this means he's going far far away from 
    Linda and Akimi notes that she's not getting back to Japan at this point.
    Shapiro informs Dr.Arl about the decision and tells him and Kento to 
    cooperate and rack up some favor out of the Feds. Kento doesn't mind since 
    he doesn't like Giganos and Zeon anyway for starting this war that created 
    orphans like them and Danji agrees. Especially after hearing Gihren Zabi's 
    talk about the chosen people, Kento's really annoyed at Gihren. Dr. Arl 
    counters saying that chosen people like wise kings who rules their subjects 
    are naturals. Kento says that he hate those who looks down on people from 
    up high.
    Sayla, meanwhile, is alone and is thankful that at least her brother Casval 
    is still alive. Elsewhere, another sibling reunion occurs as Linda runs 
    into Maiyo. Linda tells Maiyo to come to the civilian camp if he wants to 
    avoid the Feds but Maiyo says that he's finished prelim repair on his mech 
    and he'll be going back into space soon so he's taking Linda back to 
    Giganos but Linda reject going back to Giganos and runs away.
    Kaine is also still feeling quite down about having to leave Linda but Tapp 
    and Light reminds him that they'll probably be able to meet up again one 
    Episode 15A
    Danji asks Kento if going into space is really such a good idea since they 
    wouldn't be able to bail if they want to. Kento says that it's ok since he 
    doesn't like the Zeon/ Giganos for what they did, what about Danji. Danji 
    says that Earth's his home and he wouldn't let the aliens do as they please 
    to the Earth.
    Jiro and the other kids come up to Kento and begs to be taken into space 
    with them, they don't want to be left behind but Kento says that this isn't 
    a game and for them to wait here and live on in their behalf. When the kids 
    tries to insist, Kento stamp his foot down and says No leaving them running 
    away in tears. Sanae comes up to Kento and starts crying telling Kento that 
    he's being selfish and that he hasn't considered the feelings of those left 
    behind, always wondering if those that left will return or not 
    She ran away in tears too and Kento wants to go after her but Danji tells 
    him that it's better they part this way since seeing her again now will 
    bring even more pain to both side.
    In an official ceremony, the WB is officially christened the 13th autonomous 
    corps and Amuro, Bright and the others are officially given rank. Amuro 
    starts asking if giving them ranks is supposed to make up for no help at 
    all. Kaine and the D-Boys agree saying that they should get some money for 
    this. What they earned is the official reading them their ranks giving them 
    a knuckle sandwich.
    At the Med bay, Sarah tells Amuro and the D-Boy that being in the army 
    means they need to know when to keep their mouth shut. Frau agrees on that 
    saying that Amuro and Co were just asking for it back there. Ryou says that 
    the Dancougar team can't practice what they preach though.  Sarah then asks 
    Frau about the kids Kento brought along and Frau says that she left them at 
    the orphanage in Jaburou but wonders if they'll be truly happy there. Amuro 
    says that it's better there since children shouldn't see war first hand.
    At the bridge, an alert comes out saying that Feds forces have located a 
    Zeon grouping doing some retreating and that they are to go and give 
    pursuit. Said Zeon force is Aina's group. Norris tells Aina that they've 
    loaded all they can into the shuttle and Sanjibal to leave for space and 
    that the Feds will be here soon. Norris plans to deploy to fight off the 
    Feds and Aina plans to do the same though Norris wouldn't have it.
    When the Feds arrive, Aina took the initiative and launch in an Apsalas 
    that was cobbled from spare parts and fires a warning shots to the Feds 
    saying that if the Feds allow them to retreat into outer space, then she 
    will not attack and will surrender afterward. However the Feds solider 
    wouldn't take the demand and begins to attack. 
    The WB soon arrives and Shiro plans to talk to Aina. Karen says that 
    Shiro's still quite naive but Santas points out that he's still the one 
    that got them out of lots of scraps like these so they'll go along. Norris 
    decides to deploy as well and some of his troops decides to follow him. 
    Aina wants to stop this or she'll be responsible for Norris's death.
    Shiro confronts Aina and ask her if she plans to continue fighting and Aina 
    says that she's fighting for the troops that support her, but once they 
    reach space, her battle is over. Shiro says that he's been asking himself 
    why he fights everyday since he met her and he's found a reason beside 
    fighting Zeon, he wants her to come with him.
    Aina says that she plans to surrender to the Feds after this battle anyway 
    but Shiro says that he wants her to come with him to the White Base and 
    Aina decides to believe in Shiro and agrees to join him.
    Shiro tells his team to pull out since the Zanzibal is beginning to launch 
    into space and rushing off after it is almost impossible and fighting the 
    Zeon soliders here can be left to the Federation troops already here 
    because it's a meaningless fight.
    At the hangar, Kento is shocked to see that the kids and Sanae have snucked 
    back on board and grumble that they are idiots for doing so. Dr. Arl says 
    that he'll have them help on Daltanious to earn their keeps.
    Meanwhile, Aina is being interviewed by Bright and Shapiro. Aina says that 
    she'll accept any terms and condition for herself but to let Shiro off the 
    hook for not pursuing the Sanjibal. Shiro says that it's his decision and 
    he'll take responsibility for it. Bright says that he would have made the 
    same decision. Shapiro tries to push the point but Bright says that they 
    can't waste time and resource on a meaningless fight and uses his rank to 
    shut Shapiro up.
    Meanwhile, back at Jaburo, Rose tells Linda that it seems that Sanae and 
    the gang had snucked back on board the White Base. Diane also comes to tell 
    Linda that her father, Dr. Plato is also here at Jaburo and if she would go 
    see him and perhaps forgive him for creating the Metal Armour that the 
    Giganos use in their war.
    Linda says that she has to sort out her feelings first and she can't go see 
    him yet.
    Episode 16
     Jeeg and Sally meet up with Char and Lalah on board his ship. They 
    introduce themselves as from Guardisword. Their objective is the same as 
    Char, to go up against the White Base for personal reasons. Char notes that 
    the White Base is headed for Side 6 but that seems to be a feint. Their 
    true objective is probably to draw attention away from the massive 
    Federation troops that are launching from Earth. However if Char's team 
    ignores the White Base and tries to take out the Federation troops then the 
    White Base will most assuredly double back and run interference for them. 
    Char note that their target is the White Base anyhow so they can leave the 
    large Federation troops to Commander Dozzle.
    Char then contacts Dren to attack the White Base and hold them there until 
    he and his team rendezvous sandwiching them.
    Having made it out of Earth's orbit, the White Base team is confronted by 
    Dren's troop who deploys Biglo Mobile Armour against them. Sleggar gets 
    overeager to take one out and fires upon launching but miss to which Kai 
    tells him to calm down.
    Shapiro tells the team that another Zeon troops is coming up behind them so 
    they have to take care of the one ahead of them fast or risk being 
    sandwiched between enemy forces.
    The team hears that and gets to work defeating Dren. Dren can't believe 
    that he was defeated before Char even arrived and Char arrives moments 
    later noting that the White Base had grown a lot stronger to have done this. 
    Jeeg note that this can't be just a normal Federation Ship, there has to be 
    some secret behind it. Char agrees and to find out, they have to engage 
    them. Lalah also says she will deploy but for Char to remain on his ship to 
    get ready to retreat. Char asks if they can't beat them and Lalah says that 
    this isn't the place to sink the White Base. Jeeg and Sally also say they 
    will deploy.
    Jeeg notice the Soul Gunner and note that its movement is possibly due to 
    Guardisword technology and Sally says that's true since Earth tech isn't at 
    a  level that they can possibly stumble onto it and discover it on their 
    own yet. Jeeg note that that means Fairy is still alive and on board that 
    ship and the only way to find out is to go past their defense and attack 
    the ship.  Sally tells him to wait up for her since he always leaves her 
    behind and go off by himself foolhardily. 
    Jeeg is beaten up and he notes that it's time to retreat for now, but 
    before that. Jeeg then moves his mech up to the White Base. Shapiro notes 
    that they're not attacking and Frau notes that there's communication from 
    Jeeg. Jeeg thanks them for not firing and note that even Earthling military 
    pay courtesy to each other in the midst of war. Bright ask if they're not 
    from Earth and Jeeg says that they are from Guardisword but they're working 
    with Zeon for now. Shapiro says that Guardisword is probably an outer space 
    Jeeg says that there should be a woman named Fairy from Saishou Industry on 
    board or maybe using another name. Sally adds that they've found out that 
    the machine from Saishou Industry uses Guardisword technology, so don't try 
    denying it and Fairy Firefly is from Guardisword. If she is on board then 
    please turn her over. Bright says that if even she is on board, they're not 
    going to turn her over. Jeeg says that he doesn't expect them too at this 
    moment but he'll give them time to think it over. Both Jeeg and Sally leave.
    Shapiro thinks to himself that those two must be the one who leaked the 
    information about the Muge Solbados Empire to him. Bright is furious that 
    those two think that they can just waltz in and demand things from them 
    just like that and Shapiro says that they're probably confident in their 
    fighting skills to coerce the other side. When this is over, it might be 
    best to have a talk with Ms. Fairy.
    Amuro also have a first meeting Newtype style with Lalah who note that he 
    is an enemy that has to be destroyed since he will bring Char suffering but 
    feels as if she can't do it and leaves. Amuro tells her to wait but Shapiro 
    tells him not to follow any retreating enemies. Amuro wonder what the heck 
    that was.
    Char's ship also takes a beating and he retreated as plan. Akimi note that 
    that's over but Fairy is deep in thought. Later on at the deck, Shapiro 
    quizzed her about the Soul Gunner being Guardisword's and Fairy says that 
    it is. Akimi is confused since she saw the plan being drawn up by Jinpui, 
    their head mechanic. Fairy says that it was based on Guardisword technology. 
    Shapiro then asks if she's not from Earth and Fairy says that she isn't. 
    Shapiro says that this is quite a problem for her and Akimi begs Fairy to 
    tell them the truth and Fairy says she will.
    At the Bridge, Fairy says that she is from Guardisword as they heard but 
    her home planet was destroyed by an interstellar war by the energy released 
    from a power source called C.U.B.E. C.U.B.E. is said to be able to destroy 
    worlds and create new one. Afterward, her remaining cohort manage to secure 
    a safe haven from their enemies' eyes and it was there that the new leader 
    of Guardisword, Helrukka manage to obtain his hand on the C.U.B.E and he 
    manage to gain everyone's cooperation, whether this was by coercion or not 
    is unknown. Their purpose was to rebuild their home planet and create a 
    world where there is no interstellar war. At least that's what everyone 
    believed but Fairy says that she found out the truth that Helrukka plans to 
    use the power of C.U.B.E. to subjugate the entire universe.
    Some years ago....
    Worth tells Fairy if she's made her preparation and Fairy tells Worth to 
    get on but Worth says that he's staying behind. The Soul Lancer that 
    they've developed is planned to incorporate the C.U.B.E. and they can't let 
    it and the main developer who is Fairy fall into Helrukka's hands. Fairy 
    has to take this machine away and complete it so that it can be used as 
    hope for a peaceful world. Fairy says that it means they should both go. HE 
    promised her. Worth says that he'll stay behind and gather up evidence to 
    convince others. Fairy says that at least he should tell Sally and Jeeg 
    since he can't go it alone. Worth says that failure means death and he's 
    not about to rope them in at this stage but they'll come around eventually 
    and help her and he'll go to her one day. Worth then leaves Fairy.
    Back in the present day, Akimi then ask if afterward, Fairy made her way to 
    Earth and Fairy says that's how things went. Shapiro then ask if the reason 
    the enemies from outer space are invading is because they want the energy 
    of C.U.B.E. Fairy says that she doesn't think they know about it  but 
    what's certain is that Guardisword is leaking other information to other 
    enemy factions. If those factions knew about C.U.B.E. then their movement 
    would be different. Shapiro then asks if it isn't easier to just come steal 
    the C.U.B.E. instead of invading. Fairy says that there is a key needed to 
    regulate the power of the C.U.B.E., she doesn't know what it is but without 
    it, no one can use the power of the C.U.B.E. safely. Shapiro then notes 
    that that's why Fairy cooperates with Saishou Industry, to research a way 
    to regulate it.
    Bright says that the White Base are dealing with the Federation's war, they 
    shouldn't have to be dealing with this but Shapiro says that Daltanious, 
    the Dancougar Team and  J9 were put on the White Base to deal with this 
    situation. They are not just a lure team right now. Bright relent and says 
    that Fairy is to be treated like before, this is not a request.
    Later on, Amuro asks Bright where they are next headed, is it to Solomon? 
    Bright says that they are headed for Side 6. It's a neutral colony and Zeon 
    wouldn't attack it openly so they can buy some time.
    Akimi says back in their room that Side 6 means that they can relax and get 
    some shopping done and note that Fairy is a bit depressed. Fairy apologize 
    for not telling Akimi sooner about this though Akimi isn't at all bothered 
    by it and tells Fairy that they'll be working together just like before. 
    Fairy starts to cry from having to keep quiet for so long and Akimi 
    comforts her.
    Episode 17
    The Cyclops troop has infiltrated Side 6 noting that the White Base has 
    entered here. Schteiner wonders if the WB is here to pick that thing up, if 
    so they have to steal it before that happens. Schteiner then orders Bernie 
    to go to the dock and assess the WB's strength and to take Al with him so 
    he doesn't look suspicious.
    Akimi note that now that they've reached Side 6, it's shopping time and 
    Fairy agrees noting that they didn't get to do much at Side 7 except fight 
    fight and fight. Akimi then asks if the Guardisword people from the last 
    battle was some friends of Fairy. Fairy says they are but those two haven't 
    realized Helrukka's ambition yet. Akimi then says that they should convince 
    them then but Fairy says that they don't have that luxury in the midst of 
    battle since those two are quite formidable pilot. Their names are Sally 
    Emil and Jeeg Aldrid, two of Guardisword's ace pilots. Akimi is a bit 
    shocked at the name Jeeg and says that it's the same name as a recent 
    acquaintance of her. Fairy says that's the first she's heard of it, where 
    did they meet?
    Akimi spills the bean happily about their meeting and then note that Jeeg 
    was asking about Saishou Industry a lot but then laughs it off saying that 
    Jeeg can't be a pilot. Fairy says that she'll go check up on the Soul 
    Gunner since she isn't feeling like going out. Akimi note that that sure 
    spoiled her mood pretty quick.
    At the deck, Amuro wonder what the cause of the problem is since the joints 
    are functioning normally. Hayato asks what Amuro is doing and Amuro says 
    that he's checking up on the Gundam's joints and connections since recently 
    he felt that it's become quite unresponsive. Ryu says that that's weird 
    since it should be fully tuned. Hayato brush it off as Amuro's overthinking 
    and ask if he want to come to town with them. Amuro says that he'll go 
    alone later and Ryu tells Amuro not to be a shut in and go out and get some 
    air. Amuro note as everyone takes off that they seem pretty happy and go 
    lucky considering that more and more powerful enemies are popping out of 
    the woodwork.
    Amuro is then approached by a lady named Christina Mackenzie who says that 
    she is ordered to take Amuro to a lab since they have something big to show 
    him. Amuro tells her to wait a minute and runs off and Chris note that that 
    was Amuro Rei, she can't really believe that a boy like that can pilot the 
    Alex better than she could.
    Chris thinks back at her time testing the Alex and it's new wide cockpit 
    screen and magnet coating and that it's response time and movement are fast 
    enough to scare her. Is this thing really meant to be used ? The mechanic 
    tells her that it's up to the pilot and Chris ask if he's saying that she 
    isn't good enough to use the Alex to it's full capability. The Mechanic 
    says that he think Chris is good but this thing was made for another Type 
    entirely, it'll be passed onto the White Base's pilot Amuro Rei.
    Driving Amuro to the Base, Amuro asks that this is supposed to be a neutral 
    colony so why is there a Federation lab/base here? Chris says sadly that 
    the Federation does not officially accept the treaty of neutrality with 
    Side 6 so there's a lot of problem recently.
    Amuro then tells her to watch out for a kid and Chris swerves right in 
    front of Al. Chris note that it's Al and tells him not to just run up like 
    that. Al ask if his camera is all right, he's going to the dock to take 
    picture of the ship and then he lies saying that he's going to meet his dad 
    and runs off. Chris says that it's a boy who lives next door to her.
    Al and Bernie spied on the WB noting that there's a Gundam right there and 
    there and there. The WB sure has a lot of Gundam. Al asks if Bernie can win 
    against a Gundam and Bernie says that he'd give it 50/50 odds. Bernie then 
    asks if Chris said anything about him since he did bothered her and her 
    hospitality a bit. Al says she said nothing and asks why. Bernie tries to 
    cover it up saying that she's a Fed solider so they might be able to get 
    some info from her. Al says he'll ask her then. Bernie then tells Al that 
    it's time for the operation and for him to go hide someplace safe.
    Amuro asks if this is the thing Chris wants to show him and Chris says it 
    is, the Gundam NT-1 or Alex. It has magnet coating on it so it's response 
    time should be greater thatn the RX-78-2 that Amuro usually pilots. This 
    machine was created just for him but right now it's in the midst of testing 
    so he'll have to make do with the RX-78-3 nearby, it's got magnet coating 
    also and ready for use.
    No sooner has the word left her mouth that the alarm sounds. Amuro note 
    that it's the enemy and Chris can't believe that this is happening in a 
    "neutral" colony.
    The Cyclops troop has arrives and Schteiner tells Bernie not to get 
    reckless, they're only here to steal or destroy the new MS. Once they do 
    that, they have to retreat before the WB troop can arrive. Garcia tells 
    Bernie not to die since he's the only one with a rank lower than him and 
    thus the only one he can boss around. Chris meanwhile is against fighting 
    in the colony but the troops tell her that this is the only way to limit 
    casualty in the colony. Amuro agrees with this and deploys in the RX-78-3 
    and Chris reluctantly follows in the Alex. Schteiner note that with it 
    being operational, they have no choice but to destroy it
    Amuro note that the RX-78-3 is quicker to respond which is thanks to it's 
    magnet coating. Chris note that Amuro is amazing, he's already adapted to 
    the RX-78-3 like a pro. It looks like what they say is true; he's leap and 
    bounds over her.
    The WB team arrives and Fairy asks if Akimi didn't go out shopping and 
    Akimi says that she just can't go out and have fun while Fairy works. Akimi 
    then tells Fairy not to worry by herself, they're partner. Anyhow, they're 
    here together so they can respond to the emergency call. Bright says that 
    it's inside a colony so they can't deploy all their forces so they'll have 
    to make do with this amount.
    The team defeats the Cyclop troops and Chris has to commend on how awesome 
    Amuro is on the battlefield but Amuro says that it's because Chris was 
    watching his back that he could fight like that. Chris takes that as a 
    compliment and says that they should get their Gundam to the WB since 
    that's where it'll be stationed from now on.
    A wounded Bernie manages to find Steiner's badly wounded body in the forest 
    of Side 6. Steiner asks what happened to the Gundam and Bernie lied saying 
    that Miesha took care of it, and they have to retreat now. Steiner says 
    that Bernie's a bad liar and passed away. Bernie screams his captain's name 
    and vow to come back and get revenge but then says that that's a lie, he's 
    scared of fighting. Al also comes looking and see everyone dead and screams 
    that it's a lie.
    At the White Base, Bright is quite shocked to see that Chris is the 
    Gundam's pilot and that she will be stationed on the White Base from now on. 
    Going back home, she meets a dejected Al and says that she's going to be 
    sent out to space. It's quite sudden but she's glad she got to told him. If 
    he meets Bernie then tell him for her. Al says that Bernie will definitely 
    regret it.
    Back at the base, Akimi note that today's shopping plan was a bust but at 
    least she should be able to get a good shower but then she notice someone 
    skulking around. Sally notes that unless they go in further, they won't be 
    able to get any info on the White Base and Jeeg agrees that they're not 
    just any normal Federation force. Akimi bust up on them and note that it's 
    Jeeg, what is he doing here? Jeeg tries to lie saying that he's got an 
    interest in mecha but Akimi tells him to tell the truth and Sally says that 
    her big bro's face is so easy to read that he's lying. Sally then decide to 
    take matter into her own hand and attacks Akimi telling her to endure the 
    pain a bit. She then grabs and twist Akimi's arm which shocks Jeeg as well.  
    Sally note that it's not like her big bro to be this fluttered. Sally says 
    that since she's from Saishou Industry, she should know about Fairy which 
    perks Akimi's attention and Sally continues that unfortunately, she saw 
    them so they can't just let her go. Jeeg note that that's true so they'll 
    have to take her to Guardisword.
    Akimi shouted that the two of them are just being deceived by Helrukka 
    which surprises Jeeg and Sally. Shinobu and Ryou suddenly chance upon Akimi 
    and see that there's an invader and runs towards them. Jeeg tells Sally to 
    withdraw and Akimi tells Jeeg to wait up. Akimi can't believe that Jeeg is 
    the one Fairy was talking about. Ryou checks up on Akimi and note that she 
    seems to know the intruder.
    Episode 17A
    Bernie note that everyone's dead and there's no reason for him to stick 
    around here anymore but he wonder if that's really fine with him betraying 
    the trust of the captain and everyone especially Al's. Al then appears 
    thanking god that Bernie's all right. Bernie says that he plans to attack 
    the Gundam once more to beat it and asks for Al's help.
    At the White Base's deck, Oscar report that an enemy Zaku has appeared 
    inside the colony. Bright notes that it must be a leftover enemy from the 
    previous attack; Shapiro says that most of their troops are now outside the 
    colony repairing the damage and guarding against further Zeon attack so 
    they can't deploy immediately. Chris offers to go alone to stop it before 
    further damage can be done.
    Al asks what Bernie's plan is and Bernie says he plans to lure the Gundam 
    into the woods which is where his trap will ensnare it, afterward a Heat 
    Hawk should be enough to take it out. Bernie tells Al not to cry and Al 
    says that he can't help fight at all. Bernie says that he alone is enough 
    for fighting, what he wants Al to do is to do as what the disk he's giving 
    Al tells him to do. This is only if he's dead, he wants Al to see it and 
    follow orders. It's an important job so he's counting on Al. Bernie then 
    says that it's just in case, he has no intention of dying. Al leaves and 
    Bernie flashes his best fake smile and turns his attention to the Alex that 
    has arrived.
    Shapiro tells Chris that since it's only one enemy, she should try 
    disabling it to capture it. Reinforcement will be here soon. Chris says 
    she'll try. The Alex takes on the Zaku and Al prays to God saying that 
    he'll be good from now on, he won't do anything bad but please protect 
    Bernie and let him live.
    However some more Zeon/Giganos forces arrives and they see Bernie fighting 
    and note that he must be a remnant of the Cyclops troop and decide to aid 
    him. The WB forces also arrive following them. Chris disables Bernie's Zaku 
    and tells him to surrender. Bernie note this is it and opens his cockpit 
    hatch which surprise Chris that it's Bernie. She opens her own hatch and 
    asks if it's truly Bernie. Bernie is surprised that it's Chris and Chris is 
    glad that she didn't go for the kill. Chris radioed to Bright that she's 
    captured the Zaku and will be returning to base with it leaving the others 
    to fend off the Zeon/ Giganos troops.
    The others dispatched the Zeon/ Giganos troops and the battle is over. 
    Later on at the deck, Bernie admits to Chris that he doesn't plan on 
    returning to Zeon, he was planning to start a new life afterward as a cop 
    on this colony or something as penance for the trouble he brought this 
    colony. Chris says she understands and she'll try to do something so that 
    he wouldn't get taken away by the Feds. Bernie asks if they can do 
    something like that and Chris says that this ship is a bit different from 
    the other Feds although she's only gotten aboard herself. Bernie says that 
    he'll trust Chris's judgment and will go along with her but he's not going 
    to fight fellow Zeon soldiers. Chris says she understands.
    Episode 18
    At the Dukedom of Zeon, Dekin says that Gihren's request to use the Solar 
    Ray seems to indicate the lack of capability as a solider but Gihren says 
    that they will wipe out the fleet of Federation forces with it; it is the 
    most expedient way. Dekin then asks what Gihren plans to do after winning 
    and Gihren says that the population has dwindled thanks to the war, he 
    plans to ensure they don't increase but leave only the more capable master 
    race to rule. Dekin asks if Gihren knows about Hitler, since what Gihren is 
    doing is like him. Gihren brush it off and says that he has works to do.
    Later on, a solider asks what Dekin is planning to do, having the Great 
    Dekin ship launched since Gihren is the one in charge of the actual 
    military operation. Dekin says that with the advance of enemy forces from 
    outer space beginning to attack the Earth, this is no longer the time to be 
    fighting with the Federation. They must use their position now to negotiate 
    a favorable treaty on their behalf to walk away from this with Solomon and 
    Granada still in their control.
    However at Abaoque, Gihren is notified of the Great Dekin's launch and note 
    that his father has grown old but it's too late anyway.
     The White Base has now rendezvous with Wakken's ship and Wakken told them 
    that they are to participate in the battle of Solomon as the frontline. 
    Hayato note that they might be going to their last stand but Gou says that 
    this is a place to go wild gleefully disturbing Sayla a bit. Wakken says 
    that the main fleet will arrive soon so they will only have to hold on 
    until they do.
    Meanwhile Akimi is still down after the revelation of Jeeg's true identity 
    but Fairy tells her to put it out of her head for now, they will talk about 
    it afterward. Akimi asks how Fairy can just switch gear in her mind like 
    that and Fairy says that she believes that Akimi is the one who can talk 
    and convince Jeeg.
    At Char's ship, Char is informed that Kycillia has ordered his ship to make 
    for Solomon as reinforcement. Maiyo says that if the White Base is headed 
    there, so should they. Char ask if Maiyo is comfortable going into this as 
    his subordinate but Maiyo says that after his repeated defeat at the hands 
    of Dragonar, he only wants revenge.
    At Solomon, Dozle is surprised that Kycillia is helming a massive cavalry 
    from Granada to aid Solomon herself along with Char's ship. Dozle note that 
    just to be safe, he wants the woman and children evacuated immediately.
    Defending Solomon at the beginning is Konskon's troop and he deployed 12 
    RickDoms only to have the Gundam earn it's legend by defeating them all 
    within three minutes. Reinforcements begin to arrive in the form of Hamon, 
    the Three Black Stars and then Dozle deploys in the BigSam himself to get 
    rid of the White Base before the main Federation fleet can arrive. His 
    arrival fuels the Zeon soliders 
    Amuro note that the BigSam deflects a beam blast from Wakken's ship and 
    Shapiro says that it's a beam coat. Sleggar tells Amuro that they have to 
    get close; they're fighting against time since this is war. (just make sure 
    you don't ram your G-Fighter in it, Sleggar) Hamon and the Three Black Star 
    are defeated and Hamon says that no matter how many time it take, she will 
    always come back to attack the White Base.
    Konskon's ship is destroyed and he dies.
    Dozle can't believe that the BigSam is defeated, his pride and Zeon's glory 
    won't allow it and he dies as the BigSam explodes. Bright note that they 
    did it but Mirai says that they've suffered considerable damage soloing the 
    place. Bright order the White Base onto Solomon and Shiro orders the staff 
    to get ready to resupply their mech as best as they can. Akimi ask if 
    they've taken Solomon already but Shiro says that until the reinforcement 
    arrive, they can't let their guard down.
    Episode 19
    Bright ask what the situation with the Zeon reinforcements are and Oscar 
    says that they're near the moon and Shapiro note that it must be Kycilia's 
    force. Hayato says that by the time they arrive, the Federation's main 
    force should arrive too and it'll prove impossible for them to recover 
    Solomon. Bright says that Kycilia's troop may retreat after picking up Zeon 
    soldiers that escaped from Solomon.
    Oscar says that the main Federation fleet is here and Revil is amazed that 
    the White Base managed to take over Solomon by their lonesome. A solider 
    tells him that the Great Dekin ship has entered the area and is asking for 
    negotiation. However before anything can happen; a flash of light hits both 
    the Great Dekin and Revil's fleet obliterating it. Dekin curses Gihren 
    while dying. Bright is notified of the situation as well as Kycilia's 
    fleet's arrival. Makube says that the Federation is in disarray and that it 
    is their best chance to attack and Kycillia orders their fleet and some of 
    the Solomon's troop that they rescued to be deploy. Oscar says that other 
    Zeon fleets are on their way and Bright says that if they retreat now, the 
    surviving Federation ships don't stand a chance; they have to make their 
    stand here. 
    Char's troops also arrive and Maiyo says that from the situation, they can 
    retake Solomon. Lalah tells Char to be careful, she has a bad feeling. Jeeg 
    and Sally also deploy and Sally note that they couldn't get Fairy back at 
    Side 6 but Jeeg says to focus, they may have a chance this time. Amuro note 
    that Char is here and he wonders who the person that is in that Mobile 
    Armour is. Fairy says that she is curious as to why Jeeg and Sally are with 
    Amuro attacks Lalah and note that he's feeling this feeling again and Lalah 
    asks who he is but before Amuro could answer, Char cuts him off telling 
    Lalah not to converse with the enemy. Amuro rush Char shouting his name and 
    Char note "Not bad". Both Char and Lalah are defeated and retreated. 
    Elsewhere Kaine note that Maiyo is dogging him again and shouted "God, 
    you're persistent" Maiyo retorted that he won't let the Dragonar get away. 
    Maiyo and the Practice are dealt with.
    Jeeg shouted to the Soulgunner "Fairy, if you're on that thing, get out of 
    the frontline and come with us" and Fairy says "I can't do that Jeeg, I 
    won't return to Helrukka" Jeeg says that Fairy is too attached to these 
    humans which makes Akimi shouted "HEY, what the heck do you mean?" This 
    surprised Jeeg "Akimi? You're on there?" Akimi shouted that Jeeg and Sally 
    are the one being lied to, she's heard enough from Fairy to know that 
    they're invading the Earth.  Jeeg counters "Yeah, go ahead and say that 
    while you humans are busy obliterating each other, we're working for the 
    peace of the entire universe, don't lump us in with Earthlings" Akimi then 
    shouted "Then stop fighting and start explaining." Jeeg says that this 
    isn't the place, it's a battlefield. Jeeg then tells Fairy that the 
    intergalactic alliance has grown since then and her strength is needed. 
    Fairy then says that she's decided to walk alongside the Earth people and 
    she hopes that Jeeg and Sally realized Helrukka's deception soon. Jeeg then 
    says that this is going nowhere, he's gonna use force to bring Fairy and 
    Akimi both back to the Guardisword. Akimi gets angry and then shouted "Jeeg, 
    you dunderhead, I'LL turn your machine into scrap and haul you back to 
    base" Jeeg shouted back "You mean you'll try" Jeeg and Sally are then 
    defeated and Jeeg can't believe he lost and decides to retreat with Sally.
    Makube dies and he asks his subordinates to give Kycillia his vase 
    collection since they're good stuff. Too bad that Kycillia's ship gets 
    beaten too. Kycillia decides to retreat to Abaoque to investigate why the 
    Solar Ray hit the Great Dekin ship. She believes that Gihren is behind this. 
    However her trip is cut short when in her retreat, Char's Gelgoog appears 
    and Char says that he's sending Garuma's big sister to him.
    Char fires and sink Kycillia's ship killing her. Char then says that the 
    future that he wants does not need the Zabi family in it and leaves.
    The battle is over and the Federation remnant decides to rendezvous at 
    Solomon. Shiro tells everyone to rest up but be ready to deploy at a 
    moment's notice. Shapiro note that the Federation won this round but it's a 
    fleeting victory since those people will soon be here and he who is 
    selected by God will begin his journey.
    Episode 20
    Near Solomon, Jeeg and Sally note that the Feds have won this battle even 
    though the Solar Ray demolish more than half it's troop, but the main event 
    is now starting since the Interdimensional Gate is opening. Bright wants to 
    know what that is as unknown troops begin popping out. Fairy says that it's 
    an interdimensional gate and those troops are the MugeSolbados. They're 
    allied with the Guardisword and have decided to add Earth and all it 
    possess to their empire in order to win the intergalactic war. Akimi says 
    that they waited until the Feds and Zeon were both weakened in order to 
    strike. Desgaia of the Muge says that the time for the Earthling to quake 
    under the power of Muge is here. Shapiro says that the time for the outer 
    space's true invasion is here, this is why they've only been investigating 
    up till now.
    Shapiro deploys under the pretense of adding to the team's firepower but 
    then says that the Federations and Zeons are fools, he's leaving for his 
    glorious destiny; fools like them can continue to protect the Earth for all 
    he cares. Shapiro then rendezvous with Jeeg and Sally. Shinobu demands to 
    know what the heck Shapiro is doing, this is treason. Sally thanks Shapiro 
    for his help, thanks to him the plan went perfectly. Jeeg mutter that if 
    only Akimi would be this cooperative but Sally then tells him to forget her 
    since they have plenty of other stuff to do. Reginia then arrives and 
    thanks Sally and Jeeg for tenderizing the Zeon and Federation, it's great 
    work from GuardiSword's best agent. Sally tells Reginia to be careful since 
    Zeon and the Feds still have some firepower left. Reginia says to leave it 
    to her and for them to go to the next star system for their next mission. 
    Sally asks Jeeg what about Fairy and Jeeg says that they'll have to leave 
    it to Reginia. Jeeg and Sally leave with Shapiro.
    A Federation captain contacts Bright saying that they've lost General Revil 
    and are quite damaged. They have to retreat to Lunatz and ask the White 
    Base to cover for them. Bright says that it's up to them to take on this 
    huge fleet. Aina then deploys in the GM Sniper saying that she'll fight 
    since they need more firepower but Shiro is against it. Aina then says that 
    she hates waiting around doing nothing and didn't Shiro say that they would 
    be together in all things. Shiro then apologize saying that he did forget 
    and asks for Aina's help and support.
    The battle begins and though the White Base team is tired, they manage to 
    hold the line for the damaged Federation fleet to start getting clear. More 
    enemies arrive and Bright tells everyone to hang on. Suddenly Hatsuki of 
    the Juusenkitai troops contact Bright to have him and everyone get out of 
    the Gandol Cannon's range. The Gandol then appears and fires it's cannon 
    obliterating the enemy's reinforcement. Hatsuki explains that this is the 
    Gandol ship; it was developed in secret to be used against outer space 
    invasion as humanity's trump card.  Hatsuki then tells Bright that the 
    Gandol will charge into the interdimensional gate to investigate the outer 
    space situation and they will need all of the firepower the White Base team 
    Desgaia is sent packing and Reginia is defeated and she says that she 
    overestimate herself but don't the team get too cocky, she'll have plenty 
    of time to play with them from now on. All the team then enters the Gandol 
    as it enters the interdimensional gate. Hatsuki then tells Fairy that he 
    heard about Fairy's story from Saishou Industry and while it might be a 
    half-baked plan, they need to go into outer space.
    In the Gandol, Hatsuki introduce himself and that he will be commander for 
    the duration. Bright and a handful of the White Base crew isn't here, they 
    will be needed to remain on Earth. Dr.Arl notes that his knowledge might 
    prove useful in outer space.
    Meanwhile, Shinobu and the Dancougar team talk with each other over 
    Shapiro's betrayal. Shinobu gets angry and says that he'll beat Shapiro up 
    the next time they meet.
    At Akimi's room, Akimi ask Fairy if they know their destination and Fairy 
    says that outer space is vast but if they're using the gate that Muge 
    Solbados open then it might be a domain under their or their allies' 
    Episode 21
    At the Gandol Bridge, the Dancougar team, Shiro and Hatsuki are talking 
    about Shapiro's betrayal. While he doesn't know about the Gandoll's 
    development since it was top secret, he knew a lot about the Feds and it's 
    inner working and plans. Aizak note that it's best they focus on their 
    location and situation right now, it's pretty obvious they're lost in space.  
    Fairy says that from the star's location, they're obviously in Pentagona 
    World.  When she was in Guardisword, Pentagona was part of of the galactic 
    alliance that obliterated Guardisword but she doesn't know a lot about it. 
    Dr. Arl says that Pentagona is an ally of Elios. Elios, Gamon (of 
    Pentagona) and Edon are the holy trinity or the three kingdom alliance. 
    Akimi then says that means that Pentagona is part of the galatic alliance 
    that obliterated Guardisword and Kento asks if this three kingdom alliance 
    is an alliance of invaders? Dr. Arl says that each of the three countries 
    is peaceful but maybe they've been taken over by the Zarl while he's in his 
    cold sleep towards Earth.
    Fairy says that the Zarl alonog with Pentagona and Grados makes up the 
    Galatic alliance, that's because Pentagona was conquered by Oldonna 
    Poseidal. Dr. Arl didn't think that there'd be another group as dangerous 
    as the Zarl and Kento asked how long was Dr.Arl asleep anyway? Hatsuki asks 
    if Dr.Arl can guide them around the Pentagona star system and Dr. Arl says 
    that they're near the planet Mizun.  As long as the House of Gamon 
    continues to exist, they will continue to resist Poseidal's rule so they 
    should have friends here. Kento says that Dr. Arl sure got peppy quite 
    quickly and Dr. Arl says that it's a good chance to start the revival of 
    Elios. Hatsuki says that they'll go down to Mizun and try to find this 
    House of Gamon, he'd like to talk to Sarah and Fairy afterward.
    Afterward, Sarah asks Fairy how it went with her and Fairy says that it's 
    the same as with Sarah's case which Sarah says is about Shapiro. Fairy says 
    that doubt in the battlefield is dangerous, for her it's to go up against 
    old friends and for Sarah is to go up against a lover. Fairy asks Sarah if 
    she can shoot him down and Sarah says that she will, he's a traitor. Fairy 
    says that saying is different than doing; it's quite hard when they're face 
    to face. She believes that Jeeg and Sally are only being deceived and they 
    can be explained to which makes her doubt. Sarah says that it's different 
    with Shapiro since he's always been ambitious from his core. She would have 
    gone along with him and his ambition but seeing the other's on the White 
    Base that fought alongside her, she couldn't just betray them.
    At Little Say base on Mizun, Kyao tries to persuade Daba to join the 
    Poseidal army again. Daba says that he won't budge on his position and 
    Lilith backs him up on that. Kyao mumble that he sure is unlucky tagging 
    along with Daba like this to enter the resistance army. Lecce comes and 
    tells Kyao not to confuse Daba with such thinking since the leader of the 
    resistance Stella Koban is here. Amu also arrives with Stella who asks Daba 
    to help him go to talk to the Aman merchant Amandra Kamandra for fundings 
    since he's a big sponsor. Kyao tells Stella not to get any idea, they're 
    not officially part of the resistance army yet. Stella says that Amandra is 
    a big sponsor of theirs though Lecce says that he funds and sells to both 
    the Poseidal army and the Resistance army. Stella says that he knows that 
    quite well, Ms. Former Poseidal's 13 general. Daba says that Lecce believes 
    in him that is why she's here, stop doubting her. This gets Amu in an 
    uproar and Kyao asks if she'd like to swap partner and go out with him. Amu 
    kicks him in the butt and says she'll do it. Daba says it's dangerous but 
    Amu says that Stella accepts her. Stella says that he wants Amu here in 
    case they fail to do so and Kyao says that that's pretty much taking 
    hostage. Daba tells Amu to come with him but Amu is stubborn saying that 
    she won't if Lecce's still there. Kyao says that women seem to always be 
    like this which earns him another butt kicking this time from Lecce.
    Kyao asks Daba what they should do and Daba says that they'll accept the 
    job but nothing better happens to Amu. Kyao asks Stella to take Lecce 
    hostage as well but Lecce uses this chance to take a jab at Amu saying that 
    she won't betray them as long as she's with Daba, which is more than she 
    can say for Amu right now.
    Meanwhile Poseidal tells Nei Mohan, one of her 13 General that she has a 
    mission for her, it's from the Galatic Alliance that their army is a part 
    of along with Grados and Zarl. A battleship from a distant star system has 
    arrived here, she is to capture it. Nei note that the ship is headed for 
    Mizun, right where the resistance is located, she'll have to rely on her 
    subordinate Gabley.
    On their journey, Lecce asks Daba if he's serious about entering the 
    resistance since it's hopeless. He doesn't know the full power of Poseidal. 
    Daba says that Poseidal conquered and rule five of their star system, he 
    thinks it's wrong. Kyao says that it's useless to try and talk him out of 
    it. Daba can be quite stubborn. Daba says that they've arrived at Amandra's 
    secret dock.
    Inside the dock, Daba asks why Amandra is backing the resistance army and 
    Lecce guess that it's to help him continue to sell weapons to the Poseidal 
    army.Daba is angry that Amandra's final purpose is to make money and 
    Amandra says that that's pretty much it though the money is only coming in 
    from Poseidal's side though. Suddenly they heard an explosion and Kyao says 
    that Poseidal's army is coming here. Daba says that they'll act as a lure 
    while Amandra escape. Amandra says that they aren't the target and for Daba 
    to view this.
    Some minutes ago, the Gandol appears near the area and Kento is pissed at 
    Dr.Arl. It seems that the force they try to talk to attacked them. Dr. Arl 
    wants to try again. Lecce wonders what that ship is and Kyao think that it 
    might belong to one of Poseidal's galactic ally but Daba doesn't think so. 
    Gabley arrive and is elated at being able to steal weapons from other star 
    systems. Hatsuki says that they're not here to fight and Dr. Arl says that 
    if they just talk, they'll come to an understanding but Gabley refuse to 
    talk and orders the attack. Hatsuki orders the team to deploy.
    Kyao note that it's Gablet Gabley at the command and Lecce says that they 
    can use this chance to get away but Daba is interested in the message 
    that's coming from the ship. Dr. Arl is busy blabbling away asking if there 
    isn't a representative of the House of Gamon that they can talk to. Kyao 
    note that the old geezer is talking about dangerous stuff on open channel 
    and Lecce agrees saying that all of the House of Gamon was executed by 
    Poseidal. Daba says that that person is asking for the House of Gamon's 
    help and Kyao says that it may be a survivor but he's a little behind the 
    time since the House of Gamon was wiped out decades ago. Daba says that he 
    can't let this be and decides to join in the fight with the L-Gaim which 
    surprise Kyao. Daba announce himself to the Gandol team and asks for their 
    code. Dr. Arl asks if Daba is from the House of Gamon and Kyao tells the 
    old geezer to shut up about the House of Gamon. This gets Kento laughing 
    and Tapp notes that he likes Kyao's attitude, he thinks he'll get along 
    fine with him (He should, since they're voiced by the same person, just 
    don't try to do it with Yazan or Beck) Kaine note that at least there's 
    SOME reasonable people around here. Lecce tells Dr. Arl that the House of 
    Gamon was wiped out by Poseidal and Daba says that because of Poseidal, 
    everyone's suffering which is why they're fighting as the resistance army. 
    Lecce and Kyao then says that they didn't agree to join up yet but Daba 
    says that the fight's starting.
    Gabley note that it's Daba Mylord, while they've shared a meal together, 
    it's a dog eat dog world, only the strongest will survive and that's him. 
    Kyao says that they didn't eat anything together; Gabley only stole their 
    meal. This ticks Gabley off and he says that they'll decide the winner with 
    Heavy Metal and Daba is up for that. Gabley can't believe that someone 
    who's going to have a glorious history of wins on the battlefield like him 
    lost and Daba says that it's now that's important and that he's won. Gabley 
    says that the last to remain is the winner; he'll be back. Gabley wonder 
    what these other people are, they're quite strong in their own right
    Later on, Daba is filled in about the team and Kyao says that it's quite a 
    shock knowing they're from another star system. Hatsuki says that they're 
    here to gain information on the invaders to their own star system. If 
    there's a resistance army that's fighting the same enemy then they want to 
    make an alliance. Daba says that like they said before, Poseidal had 
    conquered this star system and Dr. Arl can't believe that the House of 
    Gamon had been wiped out which makes Daba says that someone from the House 
    of Gamon should be alive somewhere. The resistance is full of people 
    against Poseidal, it's possible they might meet those people Hatsuki says 
    that they'll entrust things to Daba and Daba says to leave it to him. Kyao 
    and Lecce wonders if that's a good idea, Daba says that he's taken care of 
    Lecce and Lilith pretty well up till now. Hatsuki says that it can't be 
    helped and there are mistrust on both side but he think that he'd like to 
    trust Daba. Lecce notes that that's Daba good point, he possess a quality 
    that makes people trust him.
    Returning to Little Say, Daba gives Stella the fundings from Amandra and 
    asks for Amu to be free. Stella says that the fundings should suffice but 
    he's brought a target back with him. That ship is targeted by Poseidal's 
    force and bringing it back to base would put this base in danger. How does 
    he plan to take responsibility? Daba says that he'll drive off the invaders 
    and to show he's serious, he'll give the resistance the plan to create L-
    Gaim. Kyao says that if Daba does that, then their chance of joining the 
    Poseidal army will be gone and Lecce tells him that it never was there with 
    Daba around. Stella wonders what brought about this change of heart and 
    Daba says that he has a desire which the coming of the ship sparks so he 
    wants them to accept the ship.
    Stella meets Hatsuki and says that while he's glad that they have the same 
    goal, Hatsuki shouldn't expect much supply since they're running low too. 
    Daba thanks Stella for agreeing to work with the Gandol team and Stella 
    says that he's had an interest in the L-Gaim. It's a fine Heavy Metal that 
    if mass-produced will give them a lot of firepower. Daba says that that's 
    only if they get used to it. Kyao grumble that he thought they'd be wearing 
    those cool Poseidal uniform and Stella wonder if Kyao decided his life on 
    how cool he looks. After a stern scolding from Daba, Kyao agrees to join 
    the resistance army and Stella agrees to lecture him on all their 
    philosophy which makes Kyao shudder why he ever open his big mouth.
    Episode 21A
     Stella asks Hatsuki if the Gandol needs much repair and Hatsuki says that 
    it went through a bit of combat before arriving here.Stellar then wonders 
    if it can't be used for the coming mission then. Daba argues that these 
    people just got here, don't start sending them out on mission.Stella then 
    asks if Daba's group want to go at it alone and Daba agrees to but Hatsuki 
    says that they'll join in as well. 
    Later on Hatsuki tells the team that their mission is to disperse some of 
    the enemies, a hit and run. This is important to gain the resistance's 
    trust and resource and Shiro note that it's not a bad plan.
    Arriving at the battlefield, the team deploys and attacks. The battle is 
    over and Kyao sees that some Heavy Metal are left intact too, they can 
    definitely use this. The team retreat just as one of Poseidal's 13 General 
    arrives. Later on, Stella agrees to let the Gandol use the dock for repair.
    Episode 22
    Emergency repair on the Gandol has started though the team isn't exactly 
    happy that they're lost in space. Watta and his subordinates wonder what to 
    do since they have families back home on Earth. Kaine and the D-Team wonder 
    why THEY had to be the one to jump into the unknown like this. Amuro says 
    that the only way to succeed in this mission is to RETURN home with 
    information on outer space and Sayla backs him up noting that they don't 
    have a mean to return home. Amuro note that the enemies are the one who 
    attacked Earth so THEY must have a way to go to Earth. Fairy agrees saying 
    that something like the gate used at Solomon is their best bet though she 
    doesn't know what type of gate technology the Galactic Alliance have.
    At the bridge, Aizak and Hayato wants to know more about this star system 
    and Kyao and Lecce agrees to teach them though Lecce says that it's 
    probably mostly her doing the teaching. Lecce says that the "outer space" 
    star system that the team refers to is broken down into five zones or 
    empire. One of them is Pentagona comprising of the planet Mizun, Goam, 
    Gastgal, Traidetal and Sayla. Dr. Arl adds that originally the House of 
    Gamon rules over these planets but Lecce says that right now Poseidal has 
    conquered it. Kyao says that sooner or later, they'll get to join 
    Poseidal's army which makes Eledor ask if they aren't really the resistance 
    Lecce says that Kyao and Amu aren't dedicated so they'll probably betray 
    the team sooner or later which really gets Kyao's goat up. Lecce says that 
    she was originally one of Poseidal's general but decided to follow Daba to 
    defeat Poseidal which Kyao says is because she's got the hot for Daba. 
    Hayato then ask them to return to topic.
    Next up is the Zarl Empire that conquered Elios. Dr. Arl says that Emperor 
    Dolmen and his commander Kroppen are the one that holds the power there. 
    Lecce then says that Dr. Arl may not know that the Robot Empire from the 
    planet Gabal under Commander Zakuron has agreed to work with the Zarl 
    Next is the Edon Kingdom, while it hasn't been taken over, it's been 
    surrounded by the Galactic Alliance which makes them boxed in and thus no 
    one can enter that empire easily these days. Shiro note that the Edon 
    Kingdom still exist which means that not all hope is lost.  Hatsuki note 
    that if they get their ship repaired, it's a place worth going to but 
    they'll need more information.
    Lecce says that the last is the Grados Empire but there's not much 
    information on it at all. Lecce says that when she was with Poseidal, the 
    only info she heard about them was that they were heading to attack another 
    star system so it might be the team's planet. Kyao ends the explanation 
    that these empires (outside of Edon) have banded under the name the 
    Galactic Alliance. 
    Aizak then asks about their purpose and Lecce says that it's to not invade 
    each other and to spread their sphere of influence over the galaxy but 
    there's probably no main purpose since each empire's style is different.
    Outside the dock, Stella asks Hatsuki if Hatsuki is dissatisfied with his 
    decision and Hatsuki asks just how long Stella plans to keep them working 
    for him and Stella says that it's obvious that it's until they defeat 
    Poseidal. What's more, this ship is too eyecatching to move around freely. 
    Hatuski says that they can use the Gandol to act as lure against the 
    Poseidal army. And for that they'd like to move freely since they want to 
    head for the next star system. Stella is dead set against that saying that 
    Hatsuki can say that after they defeat Poseidal (it's quite clear that 
    Stella isn't letting this golden egg out of his grasp) Hatsuki says that 
    they're not abandoning the Pentagona star system but they have to analyze 
    and split the enemy and get help from ally star system. Without it, they're 
    not in a position to beat Poseidal. Stella says that his team will gather 
    information and plan the time to strike; they have to wait and obey his 
    Daba tries to speak up for Hatsuki saying that Hatsuki's team has veteran 
    soliders and strategist which is more than they have but Hatsuki decide not 
    to pursue this further and agrees to work under Stella for now since he 
    doesn't want to cause a split in rank.
    Later on, Daba apologize for putting them in this situation and Lecce says 
    that she thinks that Hatsuki's plan is definitely doable and will gain them 
    lots of result, it's quite clear that Stella just doesn't want to 
    acknowledge it. He's lacking in the drive to defeat Poseidal. The so-called 
    resistance army is also full of amateurs and they're in no position to 
    really defeat Poseidal at all. Kyao agrees saying that being in the so-
    called resistance army is just too risky but Daba won't change his mind.
    At a Poseidal base, Gabley apologize to Nei Mohan for his loss but Nei says 
    that they didn't know about the Gandol's capability. Gabley point out that 
    from reports, the resistance is gathering supplies and they seem to be able 
    to pinpoint a location. Nei says that Chai will take care of it; it's time 
    to let these resistances get a taste of pain and for Gabley to go attack 
    and gather more info on them.
    At Little Say, Poseidal force are attacking and Daba says that they have to 
    fight, he plans to deploy in the L-Gaim but Stella tells him to not get far 
    away from base and let the automated defense take care of it. Daba says 
    that the automated defenses are no match for the Poseidal force. Hatsuki 
    backs Daba up saying that if they play defense on this terrain, their 
    forces will be cut in half since the terrain will work against their ground 
    MS,Heavy Metal. Stella shouted that HE'S the commander
    As the battle begins, Stella orders the automated defense to attack but 
    Daba and Lecce deploys with Lecce saying that there's no ways she's obeying 
    a losing strategy like that. This gets Stella in an uproar and Hayato note 
    that they can't just let this be, so he says out loud that he's disobeying 
    Hatsuki's command to stay put, who's with him?
    Gou is all charged up for it with Shou saying that they have to go along to 
    stop Gou's rampage, and Gai says sarcastically that it's such a problem. 
    Shinobu says that obeying orders all the time just isn't in their blood. 
    Same goes for the "trouble-making" D-Team. Shiro, Amuro, Chris, Watta and a 
    couple more decides to follow. Stella says that they're troublesome but 
    Hatsuki says that it might be so but they're quite good at fighting and to 
    watch. Daba notice Gabley who has no problem charging in to settle old 
    The fight begins and Chai note that the resistance have gotten some other 
    forces with them and Nei contacts him saying that she'll join in soon since 
    the resistance have unknown forces with them. She's bringing the O-Je to 
    test it's function. The battle continues and Chai is angry that the team 
    isn't falling like he wants them to so he decides to bring out all his 
    forces. Chai attacks the L-Gaim saying that it's his prey and Lecce tells 
    Daba to be careful since that's Chai Cha, one of Poseidal's 13 General.
    Chai and Gabley are defeated and Nei arrives with her subordinates to "test 
    her machine" The battle begins again and Lecce note that it's Nei Mohan's 
    O-Je. Nei says that she'll get Lecce THIS time and Lecce is up for it. Nei 
    note that Daba is good enough to give Gabley trouble and Daba note that Nei 
    is quite good too. Nei is defeated and she note that while the O-Je is a 
    good Heavy Metal, it needs fine tuning and she decides to retreat.
    Daba thanks everyone for going out with him and Gou says that those losers 
    were weak, got anyone with more backbone? Shou tells Gou not to gloat but 
    Lecce says that taking out two of the 13 general in the same battle is 
    quite an accomplishment. Dr. Arl wonders noting Daba's action for a while 
    whether he could be... Fairy tells Akimi not to be deceived, this is only the 
    beginning and underestimating the opponent is the biggest enemy.
    Stella admits that his plans were wrong but still they did disobey orders 
    and Daba agrees to be punished alone but to leave the others out of it.
    Hayato finishes his report on the profile he gathered on the Resistance 
    army and that they're full of amateurs who doesn't have it in them to 
    advance to be professional. Hayato says that that also seems to hold true 
    for the Poseidal army, only a few are elite soliders while the rest are 
    just amateurs. Aizak says that the resistance is too weak, only Daba's 
    ideal won't keep it aloft and Hayato says that they'll have to strengthen 
    the resistance to fend for themselves if they want to make any headway here.
    Lecce asks Daba if he's fine with having his surroundings dictating his 
    actions or in other word, going with the flow. She wants Daba to make his 
    objectives clear. She wants him to take the position of leadership. Daba 
    isn't comfortable with that saying that Lilith, Amu, Kyao and Lecce all 
    decide to follow him on their own, he never asked for them to follow his 
    lead. Amu's arrival stop this conversation as Daba says he'll go help Kyao 
    and the two girls starts bickering in no time.
    Episode 23
    Akimi asks Fairy if this star system is all under the Galactic Alliance's 
    control since it means that they might not bump into Jeeg and Sally. Fairy 
    says that while the Galactic Alliance was enemy with Guardisword, it ended 
    with Guardisword's home planet being destroyed, so it might not be too 
    strange if Jeeg and Sally sneaked in here. Fairy asks if Akimi wants to 
    meet them and Akimi says that she doesn't want to leave things as it were, 
    she'll capture them next time and make them see reason.
    At the Gandol's dining hall, Daba explains that they are getting ready to 
    mass produce the L-Gaim which makes Amuro and Sleggar quite perplexed since 
    that's quite sudden. Daba explains that the resistance had been advancing 
    plans to mass produce Heavy Metals for their own use for a while. Kyao adds 
    that for the Pentagona star system, mass producing Heavy Metal is quite 
    quick and easy. Daba says that they have to go back to base, Stella is 
    calling them.
    At Little Say, Kento asks why Dr. Arl is staring at the L-Gaim and Dr. Arl 
    says that the L-Gaim is quite familiar, it's appearance is similar to the 
    Kairam that the Yaman Tribe once used. Stella comes in asking if Dr.Arl 
    thought so, that's why he called for Daba.
    Stella tells Daba that Daba's brought problems with him since L-Gaim uses 
    Yaman technology. Dr. Arl note that the Yaman clan made up the House of 
    Gamon so what seems to be the problem? Stella explains that Poseidal wiped 
    out the Yaman clan from the face of the star system utterly to show her 
    power and no one in the Resistance is going to dare used technology from a 
    damned tribe. Stella's troop agrees with him and Lecce asks if these losers 
    think being the resistance is playing for them. Daba says that his dad made 
    L-Gaim but Stella continues to say that it still uses Yaman technology. The 
    soliders say that thanks to Daba, they've been targeted by the 13 general; 
    it's all because of his damned Yaman blood. They shout for Daba to be 
    This gets Kyao angry "Why you ungrateful losers, Daba gave you his prized 
    L-Gaim for your cause" Stella says it's different, if they have Yaman 
    amongst them, they will face Poseidal's full wrath. Lecce says that she's 
    always thought so but this confirms it, Stella and the others aren't 
    serious about fighting Poseidal. Dr. Arl agrees with Lecce but Stella says 
    that if Dr.Arl wants to pursue this, he'll expel Dr.Arl too.
    Gabley insist Nei that he be given another chance at the resistance's base 
    but Nei slaps him telling him to calm down. She then allows Gabley to do it 
    though Gabley is quite angry at being slapped, he note to himself that he 
    won't forget this and he'll rise through the rank and get payback one day.
    Poseifal force under Chai attacks Little Say and Stella orders the Gandol 
    team to deploy. Gabley also arrives to aid Chai under the pretense of 
    paying back debts that he owes Chai. The resistance soliders see that it's 
    a huge Poseidal force and shouts that they're done for. Amu tells them to 
    stop shouting and deploy for god sake. Daba asks why the Resistance army 
    isn't deploying and Lecce says that they're too busy cowering in fear. Kyao 
    says that it looks like the only one capable is the Gandol team. Stella 
    berates his troops for cowering like that but they're too scared to obey 
    Stella. Daba tells everyone that if this keeps up, everyone will die; if 
    they don't pull together then they'll never make it out. This makes the 
    soliders think twice and they reluctantly deploy. Stella can't believe that 
    the soliders were moved more by Daba's word than his own
    As the battle rages, Stella bemoans that there has to be something that he 
    can do but Hatsuki tells him that all they can do is wait and believe in 
    the team's victory. However suddenly a King Cobra sneaks up on Stella and 
    bites him. Hayato shoots it dead but wonder what a King Cobra is doing 
    here? Hatsuki says to call the doctor but Stella tells him to continue 
    fortifying the base. Hatsuki says he'll take care of it and Hayato tries to 
    rush Stella to the medic but note that the poison is preading too quickly. 
    Daba wonder what's happening at the base and Hatsuki informs him which 
    makes Daba wonder how Stella could have been attacked
    Gabley  and Chai are defeated but Gabley plans to go back in but Nei 
    contacts him and ask what is the meaning of this defeat? She tells him to 
    retreat and come see her at once, which is an order.
    The team finds out that Stella has died and Lecce is surprised since no 
    attack ever hit their base. Kyao is surprised to find out that he was 
    killed by a snake. Sarah notes that this makes the morale of the people on 
    the base hit an all time low. Gou says that it can't just be any normal 
    cobra. Lecce thinks it's weird and Daba wonder if it's a trained snake sent 
    by the enemy. Hatsuki say that it's a possibility but for them to try an 
    assassination while attacking the base seems unnecessary. Aizak says that 
    he has a premonition about this and wants to exam the cobra's remain more 
    Lecce tells Amu and Kyao later that with Stella gone Daba himself must 
    become one of the more important people or at best the face of the 
    resistance. Though Amu and Kyao mocks the idea Lecce notes to herself that 
    if mentally Daba is running away from something, now is the time for him to 
    stand his ground.
    Episode 24
    Most of the resistance soliders are fleeing the Little Say base after 
    Stella's death. Many decide to return home and admit defeat. Kyao wonder if 
    Daba shouldn't try to stop them but Daba says that it can't be helped, 
    there are other resistance army that will continue the fight. Kid and Shiro 
    note that these people have no obligation to fight to the death, they're 
    not as commited. Hayato says that the resistance here is just a collection 
    of those discontented; they haven't received training at all so they're not 
    an army. Daba acknowledged that and says that the resistance needs to gain 
    more capability to make itself a force to be reckoned with. Also if each of 
    the resistance soliders doesn't want to overturn Poseidal's rule then they 
    won't be able to make headway.
    Hayato and the rest leaves and Kyao ask what's next for them and Daba says 
    that they should try to make contact with other resistance army and join 
    them. Lecce tells Daba to quit with this crap which surprises Amu and Daba. 
    Lecce tells Daba that he may not know it, but he fought with the 13 general 
    many times and survived, he's already become one of the last hopes of the 
    Resistance army. Poseidal will be gunning for him to quash any hope of the 
    resistance and this time it'll be on another level with huge forces sent 
    after him alone, bandits will be out to collect rewards that Poseidal army 
    put out on him. There's no way that the Resistance army at this stage can 
    fight Poseidal troops and continue to protect him, they're just too weak.
    Amu asks what Lecce is trying to suggest and Lecce says that Daba's 
    presence right now is counter productive, he's just going to draw attention 
    from the enemy and that's not what the resistance need.Daba needs to leave 
    the Pentagona star system as part of the Gandol team. Kyao doesn't 
    understand what Lecce is saying. Lecce says that they need to bide for time 
    and chance, the Gandol is quite strong and Daba won't stand out and they 
    seem to be willing to help. Daba is quite lost for word and Lecce tells him 
    that they're trying to forge a revolution so he has to be willing to go for 
    broke and put everything he has behind this. Daba admits that he lacks the 
    determination to do that right now, he can't find it in him to commit fully.
    Later on, Lecce asks what the Gandol will do next and Hatsuki says that 
    they think they'll try heading for the Edon Kingdom in the next star system, 
    they might be able to get the Endon Kingdom to back the resistance army 
    using Dr. Arl as a meditator. Dr. Arl notes that King Dokuga will most 
    certainly lend them his strength. Lecce asks for Daba to be brought along 
    to widen his view of the world. Hatsuki says that Daba is leader material 
    for the resistance and Lecce points out that the resistance can't protect 
    Daba right now, what with Stella's assassination. It's not safe even 
    amongst the resistance. Without Daba, the flame of resistance will be 
    snuffed completely. Daba asks to be one of the team and Hatsuki and Aizak 
    note that they'll need his help for their endeavour so they welcome him 
    Amu asks to go along too but Lecce tells her that right now they can't win 
    against Poseidal so they need to go to another location and rebuild which 
    means that with Daba gone, it's up to her and Amu. Amu tries to protest but 
    Lecce more or less tricked her into going along. Amu finally decides to do 
    it if it's for Daba dearest and Daba says that they'll meet again.
    Meanwhile at Nei's ship, Nei learn that Giwasa had ordered the 
    assassination of Stella. Giwasa says that he use his contact with Nubia 
    Connection to do it which pique Gabley's interest as to what Giwasa is 
    planning. Giwasa asks about the Resistance's movement and Nei says that 
    many have deserted the resistance but a handful of soliders still exist 
    after a new leader seems to have been found. Giwasa note that Stella wasn't 
    much of an influence on the Resistance then and he then orders Little Say 
    to be totaled.
    Little Say is under attack and Amu note that they can't leave if the 
    Poseidal troops are coming in full force like this. Lecce note that this is 
    bad, the 13 generals are serious this time. Daba understands the situation 
    and says that he'll do something since the Gandol is deploying right now. 
    The only way to survive this is to rush through the Poseidal troop's 
    offense at full speed and outrun them. The Gandol will lead the rush and 
    then head for space. Once the Gandol does that, the rest can abandon their 
    mech or whatever, but they have to try and survive.
    Amu and Kyao pout that Daba always listen to Lecce during all this and Amu 
    say that it's because Lecce's a solider. Kyao says that Lecce is always 
    trying to be the "teacher's pet" This gets Daba angry and he lets Kyao have 
    it in the face and tells Kyao to stop picking on her. The two gets into a 
    fight and Daba shouted that things can't continue to go on like the past or 
    they'll all get killed. Lecce herself is fighting and don't think she'll be 
    around everytime; if she's gone who's gonna pick up the slack; it might 
    have to be Kyao or Amu. So it's high time they learn what needs to be 
    learned while Lecce's still around. He himself might die sooner or later 
    and who's going to continue the fight against Poseidal if that happens. 
    Daba cries and ask why they don't understand. Kyao sigh and says that Daba 
    doesn't have to get THIS emotional and he makes a decision and runs off.
    The Gandol deploys and Akimi note that it's one huge army this time and 
    Fairy tells her to concentrate on getting the Gandol out of this in one 
    piece, they can't afford to have it damaged again. Amu asks if the L-Gaim's 
    part and weapons have been checked and Daba says that Kyao already did it 
    when he ran off. Amu asks if that's true and Kyao says he did it. Lecce 
    tells Amu to gather the resistance soliders and head off. A few soliders 
    decide to aid Daba in escaping and the team deploys to back them up.
    After the battle rage for a while, Kyao says that the Turner ship is ready 
    to go and deploys, this ship contains personnel and the vital things that 
    they could take from Little Say.
    Gabley is defeated but his troops say that they have taken over Little Say, 
    all that's left is to get rid of the Resistance's ship though Nei note that 
    it won't be as Gabley makes it out to me. Nei orders Little Say to be 
    totally demolished and as Little Say burns, the Resistance soliders note 
    that their base is gone but Kyao says that they can rebuild if they're 
    still alive. Amu hope that she'll get to meet Daba again as the Turner ship 
    begins to leaves, Amu then wonders where Lecce is and realize she's been 
    Nei and her subordinates are beaten and she note that the ship that helped 
    out the Resistance, the Gandol and it's robot army, have powers beyond that 
    of the normal Poseidal army. She has to report this to Giwasa.
    The Gandol makes it out to space safely and Hatsuki note that he's figured 
    out a lot of the Gandol's weak point and problems, if they can find a place 
    and material to modify it, they wouldn't have as much problem as they do 
    now. Aizak says that the enemy they just faced may have given up on them 
    but they're still in enemy territory so it's best to be on guard The Turner 
    contacts the Gandol and say that they will now leave for another resistance 
    Kyao note that he never thought he'd be saying goodbye to the Turner ship 
    and Daba says that it's carrying injured personnel and vital materials so 
    they'll be leaving it in the care of the resistance for a while. Daba and 
    Kyao suddenly see Lecce walking out the door. She makes up a flimsy excuse 
    that Daba lacked knowledge so she's here for support. Daba says that 
    there's more to it than what Lecce is selling, such as the true reason Amu 
    was sent along with the Turner ship. Kyao says that it's unfair of Lecce to 
    do this since Amu likes Daba also. This stings Lecce's conscience.
    Lecce later on asks Daba if she should leave the ship since while she 
    really thought Amu wasn't suited for combat so she shouldn't be on a 
    warship like this but what she did was unfair. Daba shouted that she 
    shouldn't try to confess her feeling or anything since that's not fair to 
    Amu also. She'll have to apologize to Amu later. Daba leaves quite 
    frustrated and Lecce wonders what she's done, Daba now hates her.
    Daba apologize to Hatsuki for the trouble that Lecce cause. Hatsuki says 
    that her knowledge is useful to them but from now on, they'll have to work 
    alongside the team's objective. Dr.Arl says that the closest planet in the 
    Edon star system is the Bad Land Planet which they should head for.
    Episode 25
     The Gandol team will soon reached the Bad Land Planet. Lecce is still down 
    at what happened between her and Daba but Daba comes up and apologize for 
    his outburst earlier and says that he'll count on her for support. Lecce 
    notes that she now has to find a way to apologize to Amu the next time they 
    meet. At the Gandol bridge, Hatsuki, Aizak, Dr.Arl agrees that Daba is 
    hiding something from them but Hatsuki note that it doesn't seem to be 
    anything bad so they'll have to wait for Daba to trust in them enough to 
    come forth with it in time. Dr. Arl notes that Daba has charisma and strong 
    will and puts them into action; it's too bad that Lord Kento doesn't follow 
    his example.
     Meanwhile on the Bad Land Planet, Prince Mito and his followers Kakus, 
    Sukedo and Shinobu are going over the objective for their sojourn incognito 
    into the various planets under their kingdom that is to both widen Prince 
    Mito's perspective and see how things really are in his vast kingdom. Mito 
    then sees a peasant girl being chased and attack by the Royal soliders 
    under command of the regent on this planet and goes to defend her demanding 
    they stop their brutish behaviour.  His aide, Kakus and Sukedo follows his 
    lead and aid the prince. They are soon joined by three roadside warrior who 
    calls themselves Diego Shutekken and Shiro. Diego's other two friends also 
    arrived and chased off the soliders. Mito introduces himself but keep his 
    true identity a secret.
    Mito asks Diego to take the girl to the nearby village and he agrees. Diego 
    then introduce his comrade, Shutekken, Shiro Maboroha, Layla and Samanosuke. 
    Kakus then realize that Diego is the famed Don Condor and Shutekken is the 
    bladesman Shutekken which means Shiro is Billy the Shot. Sukedo says that 
    Diego's group, the Retsu, is famous around the asteroid belts here. Diego 
    looks at Mito and says that he feels some ties to them and he'll stick 
    around with them for a while.
    The girl whose name is Anita wakes up and thanks them for the rescue but 
    she hates those with money like them and the regent here. Mito asks why and 
    Anita says that the regent alway gives them trouble and she has decided to 
    go and give the King a piece of her mind. Her dad was killed by the regent.  
    Suddenly a blast is heard and Shiro M.says that a horde of robots are here 
     Mito runs out and demands to know why the soldiers are attacking the peace 
    loving villagers and the soldiers says that there's a little liar here 
    who's going to go give false info to the king and thus it's a terrorist act. 
    (SURE it is, you just go think that) Anita says that it's not a lie and 
    that the regent has been after them to get them to abandon the village. 
    Shinobu then comes to Mito and say that she's found out that there's a 
    diamond mountain near here which is why they've been trying to get the 
    villager to abandon the village
     The Badland regent then appears and says that with the diamond in the 
    mountain, he can definitely be on the level of the Aman merchant (Amandra) 
    and the Bloody syndicate's network. His aide Rubitai agrees and the regent 
    then say to kill everyone. Mito has heard enough and tells Shinobu to get 
    everyone clear. Sukedo then tells the prince to call for Daiohja. Mito and 
    his two guards then cross their sword "Cross Sword" he shouted "Come On 
    The Daiohja appears and all three appears in their regal dress, (Cue 
    Daiohja's theme) Kakus then shouted "Kneel, knaves!!" Sukedo then continues 
    "Do you not know who stands before you?" "The one before you is Dokuga the 
    16th Prince Mito."   Rubitai then note that the robot must be the symbol of 
    Edon, the Saishou robo Daiohja.  The villagers seeing this then bows to 
    their prince with Anita hardly believing it.
    Shiro and the others note that that was quite an entrance and quite the 
    reveal. Diego note that it's time to go in and tells everyone that it's 
    time to Synchron Gasshin.
    Diego then shouted "The Ginga Reppu is here!!" and tells Prince Mito to 
    give the order and Mito shouted "To those who preyed on the helpless, I 
    will render punishment in the name of heaven" (Sailormoon's got nothing on 
    him) and Diego continues "Ginga Reppu Baxinga, Go"
    The two begins to fight the regent's men but Sukedo and Kakus note that the 
    enemies have numbers on their side. Mito says that he will not abandon his 
    subject. Suddenly a flying train (you heard right) comes in with I.C. Blues 
    saying that Mito is not going to die here. Blues introduces himself as a 
    big time gambler. He's here to gamble over the fate of the Edon Kingdom. 
    This raises Kakus and Sukedo's ire but Mito asks which way Blues bet. Blues 
    says that he bet that Mito will ascend the Dokuga throne and brings peace 
    and prosperity to his subjects. Mito is content with that and says he'll 
    trust him. Blues tells his crew, Rock, Birdy and Pete to get ready and 
    shouted "Take Sasurait On" and the flying train becomes the Ginga Shippu 
    Sasuraiger and joins in the fight.
    The Gandol also arrives and Dr. Arl notes that that's the symbol of Edon, 
    the Daiohja. Dr. Arl says that they have come from Pentagona to ask for the 
    Prince's help and Shutekken note that the prince sure is in demand by many 
    people. While Sukedo and Kakus are hesitant, Mito says that he wants to 
    talk to them. The regent then deploys all his men and the team then joins 
    in the fight.
    The battle is over and Diego note that the Gandol is really something and 
    he'd like to go on a ship like that and tour the galaxy. Shutekken says 
    that he doesn't mind going too and Shiro M.and the others are in agreement. 
    Mito hoped that peace will be restored to this area now.
    After much fanfare from the villagers and Anita who now pays their proper 
    respect to the prince, Mito goes to meet the team to talk to them. 
    Meanwhile the regent gets assassinated with a cobra courtesy of the agents 
    of Carmen Carmen. Mito happens upon the corpse and Aizak note that it's 
    quite similar to what happened with Stella and conclude that Carmen Carmen 
    of the Nubia Connection is definitely behind this. Shinobu says that she's 
    heard of the Nubia Connection, they're a mysterious cult with unknown 
    purpose and Aizak note that Carmen's influence has spread to outer space or 
    maybe his base was in outer space to begin with.
    Mito learns of Dr.Arl's predicament which irks Kento a bit that Dr.Arl 
    keeps saying that Kento has no interest in reviving the Elios Empire but 
    Kento says that he's first and foremost Date Kento, a Japanese. Mito says 
    that he seems to like Kento a lot and they seem to have a lot in common. 
    (such as their Seiyuu)  Meanwhile Diego meets with Aizak and says that he's 
    heard of the J9's legend even out here in outer space since Nubia seems to 
    consider J9 an extreme nuisance. Blues agree saying that Nubia has been 
    making moves against the Earth and it's solar system for quite a while.
    Shutekken then asks Blues to explain his motive and Blues says that he's a 
    Big Game gambler like he said; he's made a bet with Bloody God, the Don of 
    Darkness of the Bloody Syndicate. The bet is whether the Edon Kingom will 
    continue to exist or not and Blues bet that it will. Blues will gain lots 
    of money if he wins that bet and Bloody stands to gain a lot of money 
    should the Edon Kingdom fall.
     Blues then says that the Grados of the Galatic Alliance also has developed 
    dimensional transfer technology to which Shutekken note that it's a station 
    planet which can be used to transfer goods (and arms) here and invade Edon. 
    Aizak note that there must be those who wish to instigate a revolution or 
    more in the Edon Kingdom.
    Diego then says that he and the other members of his team will ally with 
    Prince Mito to protect him since they have been requested to do so.
    At the bridge, Hayato and Hatsuki note that their goals mirror and 
    supplement each others so it's best they cooperate. Kento says that Mito is 
    in for a ride and Dr.Arl tells Kento to be more respectful but Mito is ok 
    since he's wanted a friend who'll treat him normally for a long time. Dr. 
    Arl then asks Mito if they can gain an audience with King Dokuga the 15th 
    since his majesty's opinion will be important. Mito then says that they 
    should head back to Planet Edon.
    Episode 26
    Bloody God, the head of the Bloody Syndicate contacted Carmen Carmen to 
    talk about the situation with the battle between the Galatic Alliance and 
    the Interdimensional Alliance and how the fiercest fighting is now at the 
    3rd planet of the solar system, the planet called Earth. Bloody says that 
    even the Edon Kingdom is headed for an age of chaos. The reason that he 
    called is to reaffirm that the business in the Edon Kingdom will be handled 
    by his syndicate. Carmen Carmen then says that the Aman merchant of 
    Pentagona is moving in to take advantage. Bloody says that as agreed, he 
    will use the service of Carmen Carmen in assassination. After breaking 
    contact, Carmen Carmen note that Bloody, the Galatic Alliance, the 
    Interdimensional Alliance and the Earth Federation are all just little 
    players in his scheme.
    On their way to Edon, the Gandol team intercepts a ship piloted by Ozuma. 
    Diego and Shutekken recognize him. Ozuma says that he is now carrying goods 
    for both the Edon Kingdom and the Galatic Alliance so he's got lots of 
    things should they want to make a purchase. However Shutekken gets quite 
    angry and Ozuma merrily says that maybe next time they can do business.
    Mito asks who Ozuma was and Diego says that his name is Ozuma Drago from 
    Tolsa, a planet in the Edon Kingdom; he travels throughout the galaxy 
    selling his goods, following his dreams. Shutekken says that it doesn't 
    change the fact that he's selling to the enemies and backing them.
    Akimi note that after arriving in Outer Space, her view of the people here 
    have changed, since before she's thought that they were all enemies but 
    there are good people here as well. Fairy says that the reason they are 
    here is to gain information to take back to Earth to plan. Akimi hopes that 
    they can get an alliance with the Edon Kingdom. Fairy says that Edon has 
    always protect itself during the war between the Galactic Alliance and the 
    Interdimensional Alliance, Guardisword, in actuality, should have tried to 
    ally with Edon but the reason that it allied with the Interdimensional 
    Alliance is probably due to Helrukka's judgement. Suddenly a call to 
    scramble comes
    At the bridge, Sukedo note that the ship attacking them isn't one of Edon's 
    fleet and Shutekken note that it's space pirates. Diego notes that the 
    weapons/robots that they use are all available on the market and Blues says 
    that it might be one of Bloody God's agents.
    Kei is surprised to see that the Ginga Reppu group is still alive and Diego 
    note that it's Kei Maron. Shutekken asks why Kei is standing before them. 
    Kei is discontent with King Dokuga's laws and is planning to revolt. His 
    goal is to capture or kill Prince Mito. He talks as if Mito is going to go 
    easily. The battle begins and is soon over as Kei is defeated. Kei notes 
    that the Ginga Reppu has picked up some powerful friends bu the stone had 
    been casted and those who aid the Dokuga Kingdom will soon fall. Kei 
    retreated and Osuma reappeared having had a good watch which irked 
    Shutekken. They are soon contacted by the person called 3J who supplied the 
    Ginga Reppu with their weapons and information. Diego and 3J talk about 
    Osuma who's making quite a name for himself and Diego hope that they won't 
    have to cross sword against Osuma.
    The team finally made it to Edon and is granted a hearing with King Dokuga. 
    Dr. Arl says that it has been a long time since he had the pleasure of 
    meeting his majesty. King Dokuga says that he wished that he could have 
    lend Elios strength before it fell but now is the time to set things right. 
    He will lend aid to revive Elios. King Dokuga then tells his son Mito that 
    the Edon Star system is now filled with strife. Even if they ally 
    themselves with the Galatic Alliance, there is no place for a peace loving 
    kingdom like theirs. King Dokuga then says that they must maintain peaceful 
    relation with other countries etc that wished the same to remain at peace 
    and for the future of Edon, Mito must gain more knowledge and experience 
    which is why King Dokuga wants Mito to go with the team and find the 
    methods to bring peace to Edon and space.
    Meanwhile Kei apologized to Despan for failing but Despan says that the die 
    is cast, the Edon Kingdom will fall into strife and sooner or later, he 
    will become the ruler of the Edon Kingdom.
    At the Gandol bridges, Hayato ask who the shady man named D.D. Richman is 
    (not Daredevil that's for sure) Blues says that D.D. is his group's manager. 
    3J note that with him and Poncho added, the three J9 group's managers have 
    all gathered. Sanosuke says that from the looks of it, it's a gathering of 
    Aizak asks Poncho about the route that the Galactic Alliance use for going 
    to Earth and Poncho says that the route is in the Grados Empire. Poncho has 
    more news but want Akimi and Fairy here. Poncho says that he got a lot of 
    info from the people of Guardisword about the route to Earth, their name 
    were Jeeg and Sally. 3J says that Guardisword people are dealing 
    informations all over the area and they put it to good use but ran out of 
    money to buy more useful info. Fairy note that it's typical since 
    information like these don't come cheap. The info that they did get is that 
    the two of them are seeking an alliance for a mission against the Galactic 
    Alliance attacking a station planet since it can send things to Earth.
    3J says that with the station planet fully operational; the Galatic 
    Alliance has now eliminated the problems of sending reinforcements and 
    supplies to their armies on Earth that arose from distance. Poncho 
    continues that the Galatic Alliance had already sent a force to Earth. The 
    situation on Earth is quite dire; the Muge Zolbados of the Interdimenisonal 
    Alliance and the Grados from the Galactic Alliance had invaded.
    However with the Station planet available, the odds are in Grados's favour, 
    the best thing to do is to take out the Station Planet to interrupt their 
    supply lines. Hatuski notes that if they attack the Station planet, they'll 
    be up against heavy forces but Fairy says that it's their chance to return 
    to Earth with information and regroup with the Earth Federation's forces. 
    Hayato hope that the Feds will last till then.
    3J then says that there is another Station Planet near Pentagona but it's 
    not as heavily guarded as the one in Grados because Poseidal has refused to 
    send reinforcement to the Galatic Alliance with the excuse that it will 
    throw her Empire into turmoil. Grados has used it's position to create one 
    Station Planet there but Poseidal isn't too keen on protecting it. Fairy 
    note that if it's the same type of Station planet then they're closer to 
    Pentagona and it's less guarded, it's more advantageous to attack there.
    Poncho says that the two Guardisword agents thought so as well and plans to 
    rendezvous with their ally at a resistance base in Pentagona. Akimi note 
    that Poncho and the others seem to have the deal all done already without 
    consulting them first. Diego thinks that it could be a trap from Poseidal 
    and Shutekken says that it might but it might not be; what's more important 
    is how trustworthy those two Guardisword agents are. Poncho says that's why 
    they have to ask Akimi and Fairy. Fairy and Akimi note that while the two 
    are currently their enemies, they are good people but she thinks that the 
    plan to attack the station planet isn't false. Hatsuki says that they will 
    return to Pentagona and meet with the resistance. Akimi hope that this time 
    they can convince Sally and Jeeg.
    Episode 26A
    The Gandol is near Edon's border heading towards Pentagona and Akimi note 
    that Edon is quite vast. Dr.Arl state that the Edon Kingdom streches about 
    51 Planets, 36 of those are new planetoids. Shutekken says that while it's 
    technically the Edon Kingdom, they are in the new planetoid's star system 
    where the new planetoid alliance is active. Diego explains that new 
    planetoids originally do not exist in the Edon Star system, they are 
    manufactured using asteroids and other materials to create living ecosystem 
    for people to exist on. Akimi is shocked that the technology existed to 
    create planets. Shiro M. then updates Dr. Arl that the number of new 
    planetoids has jumped up to above 50 during his long sleep. Now about the 
    new planetoid alliance, it's mostly the people from the Planet Long and 
    Kowahand who are anti-Dokuga Kingdom, they wish to depose of the Dokuga 
    Kingdom and take over. Danji note that it means that Edon has to deal with 
    enemies both on the inside and outside.
    Diego says that they are in the Planet Long's vicinity and they are the 
    most radical about overthrowing the Dokuga Kingdom. Mito wonders if it's 
    Kei Maron and it is.
    Kei attacked again and the team fights back. Kei is defeated again and he 
    doesn't believe that the team have THIS much power. Diego hopes that Kei 
    behaves himself for a while now but he doubted it.
    At his quarters, Mito asks Sukedo why does his people not band together?  
    They are all in danger of being invaded by the Galactic Alliance. Sukedo 
    says that it is an age of unrest and those who are angry at the rules of 
    the Dokuga Kingdecide that now would be the best time to further their 
    plans. Mito wonders if the populations of Edon hated the rules of the 
    Dokuga King. Kakus is a bit angry at Sukedo for troubling their prince 
    saying that the rule of the generations of the Dokuga Kings have brought 
    peace and prosperity but Sukedo says that's why they must inform the prince 
    of the situation. Kakus says that most of their subjects are content with 
    the rules of the Dokuga Kings wishing for peace.
    Dr.Arl is incensed at the New Planetoid Alliance for daring to rise up 
    against the Dokuga Kings and cause nothing but trouble but Shutekken note 
    that even amongst the New Planetoid Alliance, there are those who wishes 
    nothing but the best for the future of Edon, they just don't think it lies 
    with the Dokuga King. Everyone has their own justice. Blues says that 
    behind these people are the one who wants carnage and bloodlust, the death 
    merchants such as Bloody God of the Bloody Syndicate. Daba note that to 
    prolong the war, they might team up with the Aman merchant. Aizak adds that 
    Carmen Carmen also figures into this, he's also a death merchant 
    (assassination, etc)
    Episode 27
    The Gandol is in an asteroid belt to meet resistance operatives and Jeeg 
    and Sally at Full Flat's Third Star. This is because the Third Star is 
    neutral territory that Poseidal granted to Full Flat and the resistance 
    operative does not want something that is pretty glaring like the Gandol to 
    go to their real base for fear of leading Poseidal's troop there.
    Full Flat allows the Gandol to dock and resupplies them. She also 
    introduces them to Semu- Ju, the resistance operative and Jeeg and Sally. 
    Full Flat note that Akimi is a bit antagonistic towards them and Sally 
    tells Akimi that their dispute needs to be on hold for this mission. Full 
    Flat excuses herself from the planning (i.e. to keep herself neutral) and 
    runs into Daba who thanks her for her help against Poseidal but Full Flat 
    asks him if he's not scared or does he actually want to die. Anyhow she's 
    willing to see how Daba does in this battle.
    At the Gandol, Jeeg tells Akimi that Fairy must accompany them back to 
    Guardisword and if Akimi wants to be with her, then she has to come too 
    which gets Akimi's goat up. Fairy says that she won't be going with Jeeg 
    and Sally and Sally tells Jeeg that they shouldn't push this right now 
    since they're going to be working together so it's best not to stir up a 
    hornet nest. This actually proves impossible since Jeeg then comment that 
    the team are just soliders working for the Feds which gets Akimi's goat up 
    and she says that she thought that if they talk they'd be able to 
    understand each others but Sally then says that it's because the team's not 
    under the Fed's command at the moment that they risked contact. Akimi says 
    that they can 
    co-exist, Fairy's proof of that and what about Jeeg's experience with her 
    on Earth before this happened. Jeeg bluff saying that he was just gathering 
    info to which Akimi say is a lie, he's a bad liar. Sally says sadly that 
    she did research on Earth and outside a few short period of peace, Earth is 
    always warring with each other and Jeeg continues that unless Earthling are 
    forced to change then they'll exterminate themselves and others one day.  
    Fairy then asks if Reginia is the one commanding the invasion of Earth, if 
    so doesn't that say something about Guardisword right now? Doesn't it bring 
    up doubts about Helrukka's methods? Sally says that Reginia may not value 
    life much and Jeeg continues "But what Guardisword needs now is power, 
    without the two of them, Guardisword would have been destroyed." Sally 
    continues that after Fairy left, the two of them had to fight hard since 
    Guardisword lost it's mother planet and all it's major colony, even though 
    Reginia's method is questionable, it brings results and she was the one who 
    handled all the stuff that they couldn't do or bring themselves to do.
    Akimi asks Fairy who Reginia is and Fairy says that Reginia is one of 
    Helrukka's closest aides and a fight with her is inevitable. Jeeg tells her 
    that they should focus on this job first and their dispute can be settled 
    later. The Gandol launches from Third Star with Full Flat musing that the 
    young are always the one throwing themselve into danger without a second 
    thought and she tells Daba Mylord to live his life the way he wants.
    Meanwhile, Poseidal asks what Giwasa is doing coming back to her palace on 
    the planet Gastgal and Giwasa says that he has come to inform Poseidal of 
    the Resistance's attack on the station satellite near here. Poseidal tells 
    Giwasa to take care of it and to locate and wipe out the various resistance 
    bases which to Giwasa also includes investigating the Third Star's 
    connection with the Resistance.
    The Gandol reach the Station Base but face opposition from Giwasa's forces 
    including Gablet Gabley, Nei and Giwasa who came himself to cement his 
    position in Poseidal's eyes. Goztello from the Grados Empire also appears 
    to kill the Earthling before he goes to kill Eiji on Earth. Commander 
    Kabuto of the Zarl also appears noting that the Earthlings are brave to try 
    and cut off the supply lines here. Jeeg and Sally say that they have to 
    disperse the enemies first before taking over the Station Planet.
    Jeeg then asks if Akimi can keep up with him and Sally says that if it's 
    too hard, try keeping up with her which starts to gets Akimi's goat up 
    again and Fairy says to not lose her cool by their words and Akimi says she 
    understands but she's going to show the two of them the strength that comes 
    when she and Fairy works together.
    Goztello is defeated and he shouted that his brain hurts.He'll be going to 
    Earth first and he won't forget them when they turn up. Commander Kabuto 
    also decides to use the Station Satellite to head towards Earth as planned 
    to conquer it. Kento says that they're heading towards Earth and Kaine note 
    that they couldn't stop them. Sleggar says that there'll be time to get 
    them later but to concentrate for now on the enemies at hands.
    Nei is also sent packing even though she wants to continue to fight but her 
    subordinates remind her of her obligation to Giwasa. Giwasa himself can't 
    believe that he lost and he notes that the Gandol is a lot more powerful 
    than the normal Poseidal Army can handle.
    The team plans to take over the Station Satellite but Poseidal 
    reinforcements comes in much quicker than expected and the team thinks that 
    if this keeps up they'll be surrounded. Frau then tells Hatsuki that 
    there's a transmission from Gastgal. It is Poseidal who allows the 
    Earthling to use the Station Planet but she will not let the resistance go 
    and demands their surrender. 
    Hatsuki note that Poseidal seems to be well informed that they are from 
    Earth and Poseidal says that she knows all things happening in Pentagona 
    which is why they were allowed to come here. Daba asked if Poseidal planned 
    this from the start. Poseidal says that she is the child of God and she 
    gave the Earthling a trial which they pass. Daba is furious asking if being 
    the child of god means oppressing people making them despair. Poseidal says 
    that she did as the nature of Pentagona wanted since it's previous rulers 
    dirtied the beautiful Pentagona. Daba retorted that at least there was 
    peace. Poseidal replies that the peace means nothing since it is only for a 
    while, her mission is to cleanse this world and test it's people to lead to 
    a new awakening. Daba is furious shouting that Poseidal is the cause of the 
    killings and the warfare even to the amount of genocide of certain races. 
    Poseidal retorted that they "had it coming" Poseidal continues "It is good 
    to grant trials and tribulations that strengthen the people since those 
    that survived will lead to creation of new world, isn't that so, last 
    survivor of the Yaman Clan, Gamon Mylord?"
     Semu Ju is shocked that Daba is of the Yaman Clan and so is Dr. Arl. Daba 
    admits that it's true; he is the heir to the bloodline of the Yaman Dynasty. 
    Poseidal continues that she had tested Gamon Mylord and given him a chance. 
    Daba says that if this is a test then he will show Poseidal that there are 
    people who will resist her everywhere. Poseidal then dares Gamon to try. 
    Hatsuki says that they will help Daba and the others; they can't just leave 
    them here while they run away back to Earth. Shinobu and the Dancougar team 
    like the sound of that and gets ready to bust head and Jeeg tells them not 
    to forget the mission objectives but Akimi says that there's no way they 
    can do that right now and Sally has to agree that they need to keep 
    Lecce asks Daba if what he says was true, that he's the last of the Yaman. 
    Daba says it is and apologizes for keeping it from them but Lecce says that 
    she had an inkling of the truth anyway. However even with the Gandol's help, 
    it looks like curtain for the Resistance.
    Amu suddenly calls in and tells them to stop with the cheap melodrama and 
    arrives with more Resistance forces. Amu says that she'll use an SLS to 
    kill all the sensors which is when they have to make their escape. The 
    Poseidal troops led by Ryogurei gets hit hard and had to stop in their 
    track or they'll run into each others. Amu heads for the Gandol to meet 
    Daba and have words with Lecce for her cheap tricks before. Lecce calls 
    "uncle" "Mercy" but Amu isn't having any of that though she forgives Lecce 
    when Daba asks her to.
    Amuro notes that the enemy is disoriented right now and they can make their 
    move. Sally and Jeeg volunteer to stay behind and clear a path for both the 
    Gandol and for the Resistance to get away but the Gandol team better 
    destroy the Station Satellite on Earth's side
    Ryogurei is destroyed and he note that if only Poseidal's personal forces 
    were deployed then this wouldn't happen but Poseidal says that she will not 
    waste her personal force on this and she wants Ryogurei to do a job for her. 
    Hatsuki announce that they will now head for Earth. Jeeg and Sally wish the 
    team good luck even though they may end up on opposite sides again.
    Lecce then deploys in the Turner saying that she is also staying behind 
    saying that if Daba had been more of a leader, this wouldn't happen, 
    they're not playing at war, they can't win right now and Amu knows that and 
    she doesn't want to die so if Daba is truly serious about reviving the 
    Yaman clan then she'll stay behind to make preparation for it. Lecce then 
    tells Amu that they're even now.
    Semu Ju says that he did heard of a rumour that the young prince of the 
    House of Gamon escaped the purging from Poseidal a long time ago and 
    perhaps this prince can now become a true leader to their group. Lecce asks 
    how Jeeg and Sally plan to destroy the Satellite and Jeeg says that after 
    explosives are placed on it, he'll light it up with his Cloud Harken and 
    proceeds to do so.
    At Poseidal headquarter, Oliby informs Poseidal of the Station Satellite's 
    destruction and if Poseidal wishes it. Poseidal says that it is fine, this 
    way she wouldn't have to commit to the Galactic Alliance's game over Earth 
    but more Resistance escaped her than she thought. Oliby is interested in 
    Daba Mylord and Poseidal note that she should be since Kwasan Oliby who 
    also has Yaman blood shares the same biorhythm of Daba Mylord.
    Meanwhile Full Flat is under investigation by Giwasa for aiding the 
    Resistance but Full Flat says that Giwasa probably don't know WHY she was 
    able to obtain neutrality from Poseidal in the first place and Giwasa says 
    that he knows she once saved Poseidal's life and Full Flat used that fact 
    to discredit Giwasa's source that the Resistance were here. Giwasa is 
    incensed later that the source, Amandra Kamandra, and Full Flat seemed to 
    have played him for a fool.
    Episode 28
    At the Gandol, Hatsuki notifies everyone that they're in warp now but when 
    they warp out, they may be in a battlefield so he wants everyone ready to 
    deploy. Daba asks for a moment to speak up and he apologizes for keeping 
    his identity as Gamon Mylord a secret but Hatsuki says that no one is going 
    to blame him for anything. Dr.Arl in particular is pleased to find the heir 
    of Gamon with them but Daba asks to just be called Daba since he was raised 
    up normally and not as a King. Kento agrees and so does Mito saying that it 
    can be a burden. Shutekken has to comment that the heirs to the three 
    kingdoms of spaces are with them and Diego note that they may be looking at 
    their future rulers right here. Mito asks for Kento and Daba's help in 
    bringing peace to the universe. The team is near Earth and Hatsuki has to 
    hope that all is still well and that the info they got will mean something.
    Around that time, on Earth, the Feds have retreated fully from Jaburo and 
    Commander Igol note that Jaburo has fallen and he wonders why they have 
    concentrated on attacking South America. His companion, General Bushida and 
    Chief Ashitatsu wonder if it's because Jaburo was there, if so the next 
    target might be their base in Japan. Commander Igol is informed by the 
    Resistance in North America that the Galatic Alliance and the 
    Interdimensional Alliance are gathering both on Earth and in space after 
    the fall of Jaburo. Chief Ashitatsu says that it's going as predicted which 
    is where their plan comes in but with their depleted firepower, do they 
    have a chance? Commander Igol says that they need to disperse the enemy 
    gathering even a little.
    Albatrona Eiji Asuka then comes in saying that the Layzner's maintenance is 
    complete and he will head off to aid the White Base in destroying the 
    Station Satellite here on Earth otherwise the enemy reinforcement will 
    continue to build. Chief Ashitatsu and the rest tells him not to hurry, 
    they want to wait until both the Intergalactic and Interdimensional clashes 
    and the White Base still hasn't rendezvous with the Lunatz troops yet. Eiji 
    then says that he'll prep the Layzner to go at anytime. Bushida notes that 
    Eiji is quite hot blooded and Commander Igol says that they got precious 
    info about the Grados from him. It's been three years since he arrived, the 
    half blood man between Grados and Earth, Eiji Asuka, who betrayed Grados to 
    warn the Earth. Without his warnings those years ago, they would have lost 
    even more to the Grados than their present state. Commander Igol is then 
    informs that the White Base is ready to proceed with the Plan.
    The White Base has now rendezvous with Wakken's Salamis team. Bright ask if 
    Zeon's movements are quite bad and Wakken confirms that Gihren has 
    negotiated a cease fire with the Intergalactic Alliance to save 
    Zeon/Giganos alone. Igol then calls Bright saying that Muge and Grados 
    forces have begun clashing elsewhere which means that protection on the 
    station will be little and this is the chance to wreck it. Commander Kabuto 
    arrives and note of the White Base's plan and decides to protect the 
    station launching all his troops and automated Grados mech. Bright orders 
    the launch of the Z Gundam, Gundam Mk II, Hyakushiki and the Elmeth and the 
    fight begins.
    More AI mech arrives and Quattro asks Bright for his decision and Bright 
    says that they have to destroy the station. Lalah says that it will be ok 
    since reinforcement for them will arrive with Camille also sensing it when 
    the Layzner arrives and V-Max the enemy reinforcements to bits. Eiji 
    introduces himself and joins the battle. More AI mech arrives but afterward, 
    the Gandol arrives as well. Amuro and the others recognized the White Base 
    and deploy to help out at once.
    After the team downed some enemies, Zeon forces led by Haman arrives to 
    help out the Galactic Alliance by orders of Gihren. Haman tells Lagan who 
    acts as caretakers for the enhanced humans Puru and Purutsu to let them out 
    to play. This will test the worthiness of the programs. Purutsu is fired up 
    to kill but Puru isn't exactly so eager but Purutus berates her since this 
    is what their purpose is about.
    Commander Kabuto is beaten and he notes that the forces here are 
    insufficient to protect the station satellite and orders his ship to 
    rendezvous with the main forces.  Ragan is also beaten and he note that 
    there are those with bones in the Feds after all, he'll look forward to the 
    next battle.
    Haman tells Char that it's been a while, she didn't think he'd betray Zeon 
    and Quattro says that right now he is Quattro Bagina, no more and no less. 
    Haman tells him to cut out the tiresome charade or does he plan to be one 
    of those who won't accept where the ages is heading. Quattro says that if 
    that means being led by the Zabis then the one who won't accept where the 
    ages are heading is them. Haman tells Char to come back to her but Quattro 
    says that he won't. Haman then says that if he doesn't, he will die.
    Puru is beaten and she cries that everyone is mean to her and Purutsu note 
    that the Psyco Mu system needs more work once she is beaten.  Haman is 
    beaten and she notes that she doesn't have to give it her all here and 
    retreats but note that the Gandol is the means that the team plans to use 
    to destroy the Satellite..
    The Gandol and Dancougar get ready to destroy the Satellite and Shinobu 
    asks Hatsuki if they're going to do "that" but Haman appears again and 
    targets the Gandol. Dancougar tries to block her but is no match for the 
    Quebley's speed but then the Black Wing shows up and hits the Quebley dead 
    on prompting her to retreat. With Haman out of the way, the Gandol fires 
    it's cannon obliterating the Satellite.
    Alan tells Shinobu that he's still green which angers Shinobu and Alan 
    continues that he'll harden Shinobu up to be better to save the Earth. 
    Shinobu asks who Alan, the pilot of the BlackWing is anyway. Alan tells 
    them to come to the Resistance base, Eiji knows the way.
    At the White Base, Eiji tells Bright that before they head to the Eastern 
    Base, the White Base needs to head for the American continents. Hatsuki 
    says that the Gandol will head for Japan first to make repairs but the 
    Dancougar team and the others need to rejoin the White Base.
    Quattro introduce himself as the Commander of the White Base's MS troops to 
    Shiro and says that he'll look forward to their briefing since they've got 
    more friends on the way back than from when they left. Quattro introduce 
    the others under his command, first up is Emma who is from the Federation, 
    next is a former Zeon solider, Lalah Sun. She doesn't agree with the fact 
    that Zeon under Gihren Zabi had forged an alliance with the Grados and many 
    other Zeon troops felt the same and had abandoned Zeon. Emma confirms this 
    and says that many who left decided to join with the Feds in fighting off 
    the aliens. Quattro says that they are here to fight for the Earth and 
    Shiro says he understands, they're not just fighting for the Feds 
    themselves and he believes that if they talked, people of Zeon and the Feds 
    can come to an understanding.
    Quattro continues and introduce the Z Gundam's pilot Camille Vidan; he's 
    been scouted from the civilians. His colony was attacked by the aliens and 
    he board a trial MS (the Gundam MkII) to fight them. The Feds then asked 
    him to join up. Camille says that he heard that the WB was a gathering of 
    "unique" individuals which is why he's decided to join. Fa comes in telling 
    Camille to apologize but Camille says that he didn't meant anything bad by 
    it. Shiro asks who Fa is and Fa says that she's Camille's old friend who 
    escaped along with him after their colony was attacked. Shiro asks if she's 
    a civilian and Fa says that it's complicate.
    Inside the hall, Amuro asks Lalah if she was that pilot from before and 
    Lalah says that she saw that they and him would be fated to be like this. 
    Amuro ask if that means Lt. Quattro is like he suspects actually... Lalah 
    says that he should learn to trust his instinct more since they're correct 
    and Amuro wonders if he'll get along with that person but he IS glad she's 
    At the cafeteria, Kaine note that they're probably headed for Jaburo and 
    Amuro says that they'll meet up with the Resistance here. Things have 
    gotten so bad that they may not be able to go back to Japan for a while. 
    Both the Interdimensional Alliance and Galactic Alliance have concentrated 
    their attack to the American continents, there has to be SOMETHING there as 
    many surmises. Lalah says that power usually lures people, something IS 
    Fairy thinks hard back at her room; if both the Interdimensional Alliance 
    and Galactic Alliance are after the same thing then it might have something 
    to do with the CUBE. Helrukka had probably been leaking information about 
    the CUBE to both sides in controlled amount to premediate this circumstance 
    but he wants the power for himself which is why they must not let it happen.
    Chris asks Bernie what he plans to do from now, since they're going to have 
    to go to war with the Zeon again and Bernie says that after hearing what 
    Lt.Quattro said back then, he's made up his mind. Zeon right now isn't the 
    Zeon he fought for and he's learned that this isn't the time to be talking 
    about factions like Zeon or Feds. He wants to fight for Al's future and 
    Chris says that they'll do it together.
    Episode 29
    At Grados Headquarter, Ru Kain is incensed that the Station Satellite had 
    been destroyed by the White Base team. He decides to use the captured 
    Resistance member, Anna Stefani as a lure to draw them out by having her 
    publicly executed. And to do that he has his aide Roan Demitiri carry out 
    the plan. This is also to test Roan's loyalty since Roan was once one of 
    the people who resisted him and was friend with Anna and Eiji. Roan says 
    that while it's true he was part of the Resistance once, he's since seen 
    the errors of his ways and now accepts Grados as their overlord.
    Meanwhile the WB team has arrived at the Resistance base in North America 
    and meet with it's leader, Dr. Elizabeth Greby. Alan introduces himself as 
    the Resistance's battle commander, Alan Igol which surprised the 
    Dancougar's team as he's Commander Igol's son. Alan doesn't get along too 
    well with his dad, but Eiji says that Commander Igol asked him to come and 
    work here to help Alan out.
    Alan outlined the situation; the Intergalactic Alliance or Grados has 
    conquered America and have pushed their forces to occupy South America as 
    well. With South America under their full control, they will now call back 
    some of their forces to deal more harshly with the Resistance. Before that 
    happens, the Resistance plans to evacuate and join up with the troops in 
    Japan. Most of the important stuff has been packed up; they just need to 
    get it on the White Base.
    Meanwhile the Shangrila Gang has snucked in to steal some Resistance MS/ 
    Machines to sell so that they could in their own words "live like kings" 
    However Judo's sister comes and berates him and the others for doing the 
    wrong things. They hide once Quattro, Amuro and Ru Rukka who brought the 2nd 
    Gundam MkII arrives with stuffs to put on the White Base. Ru says that 
    she's been assigned to the White Base from today.
    Eiji asks what happen to Simone and David and Dr. Elizabeth says that the 
    two are out checking enemy movements with the new Earth-made SPT. Eiji asks 
    if the Doll has finally been completed and Dr. Elizabeth says that it's 
    soon to go into mass production. A call from David tells Eiji about Anna's 
    situation. Alan and Eiji note that they can't abandon Anna and decides to 
    mount a rescue without the White Base's help but the WB team asks Bright to 
    follow anyway.
    The Shangrila Gang having hidden aboard the White Base is shocked to have 
    the White Base launched and decides to steal MS to get away.
    Meanwhile in New York, Anna is forced to do the "perp walk" by Roan who 
    says to draw it out for as long as necessary to intimidate the populace 
    into submission. Anna tells Roan that he's changed but Roan says that Anna 
    should beg and submit to Grados though it doesn't seem like she would do it. 
    There's nothing else to be said since he's a traitor to them.
    David and Simone see this and David can't take it anymore and deploy but 
    Roan has his SPT troops deploy as well. The SPT commander says not to take 
    them out at once, they'll draw in even bigger fish. Eiji and Alan then 
    arrive to help and Eiji asks why Roan is helping the Grados. Roan says that 
    in war, winners are always right, he's been chosen because of his ability, 
    for those who aren't, they just lack the will to try and be useful and 
    those who doesn't try and become a part of society are just a problem. Roan 
    mocks David for being lucky enough to survive and says there's no escape 
    now and deploys more troops. 
    Eiji says that he'll go get Anna at once but Ru Kain arrives and uses his 
    V-Max Red Power to attack the Layzner and then declares to the Earthling to 
    submit to Grados for their own benefit. There is only one truth in the 
    universe, the conquerors and the conquered. It is time to throw down their 
    old belief and submit. Anna says that it is wrong, Earth belongs to the 
    Earthlings, only those born here can change their own ways. David adds in 
    that the Grados can go home, that's what the people of Earth wants. Eiji 
    says that this planet isn't Grados's. Ru Kain says that all that barking 
    isn't going to sway him but Eiji says that he will find a way to defeat Ru 
    Kain and Gresco and sent them packing from Earth.
    The White Base arrives and Alan berates them for taking this huge risk and 
    Sarah says that they want to hear the father-son reunion talk. However Judo 
    and gang take that moment to steal the new ZZ Gundam, the Hyakushiki, the 
    Gundam MkII and the GunCannon. Riina tells Elle that they should go back 
    and apologize but Elle isn't having any of that. Amuro and Camille have to 
    note that Judo is actually doing a good job at driving the ZZ Gundam. Ru 
    Rukka then deploys in the Z Gundam and captures Elle. Quattro takes the 
    chance and tells Judo that they have his sister, if he wants her back then 
    he'd better return their MS but for now they'd better get out of the 
    battlefield. Judo says that they can't run without Elle and Riina. Mondo 
    asks if they should get out of the way but Judo says that he'll take out 
    Grados, without Grados they would have a much better life than what 
    happened to them. The others have no choice but to go along. Ru Kain then 
    deploys the Death Ogre squad with Goztello pining for Eiji's death. The 
    battle then begins. Goztello is defeated and Ru Kain tells him to make 
    himself scarce since Goztello's defeated state infuriated him. Ru Kain and 
    the other Death Ogre are defeated and Ru Kain note that the team is quite 
    good but suddenly his father Gresco ordered him to return but Ru Kain says 
    that this is the time to defeat the team and asks for more troops from 
    headquarters. Gresco says that the troops from the South are returning and 
    to leave it to them. Ru Kain begrudgingly retreat and tells Roan to take 
    care of the rest and he note that these Earthlings will give him quite a 
    Eiji note that the defense is now broken and heads forward to rescue Anna 
    while Roan tells his troops that ground forces are no match for SPT and 
    orders their retreat. Bright order the team to retreat since the troops 
    from the South is coming in. The Shangrila gang wonders if for them it 
    isn't going into the frying pan to escape the fire but Judo says that 
    they'll just have to bear the consequence. Quattro tells Bright that Judo 
    and the Shangrila gangs have potentials as pilots and Bright agrees that 
    they've been witness to military secrets so they'll have to bring them 
    along to Japan as well. Emma wonders if they aren't being too soft on these 
    little thiefs but Amuro says that they probably have their reasons and they 
    should hear it first though Camille is intent on "straightening" them out.
    In the deck, Camille does just that and Shiro tells him to stop it though 
    Camille says that if luck wasn't with them, all of them and the team could 
    have died. The Shangrila gang says that because of the Zeon war and the 
    current war, they were orphaned and had to live on the streets and Kento 
    sympathize with them since his conditions was the same before he got to 
    pilot Daltanious. Karen says that normally they'd be trialed and punished 
    but Judo says to leave Riina out of this and the others say that it's all 
    the adults' fault for making war. Alan says that whatever the case, they 
    now know military secrets and will now have to come to Japan with them. 
    Judo doesn't like that but Ru says that adults have their reason as well. 
    Mondo says that they may just sell the White Base's secret to the enemies 
    and Alan says that they'll be allowed to run around certain area in the 
    White Base and they'll be given jobs to do instead of being punished. Shiro 
    agrees with that but Camille is still quite pissed at Judo's gang. Riina 
    begs to work and Ru asks Judo if he's going to make his sister cry again 
    and Riina tells her big bro that he should work on this ship.  Alan says 
    that they won't force him to work but he should think over the situation 
    and consequences clearly though Beecha grumbles that being on a ship that 
    they can't escape means that they're pretty much forced to work which makes 
    Alan asks the two of them if they said anything and Beecha and Mondo says 
    they didn't say a thing. (Alan would probably throw them in the slammer if 
    they grumble anymore)
    Gresco is reprimanding Ru Kain telling him that Ru Kain certainly was busy 
    during his commanding of the forces that took over South America. Gresco 
    says that needless destruction and murder will only drive the populace away 
    from them which makes Ru Kain wonder why his father is saying that since 
    the one who ordered the usage of WMD and killed off 1/7th of the population 
    on this continent was his father. Gresco is silent and says that that was 
    necessary for a time (to cow the populace into surrendering) but the rules 
    for ruling the masses have it's steps but it's all for Ru Kain.
    Gresco continues asking if Ru Kain believes that he is superior to the 
    Earthling thus fit to rule thus a superior leader will lead to superior 
    governance?  Is that his reason to conquer the world? Ru Kain says that he 
    believes so and Gresco then tells Julia to enter. Gresco says that this is 
    Eiji's sister. She was once in their army but was helped by the earthling 
    and is now called the Holy lady of Gusco. During his military operation in 
    South America, she approached him to try and convince him. Gresco says that 
    Ru Kain should hear this. Julia says that the Earthling and Gradosian are 
    offshoot of the same ancestor race, they are thus brothers
    Ru Kain doesn't believe that but Gresco says that it is true but Ru Kain 
    says that his father is deluded for believing in this woman but Gresco says 
    that the inner people of Grados's government, the top people all knew this 
    secret. Ru Kain hasn't learned the meaning of the words to conquer, it 
    means to accept that you are evil first because to gain the power to 
    conquer means killing billions upon billions of people. Ru Kain says that 
    those deaths shouldn't be in vain and thus the conquerer must be superior 
    to those they conquered. Gresco says that those are slippery slopes, 
    superior in which way? bodily, in knowledge, socially? For Gresco, to 
    conquer means merely being more powerful than those conquered. Ru Kain must 
    come to accept that he is evil first.
    Ru Kain doesn't accept that way of thinking, to him the strong, the 
    superior is meant to rule just because they are superior. Gresco and Ru 
    Kain gets into a more heated argument over their views and Gresco relieve 
    Ru Kain of his position of Commander telling that Ru Kain seems to be too 
    green to accept this position and fact. In a fit of anger, Ru Kain shot 
    Gresco. Gresco then tells Ru Kain to kill Julia, this is all for his 
    benefit. Keep his death a secret and kill Julia to keep Grados's secret of 
    being a brother race to humanity a secret.
    However Ru Kain decides to make Gresco's death public and says that he will 
    work to lead the Earthling and Gradosian to an ideal Empire. He appoints 
    Roan as his right hand man and state that those that have proven themselves 
    to be skilled and superior no matter their race will have a place in his 
    In the slum of the Grados capital, Roan asks why Arthur asks to meet him 
    and if he has nothing to say then he's leaving. Arthur says that Roan must 
    be killing himself inside becoming Ru Kain's right hand man to wait for the 
    time. He'd like to hear Roan's true thoughts but Roan says that he fully 
    believes in Gradosian and Ru Kain's ideal of the superior ruling the 
    inferior, belittling Arthur and then tells him to never approach him again. 
    Arthur shout as Roan walks away that he still believes in Roan
    The White Base has finished evacuating the resistance base and Judo and the 
    others wonder how they'd escape but Ru and Riina comes in telling them to 
    quit it. Ru then tells Judo that he's been assigned the Double Zeta if he 
    wants to continue piloting. Judo doesn't want to fight for those that he 
    doesn't know but Ru ask if he isn't going to fight for his friends and 
    sisters and begins to string Judo along with words of encouragement and the 
    others note that Judo sure likes to have his ego inflated.
    Akimi, Watta and his employees are glad that they're finally getting to go 
    back to Japan since it's been ages that they were there.
    Episode 29A
    In the White Base, Quattro is teaching Fa how to pilot an MS and use it to 
    do labor such as gathering MS parts that are salvageable. Camille sees this 
    and asks why Fa is doing this and Emma says that she asked to be trained as 
    a pilot and Ru says that she probably wants to make herself useful. Emma 
    says that Fa isn't combat ready yet and Ru says that Fa will probably not 
    go into combat but to let her do as she wants for now.
    Camille then catches up to Fa and asks for an explanation and Fa says that 
    they're short of hand and she doesn't want to be a bother so she decides to 
    become one. Camille doesn't want her to go out and die but Fa says that 
    she's not his thing so let her do as she wants. 
    Meanwhile Simone and David are asking permission from Alan to deploy since 
    they planned a rendezvous with Arthur. Arthur had been working for the 
    Grados grudgingly but David says that he hasn't sold his soul to the Grados 
    like a ceratin someone. Alan says that they need to leave this continent 
    and head for Japan as quickly as possible but Eiji says that they'll be 
    back in time. 
    Eiji and the others meet Arthur and David wasn't sure he'd come since 
    Arthur had been working at Grados headquarter. Arthur says that he brought 
    supplies which even Gradosian doesn't get to eat normally. David and Simone 
    say that they hope Arthur can give them more info on Grados. They eat and 
    Eiji asks about Roan to which Arthur says that he's completely on the 
    Grados side which made Eiji go "I see..." Suddenly Eiji and the other see a 
    fleet of Grados SPT heading towards the direction the White Base is in and 
    decides to follow back.
    The White Base is under attack and Bright says to protect the supply ship 
    that's carrying their supply from other Resistance base. Roan then arrives 
    saying that Arthur is an idiot for thinking that he'd not know about this 
    and orders the Death Ogre squad to deploy to sink the White Base. Alan 
    notes that it's the Death Ogre squad and wonder if Eiji isn't back yet. Fa 
    decides to deploy (in a GM to boot) to help out which doesn't do wonder for 
    the health of Camille and the others and Quattro says that he'll cover for 
    Eiji arrives saying that David and Simone will be here later, he hurried 
    along with the V-Max first. Goztello sees Eiji and heads for him and Bright 
    tells Eiji to take care of him while they deal with the rest.
    The team dealt with the Death Ogre squad and Arthur looks on saying that 
    this is goodbye. He's sad that he won't get to go with them but he believes 
    that one day they'll drive Grados away from Earth.
    Fa meanwhile gets an Emma slap for going out without order and Camille says 
    that it's his fault for not understanding Fa. Ru then says to go comfort Fa.
    At the Grados capital, Ru Kain applauds Roan for using his old friend as 
    bait to track the resistance, he doesn't care that it ended in failure 
    since the troops that accompanied Roan was too little. With the White Base 
    gone now, they will focus on weeding out the small pocket of Resistance 
    that choose to remain behind.
    Episode 30
    In his fortress at Bardos Island, Dr.Hell relates the tales of the ancient 
    Mykenian (who aren't in this game) who uses their robot army to subjugate 
    the world and he has recreated those army but the one who stands before him 
    and his goals are the Double Mazingers, Mazinger Z and it's pilot Kabuto 
    Kouji and Great Mazinger and it's pilot Tsurugi Tetsuya. However, today is 
    the day that they will finally end the Double Mazingers' resistance.
    Commander Bushida learns that a Kikaijuu army has decimated a Federation 
    battle line. Dr Yumi calls in and says that the Double Mazingers are on 
    their way to intercept since Japan is the last fortress of the free world. 
    Commander Igol says that the White Base should be headed for Japan soon and 
    for the Double Mazinger to hold the line. Chief Ashitatsu note that it's 
    been a fierce battle and if they fail, everything is over but Commander 
    Igol says that the news hadn't been all bad. They got precious information 
    from the Gandoll's trip to Outer space and most of their forces that 
    retreated from Jaburo and all over the world are now gathering in Japan to 
    stage a counter attack. Commander Bushida says that because of that, 
    invasion has intensify in Japan and various cities have been destroyed, 
    leaving the refugees from those town to evacuate to other town and thus 
    overpopulation in those towns, even the  RaijinOh base, their school, had 
    become a refugee shelter which means Raijin Oh can't deploy easily. 
    Commander Bushida and Igol agrees that they overrelied on the kids but 
    there's nothing they can do for now.
    At the EDC's base, Tsutomu and Maria note that the enemies have been 
    getting stronger and they've been coming in more numbers than before. If 
    this keeps up, even the matchless Raijin Oh won't be able to handle them. 
    Tsutomu says that they have to find a way to become stronger and he shows 
    Maria his lead on a different robot that they might be able to get to 
    enhance themselves. Jin and the others arrive with Jin wanting to copy 
    Maria's homework but Gen.Bushida calls saying that Jyakku Beast have 
    appeared again. With Asuka not here yet, Jin decides to go out in his own 
    mech to beat them.
    Meanwhile the Mazinger team is working it's hardest to keep Ashura's attack 
    from spreading but the numbers are too great. Dr. Yumi suggests a retreat 
    but Kouji isn't having any of that since they have to protect the city so 
    they have to keep them from advancing.
    Kouji fought on but Mazinger Z is overwhelmed (actually one-shotted in the 
    game which is a real shame since this is the ONLY game to have parts 
    disabling and I thought that they would do something like disabling the Z) 
    Tetsuya tells Kouji to get out but Kouji shouts for Mazinger Z to move, he 
    won't abandon the Z since it was something his grandfather left him but 
    suddenly the Hover Pilder split off by itself and heads for parts unknown 
    and Mazinger Z explode knocking Kouji in the Pilder out. Ashura is elated 
    to have finally destroyed the hated Mazinger Z and tells his Kikaijuu to 
    bring Mazinger Z's remains with them. Ashura then leaves and deploys more 
    Kikaijuu to take care of the rest of the Mazinger team.
    Commander Igol calls in and says that they will take up the task of 
    searching for Kouji and that the RaijinOh is on it's way. Jun says that the 
    enemies are gathering their forces for a full scale attack on the city and 
    Dr. Yumi note that they have to take this chance and repair and resupply as 
    best as they can.
    Episode 31
    The White Base is entering Japan and Bright asks Frau for an update. Frau 
    says that along the eastern side of Japan is decimated and the Photonic 
    Labs is under heavy attack. Quattro note that the Feds have their hand 
    fulls just trying to maintain the line elsewhere and Shiro says that they 
    should head to reinforce the Labs quickly. Meanwhile Tetsuya, Sayaka and 
    Boss have returned to the battlefield after resupply to head off the attack 
    though Jun tells him that all the mechs got quick repair so it's not as 
    good as a normal one so Tetsuya should be careful.
    Desgaia also arrives to attack Japan though he's not pleased that he's been 
    ordered to since he wasn't able to concentrate on taking Jaburo thus the 
    Intergalactic alliance got it but Shapiro who is now dressed like an 
    exhibitionist says that Jaburo was just a lure, the real head of the 
    Federation now lies in Japan, they began moving it once the attacks from 
    outer space intensify. He knows this because he was once a part of them. 
    Desgaia is pissed at Shapiro noting that if Emperor Muge didn't favour this 
    cretin, he'd kill him instantly. Meanwhile Falseb note that the Muge empire 
    has deployed and Belzeb says that it's not too bad working alongside them 
    and deploys the Jyakku Beast along with the idea that RaijinOh was a pain 
    in the ass to them in their conquering of the world thus he creates the 
    Jyakku RaijinOh to counter RaijinOh.
    Jin and Kooji arrive in their respective mech and Tetsuya thanks them for 
    the assist since they're outnumbered. Jin note that they made the right 
    decision to come first instead of waiting for Asuka and Kooji says that 
    there's a mech like RaijinOh rampaging and Jin smirks that did they think 
    that if it looks like RaijinOh, it'll win against the real thing? Asuka 
    arrives late saying that he was finishing his homework. Jin berates him for 
    it but Asuka says that as a kid, doing your homework is just as important 
    as protecting the world. Maria tells them to form RaijinOh but Belzeb 
    appears in his mech, the Jyakku Satan and says that he won't let them form 
    Tsutomu says that the enemies won't let them combine and will pick them off 
    one by one but he has an idea that just might help. Asuka note that if the 
    enemies won't let them combine them they'll have to fight as is for now and 
    wait for the chance. More Jyakku Beast appear and Jin ask if Tsutomu still 
    hadn't figured it out yet but Tsutomu says that he doesn't know the last 
    activation code for something in their school but Maria tells him not to 
    give up, as a man he should fight till the end and everyone in class gives 
    him encouragement.
    The White Base appears and Akimi says that it's been ages although she 
    wasn't exactly hoping to come in fighting again. Hayato asks if Tetsuya is 
    all right and Tetsuya fills him in on what happened to Kouji. Gildrom also 
    appears to aid Desgaia and Jin asks if Tsutomu hadn't figured it out yet. 
    Tsutomu tries his best and Maria see that a lever had pop out from her desk. 
    Once Maria pulls it, a big robot comes out from the Schoolyard, it's name 
    is BakuryuOh and it can be controlled from the EDC's command room. Bakuryu 
    Oh launch and appears to aid the team. With this chance, Jin and the others 
    combine into Raijin Oh
    Desgaia see that his army is being manhandled and Shapiro advises a 
    strategic retreat since Japan is the head of the Federation now so it won't 
    be easy to crack and Desgaia grudgingly retreat. Belzeb is defeated and he 
    can't believe that the EDC has something like the Bakuryu Oh up their 
    sleeve so he'll retreat for now.
    The Gandol then arrives with Hatsuki saying that he has something from 
    Saishou Industry for Akimi and Akimi heads for the Gandol where she meets 
    Chief mechanic Jinpui who introduce her to the Soul Lancer. Fairy waste no 
    words in prepping it for launch and Akimi is surprised by it's power. She 
    note that it's quite powerful for a new model but Fairy says that it's not 
    a new model, this is the machine that she was in when she came to Earth. 
    She continue to research the unfinished system that incorporate the CUBE 
    with the test machine Soul Gunner and with the data that Akimi gave when 
    she used the Soul Gunner, they were able to complete this machine fully.
    The team attacked and finish off the remaining enemies. Sayaka then ask her 
    dad if they've found Kouji yet but Dr.Yumi says that there's no trace of 
    the Pilder and Tetsuya wondered why, the Pilder was leaving the battlefield 
    the last he saw it. Dr. Yumi then tells Tetsuya and the Mazinger team to 
    come back to the Photonic Lab since they need to fortify it, they can leave 
    the clean up to the others. Jin and the others thanks Tsutomu for his hard 
    work in finding Bakuryu Oh and they says that they'll have a party to 
    commemorate it. The EDC leaves and Bright says that they will now head 
    towards a dock. Akimi can't believe the power of the Lancer, is this the 
    power that comes from unleashing the CUBE's energy? Fairy however says that 
    this is nothing compared to what the CUBE is capable of but controlling the 
    energy is going to be the challenge which is why there's also a limiter in 
    place. They should head for Saishou industry
    Suiun greets Akimi and ask if her little sojourn had made her grown a 
    little and Akimi isn't amused considering she didn't think she'd end up 
    going to the edge of space. Akimi asks where Fairy is and Jinpui says that 
    she's at the lab since there's lots of thing to do. Akimi says she knows 
    and she's going over to see Fairy leaving Suiun noting that his baby girl 
    did grow up.
    Akimi arrives and tells Fairy to take a break and go out and have dinner 
    with her but Fairy says that it's ok and there aren't any restaurant open 
    at this time of the night and it's wartime so things have been rationed out. 
    They might need to deploy at any time so she'd like to get some time in to 
    do some research. Akimi ask if she could help with anything but Fairy tells 
    her to rest up and says that everyone here worked to help finish the Soul 
    Lancer so she has to do her part and do what she can. Akimi says that in 
    that case, she'll make dinner and they can eat together. Outside Akimi see 
    and note that this is the park that she met Jeeg and wonders how he is 
    right now. 
    Back at the General Company, Watta note that a lot of things had changed 
    since he last came back, the town and the school are feeling the effects of 
    the war, everyone is feeling depressed about it. One of his employee, 
    Mokushita ask if they have to return to the WB but is told that they're not 
    getting paid if they don't, beside it's for the Earth and Watta tells 
    everyone to cheer up.
    Meanwhile Dr. Hell commends Ashura for his work and tells him to modify the 
    Z into their firepower and their next target is the Great Mazinger and the 
    Photonic Lab.
    Episode 32
    Tsutomu is busy teaching the rest of the class how to properly operate 
    Bakuryu Oh with everyone eager to pitch in and help.
    Meanwhile, Hayato decides to leave for the Saotome Lab feeling a 
    premonition. Gou decides to tag along saying that there's sure to be 
    something fun where Hayato is going. Shou and Gai wonder if it'll be ok 
    with just the two of them.
    Near the Saotome Lab, Nagare Ryouma has returned to visit Musashi's grave. 
    He tells Musashi that Musashi was an idiot for dying like that and 
    apologize saying that if he hadn't been captured and tortured by the 
    Dinosaur Empire resulting in his amnesia, then Musashi wouldn't have to die. 
    Suddenly Ryouma see an explosion at the Saotome Lab and goes to investigate.
    Bat Shogun has invaded the lab with his troops and is planning to kill Dr. 
    Saotome before the Shin Getter can be awaken, however Dr. Saotome is 
    rescued by Ryouma, Hayato and Gou. Bat then orders Neo to appear and Neo 
    appear having gained control of the Proto Getter in the Getter Grave. Gou 
    ask if the Dinosaur Empire people are fine piloting something with Getter 
    ray like that but Hayato says they aren't, they're dying from it but 
    they're that fanatical in stopping the Shin Getter's resurrection.
    Shou and Gai then appear saying that they'll hold them off while Gou and 
    the others take care of the troops in the base. The Raijin Oh and Bakuyru 
    Oh then also appear to help. Meanwhile Ryouma and the others have defeated 
    the Dinosaur troops in the lab and Dr. Saotome tells Hayato to activate the 
    Shin Getter.
    Meanwhile the Proto Getter keeps appearing and Tsutomu note that the best 
    way may be to sacrifice Bakuryu Oh to save everyone and Maria says that 
    Bakuryu Oh contains no pilot so it's the best choice but Jin isn't having 
    any of that since Bakuryu Oh is their friend and suddenly both machines 
    light up and another lever pops up near the student Hiroshi and Jin. Both 
    pulled it and Bakuryu Oh and Raijin Oh combines to become GodRaijin Oh
    The Neo Getter team defeat Neo but he regenerate which surprises Gai who 
    says that Getter shouldn't have that type of power, Shou note that the 
    Plasma power is dropping, only two pilots can't bring out the Neo Getter's 
    full potential.  Neo says that they've thrown away their lives for the 
    Back at the lab, even though everything went according to procedures, the 
    Shin Getter just won't start up which pisses Gou off and he jumps into the 
    cockpit saying that he'll start it up himself. Dr. Saotome wonders what Gou 
    just did in the cockpit when the Shin Getter begins to absorb the Getter 
    Rays into itself and starts up. Outside Neo is planning to finish off the 
    Neo Getter Robo when the Getter energy begins to leave the Proto Getter and 
    exploding them in the process being gathered into Shin Getter.
    Suddenly Bat Shogun appears in his Mechasaurus and attacks the Neo Getter 
    but then suddenly the Shin Getter Robo appears. Gou tells Shou and Gai to 
    hop in and they'll use this to finish things off. Bat Shogun then orders 
    his Mechasaurus army to appear.
    The WB team then arrives and Jin says that they're slowpoke which irks 
    Akimi a bit though she sees that the RaijinOh is different. Jin proudly 
    presents the GodRaijinOh and challenge Akimi to a showdown of whose power 
    up is better against the Dinosaur Empire. Maria tells Jin to quit it and 
    Bright tells Akimi to cut the small talk and deploy.
    However more troops from Muge including Desgaia and Reginia appear. Fairy 
    tells Akimi that it's Reginia and she will not be someone you can try to 
    convince so their only recourse is to fight. Desgaia does not understand 
    why they have to target this lab and this Getter Robo but Shapiro says that 
    they do not understand the power of Getter. If the Earthling ever manages 
    to Mass Produce it then there will be problem. Ryou note that the Muge 
    seems to be targeting facility in Japan a little too precisely; it's as if 
    they know the inner working of the Federation. Sarah thinks that it might 
    be Shapiro's work but doesn't voice her opinion.
    Belzeb also arrives seeing that the RaijinOh has upgraded into God RaijinOh 
    and wants to defeat it but is beaten back. Desgaia is beaten and he note 
    that they should have brought more troops but Shapiro says that they did 
    get valuable information and they retreat. Reginia confronts the Soul 
    Lancer and note that it's Fairy's machine and she wonder how good it'll be. 
    Fairy tells Akimi to be careful since Reginia had been known to decimate an 
    entire battalion on her lonesome. After a bit of skirmish, Reginia leaves 
    and Fairy tells Akimi that Reginia is a hunter, she's probably gauging 
    their strength this time before the final blow which peeves Akimi off since 
    she thought they had her running.
    Gou is ecstatic as to the power of the Shin Getter but Shou and Gai tells 
    him to be careful since this thing is an untested machine, it's power 
    output is a lot more than Neo Getter. Bat Shogun is defeated but decides to 
    kamikaze himself onto the Shin Getter but Gou fires the Getter Beam at 
    point blank range at it killing Bat Shogun.
    At the Dinosaur Empire's fortress, Emperor Gol learns of Bat Shogun's death. 
    Gareri wants to go next but Gol says to wait until the dust clear from the 
    humans' battle with the forces from other dimension and outer space, they 
    will be weak and they can strike at once.
    Meanwhile Helrukka contacts Reginia and she informs him of Akimi and 
    Fairy's new machine and the fact that Fairy has been able to draw energy 
    from the CUBE safely. Helrukka is deep in thought at how Fairy has been a 
    thorn in his side but it's worth considering capturing that machine and 
    Fairy if it means he can know how to use the CUBE since he can't afford the 
    Earthling that knowledge since they might become a danger to his plans.
    Episode 32A
    Dr. Saotome had called Hayato in to give him the notes on Shin Getter since 
    there are many things unknown about it. He leaves the task of taking care 
    of it and Gou to Hayato. However suddenly the Dinosaur Empire decides to 
    attack again and the Neo Getter Team deploys in Shin Getter to ward it off.
    However the number is a little too great but Texas Mack arrives to help 
    although Jack doesn't hit it off with Gou calling him a monkey. Soon after, 
    the White Base team arrives to fend off the Dinosaur Empire. Afterward, 
    Jack and Mary say that they will join Shou on the battleship which irks Gou 
    since that cowboy hippie keeps calling him a monkey.
    Episode 33
    The team has a meeting on the current situation. While they've protected 
    the Saotome Institute, the Muge Empire had conquered the Phillipine. It's a 
    loss for the Feds but the main target is probably China using the 
    Phillipine as a beach head since China is the place where the MP Dragonar 
    are being created. Light note that that means the fight against the Giganos 
    is soon going to come to a head but Quattro says that it's not that easy 
    since Giganos had joined the Intergalactic Alliance. Amuro says that he's 
    curious that the Interdimensional Alliance (Muge) seems to know the Fed's 
    working a little too well which makes Sarah a little angsty.
    Bright says that they will soon head for China but they need to beef up 
    their strength a little more here.
    At the Photonic Institute, Dr. Yumi asks Jun for status on the Great 
    Mazinger and Jun says that quick patches have been applied to it so that 
    it's battle ready. Tetsuya blames himself for this disaster that they're in 
    with Great badly banged up, Mazinger Z destroyed and Kouji lost but Dr. 
    Yumi says that the enemies are also going for broke so it's not his fault.
    An alert tells Tetsuya and the others that the Kikaijuus are attacking 
    again.Boss deployed to try and stop them but suddenly Baron Ashura appears 
    in the Ashura Mazinger and fires the Photonic Beam at the Institute. Ashura 
    smirks saying that the hope of all humanity, the Photonic Institute will be 
    destroyed by it's own "former" protector, the guardian of humanity, 
    Mazinger Z. Tetsuya deploys in the Great Mazinger shouting that one other 
    guardian of humanity, Great Mazinger, is still standing.
    Dr. Yumi is told that there are more Kikaijuu on the way and they've 
    trampled through what's left of the Federation's defense. The only ship 
    capable of responding right now is the White Base team but they've just 
    finished fighting off the Dinosaur Empire at the Saotome lab so they'll 
    take some time to get here.
    Great Mazinger attacked the Kikaijuu army and Ashura Mazinger and soon the 
    White Base arrives just in time to fend off the Kikaijuu army that just 
    arrives. However Jyakku Beast also appears and Bright tells Frau to contact 
    General Bushida. Bushida says that he'll contact the EDC and get RaijinOh 
    over there as quickly as possible.
    As the team battered the Ashura Mazinger, Ashura says that the Photonic 
    Institute will feel fear at being destroyed by the robot they created. 
    Great Mazinger blocked the attack but got badly damaged. Ashura see this 
    chance and says that a Mazinger should die by the hand of a Mazinger and 
    plans to Breast Fire the Great but suddenly a mysterious new Mazinger 
    arrives destroying the path of Kikaijuu standing in front of it. Dr.Yumi is 
    aghasted and mutters "Mazinkaiser....b...but who built it...could it be?..."
    Ashura is livid and fires all of the Mazinger Z's weapons at the 
    Mazinkaiser only to find out it has no effect but one shot is all it takes 
    to destroy the transformed Z. Tetsuya thanks the pilot of the Kaiser but 
    suddenly the Kaiser attacked the Great and Dr. Yumi note that it's on a 
    rampage and can't distinct between friends or foes, it'll destroy anything 
    that moves or is in it's path.
    More Jyakku Beast appears and Akimi is angry that they seem to pop out of 
    nowhere. Fiary says that is why they need the EDC since these things can 
    cross army line as seeds and bloom into Jyakku Beast. The Raijin Oh and 
    Bakuryu Oh also arrive to fend off the Jyakku Beast.
    The Kaiser starts attacking the Photonic Lab and Sayaka rush over to stop 
    it and suddenly sees the pilot and shouted for Kouji to stop. Tetsuya 
    shouted asking if Kouji has gone crazy and fires the Breast Burn at the 
    Kaiser only for it to not affect it one bit. The Kaiser gets ready to fire 
    the Fire Blaster and Dr.Yumi tells Tetsuya to run but Tetsuya grabs the 
    Kaiser as it fires reducing the blast aimed at the Photonic Institute. The 
    result totaled the Great, damage the Institute and leaves the Kaiser dead 
    in it's track.
    Tetsuya shout that he's ok and he's getting Kouji out of the Pilder. 
    Tetsuya shouted for Kouji to wake up but Dr.Yumi says that Kouji seems to 
    have gone through a lot of shock to his nervous system so it's best to get 
    him to rest up. Bright says that they will station themselves here for the 
    time being to help out the Institute.
    In his dreams, Kouji remembers what happened, he sees the Mazinkaiser, the 
    thing that will make him more powerful than God and with the power to 
    defeat the Devil. Kouji wakes up and remembers taking the Kaiser out and 
    losing consciousness.
    Kouji asked what happen and is told that the rampaging Kaiser returned to 
    the Photonic Institute with an unconscious Kouji on it. Kouji is sorry for 
    the damage he unintentionally caused but Tetsuya says that if Kouji hadn't 
    come, Ashura would have totaled the place.
    Dr. Yumi says that he learn of Mazinkaiser since it was the ultimate 
    Mazinger created by the creator of Mazinger Z, Dr. Kabuto Juuzou. 
    Apparently if Mazinger Z or Kouji was in a crisis, the Hover Pilder's 
    emergency program would cause it to split off and head for the Kaiser's 
    location. Boss says that with the Kaiser and Borot around, they're 
    invincible but Dr.Yumi says that according to research, if the pilot isn't 
    strong enough, they could lose consciousness and the Kaiser would go into 
    berserk mode like what happened. So if Kouji still can't pilot it well 
    enough then they can't deploy the Kaiser. With Kouji's body hurt like it is, 
    there's no way. Kouji sees that as a challenge and says that he'll get good 
    enough for the Kaiser.
    Dr. Yumi then says that they have been asked to join the WB crew or rather 
    Kouji, Tetsuya, Boss, Jun and Sayaka. With the situation as it is right now, 
    most of the defense in Japan has been destroyed and they need to go protect 
    the factories in China. Once the MP Dragonar and MS are completed then the 
    Feds will have a chance to fight back and they can go on the offensive. To 
    head this charge is the WB team and all the Super Robots and MS/ Metal 
    Armour,etc that they have.
    At the Saotome Institute, Professor Saotome tells Hayato to head for China 
    since that's where all the capitals for their counter offense have gone.
    At the EDC's school, General Bushida is explaining to the EDC why the order 
    to put the RaijinOh on the WB crew has been given out. The teachers aren't 
    exactly ok with this decision but it seems like the only thing that they 
    can do to end this situation. The School will then turn into a shelter 
    fully while the EDC is away. Some in the class feel like this is a little 
    beyond them since it should be the adults who are fighting this war and 
    Bushida agrees but Tsutomu says that in a situation like this with Earth at 
    stake, there's no difference whether you're a kid or an adult. Jin says 
    that things haven't change, they're still going to protect the Earth which 
    rally the rest of the class up.
    Later on as the teachers gives Bright the responsibility of looking after 
    the kids, Jin is glad that his teacher isn't coming along and Maria says 
    that that's because Jin is thinking that he's finally going to be rid of 
    homework on the ship. However he is told that there will be classes on the 
    ship in their free time.  Jin is lost for words and his teacher then says 
    that there will be a test on what is taught in the ship.
    Later on at the bridge, Bright confess to Quattro that he heard that the 
    RaijinOh didn't come with a manual but the kids figured out how to pilot it 
    by themselves which makes Quattro wonder how they did that. Quattro says 
    that with both EDC and Photonic Institute's firepower with them, they're 
    quite stronger now.
    At Dr.Hell's lair, Dr. Hell is livid at the appearance of the Mazinkaiser 
    and plans to get even.
    Episode 33A
    Sayaka is given the new Venus Ace to use to protect the Institute before 
    they are transferred to the WB. Right now Great Mazinger is still under 
    repair so Venus Ace is all they have to protect the institute though Boss 
    says not to count him out. Kouji prayed that nothing happen.
    However Baron Ashura comes in with a horde of Kikaijuu looking for a fight 
    with Mazinkaiser. Sayaka and Boss deploy but Dr. Yumi wonders why they 
    aren't firing on the Institute at all. Tetsuya and Dr. Yumi surmise that Dr. 
    Hell may know that Kouji still isn't proficient with Mazinkaiser yet and 
    they're taking advantage of this. Sayaka is attacked and Kouji wants to 
    deploy in the Kaiser to help her but Dr. Yumi says that the enemies is 
    waiting to take advantage of that or has he forgotten what happened with 
    Mazinger Z, the worst case is that it'll become like the Ashura Mazinger 
    all over again. Tetsuya deploys in the half-repaired Great to try and bide 
    for time before the WB can comes but he doesn't last long in the half-
    repaired Great under heavy attacks from the Kikaijuus. 
    The WB team then arrives and Ashura ask his subordinates what happened to 
    the troops that were supposed to delay them and is told that it got wiped 
    The WB team joins Sayaka and Boss in defeating Ashura. Tetsuya apologizes 
    to Dr.Yumi for the destruction of the Great but Dr.Yumi says he doesn't 
    care since they have to get him to intensive care at once. Kouji ask if 
    Tetsuya will be ok but Tetsuya says that instead of worrying about him, 
    worry about how to get Kaiser under full control.
    Dr.Yumi later tells Bright that Great Mazinger is badly damaged that it may 
    not be repairable at once and the pilot is in intensive care. Tetsuya 
    apologize for having to pull out as soon as they agree to join force and 
    says that once he gets better, he will join up. Tetsuya tells Kouji that 
    he's counting on him and Kouji says that next time they meet up he'll be in 
    the Kaiser with it fully under his control.
    Episode 34
    One month ago in the Giganos Empire, a disagreement between Gildol and 
    Dolchenov over the use of the Mass Driver to attack Earth and joining 
    forces with the Intergalactic Alliance leads to Dolchenov assassinating 
    Gildol and pinning the blame on Maiyo Plato.  
    Today, Dolchenov note that everything has moved according to plan, Goum 
    Jame arrives and note that Dolchenov has it good with what he heard about 
    Maiyo assassinating Gildol and Dolchenov says that he's leaving the Earth 
    to Goum Jame which means Goum Jame can do whatever he please on Earth and 
    he's quite please since it means the age of force is here.
    At Saishou Industry, Suiun and Jinpui note that the WB has taken off and 
    Jinpui asks Suiun why he has decided to develop unmanned weaponry even 
    though he was dead set against it before. Suiun says that no matter how 
    good a machine he build, it wouldn't equal to a pilot's soul but he doesn't 
    want to see any more young blood spilled. Suiun apologize to Jinpui that 
    both their dream of creating Super Machine in the end turned out to be 
    creating weapons but Jinpui says that they can change focus after the war 
    In China, the WB has arrived at the main Federation factory and Bright says 
    that the teams that planned to strengthen themselves up should divide up 
    and go do their things. Quattro decides to take this opportunity to train 
    Camille and Judo while Ru, Emma and Elle decide to go shopping though it's 
    not pleasant shopping since Riina asks Elle to buy stuff for the others who 
    are stuck here.
    The SPT team splits from Bright to go look over the SPT line that the Feds 
    are manufacturing (the Dolls) These SPTs will be used primarily against the 
    Gradosian SPT. Dr. Elizabeth tells Eiji that they can use the facility here 
    to upgrade Layzner or create a new Lazyner frame to move Rei/ Fauron into. 
    Eiji choose the new Layzner frame although he says that explaining things 
    to Fauron will be hard.
    Akimi meets up with Dr. Plato who's looking for Kaine. Akimi says that 
    Kaine probably went to town though Dr. Plato says that he told Kaine that 
    he was going to show them the MP Dragonar, the Dragoon's production line. 
    Fairy is an old acquaintance of Dr.Plato and congratulates him on the 
    finishing of the Dragoon but Dr.Plato says that they still need new data 
    input to make it strong since they use all three Dragonar's data and 
    However suddenly the alarm sounds and Akimi scramble. Dr. Plato notes that 
    this is a good time to test the Dragoons.
    Outside, Quattro, Judo and Camille have return from training and see the 
    enemies and begin to engage. Akimi appears and so does the Dragoon. The 
    Dragoon troops say that they will get to see the fruition of their 
    trainings and manage to down one enemy Metal Armour.
    Meanwhile Kaine and the rest of the D-Team has return and note that their 
    MP counterpart has gone one up ahead of them and deploy which doesn't make 
    them look good. Kaine and the other run to the Dragonar to deploy.
    The Goum Jame troops arrives and some more Dragoons appear to try and fight 
    them but Goum Jame begins to demolish them but soon after the Dragonars 
    appear to fight off the Goum Jame troops.
    The WB and Gandol also appear and join in the battle but so does Zeon 
    forces led by Ragan and the Purus. Kaine and the others defeated Goum Jame 
    and he beats a retreat for now. Judo targets Puru and is surprised that she 
    doesn't seem to harbour any will to kill at all. Puru tells Judo to play 
    and Judo asks how and she attacks. Ronmel attacks Quattro and is surprised 
    at how good he is (former red comet and all) Quattro note that Ronmel is 
    quite good.  Ronmel and Ragan along with the Purus are beaten but the hits 
    keep on coming as Boida from the Zarl arrives to make trouble and so does 
    Ondron from the Robot Empire.
    In secret, Desgaia ask Shapiro if it's ok holding back like this since all 
    those Intergalactic Alliance are taking all the glory but Reginia says that 
    once the team are finished with all the Intergalactic Alliance then they 
    will make their move.
    Eiji arrives in the new Layzner MkII and Kouji note that everyone is 
    fighting but he's grounded like this, he hates it, he won't hide and 
    neither will Mazinkaiser. Kouji then takes off in the Kaiser Pilder and 
    shouts "Mazin Go, Pilder On!!" Mazinkaiser arrives which shocks Boss and 
    Sayaka who ask if he can really tame the Kaiser and Kouji says that he'll 
    manage somehow through guts and determination. He fires the Rust Tornado 
    and note that he felt that through the Feedback. Boss shout that he'd 
    better get the Kaiser under control quick
    The team defeated the Zarl and the Robot Empire and Dr. Plato congratulates 
    the Dragonar team saying that the Dragonar will be reborn and strengthened. 
    In secret, Desgaia can't believe that the team managed to defeat the 
    Intergalactic Alliance troop that attacked and Shapiro says that human may 
    be fools but they are good at fighting and now that the Intergalactic 
    Alliance had been dealt a blow, they won't be able to move freely on Earth 
    which leaves them free to do what they want.
    At the dock, Kaine is glad that their mech is getting a power up and he and 
    Tapp see Rose and Linda and Diane as well. Light ask why they didn't come 
    and tell them but Diane says that the trio went into town before they could 
    meet. Linda and the other two have been helping Dr.Plato in his research. 
    Kaine asks if she's ok with working with her father that she disliked but 
    Linda says that she dislike the ideals that her father worked with but she 
    does like her dad.
    Hatsuki tells the Dancougar team that the Gandol had been strengthened and 
    refurbished and it will be part of the WB force that head into outer space. 
    Bright says that now that they've protected the factories, the Federation 
    will soon be pumping out Gms, Doll and Dragoon to fight the various enemies 
    in the counter attack.
    Alan takes over explaining that the plan includes going back to North and 
    South America to pick up the Resistance that opted to stay behind. The 
    objective is to go aid them since Ru Kaine has begin wiping them out in 
    earnest and supply them with the MS/SPT/ Metal Armour that they mass-
    produced and regroup all of them in secret Federation base that are left 
    standing. With this they will manage to up the Federation's force and bases 
    by a lot.
    Episode 34A
    In town, Camille complains to himself that Faa had the nerve to ask him to 
    come pick up all the stuff that she had to abandoned when they had to 
    scramble previously. He meets Four who asks for a ride back to base 
    introducing herself as a Federation officer. They hit it off quite well. 
    Enemies attacks again and Camille and the others scramble and Four later 
    joins in as well in the ReGZ. After the battle is over, Four tells Bright 
    that she is assigned to the White Base and Bright commends her on her 
    skills and ask if she had pass lots of battlefield but Four says that it's 
    not exactly like that.
    At the cafeteria, Akimi and the others are talking about Four and Akimi 
    wonders if she's half Japanese what with the last name Murasame but Alan 
    says that Four is a product of the Murasame Lab, an enhanced human. Chris 
    says that she's heard of that lab when the Alex was in production, she 
    wonders if the Feds can really stoop that low to experiment on humans. Alan 
    says that a bunch of them such as Jamitov Haiman and Basku Ohm are but 
    fortunately the lab was ordered close and those two were court martialed 
    thanks to General Igol and Four is sent here for her own sake. (And thus 
    the plot of Zeta pretty much never exist here, so Jerid is probably still 
    somewhere far far away)  Everyone agree that Four isn't to blame for her 
    condition and they should work together with her.
    Quattro and Bright receive the news from General Igor and while Quattro is 
    still worried, Lalah says that Camille is around so Four should be ok.
    Episode 34B
    Light receives a letter from an old friend informing him that his favourite 
    teacher had passed away and Ken and Tapp feels sorry for him. Light says 
    that what's even sadder is that he doesn't feel that sharp pain in his 
    heart when a loved one passed away. He's gotten too used to seeing death on 
    the battlefield.
    The enemies attack and the team fends them off. Tapp note back at the 
    cafeteria that they really do get used to this but Kaine says that not to 
    worry about it and let's go have some fun.Sarge Ben and Dr. Plato comes in 
    saying that the Dragoons for them are ready (not that they're as useful as 
    the Dragonar and there's no one else to put them in) but Dr. Plato says 
    that should something happen to the Dragonar or if it needs lengthy repair, 
    they'll still be able to use the Dragoons to sortie.
    Episode 35
    Things aren't going too well at Grados capital. Many Gradosian soliders are 
    downright disgusted at Ru Kine's Empire of the superior ideal where the 
    talented whether they are Earthling or Gradosian will make up the ruling 
    class. They believe that they are superior because they're Gradosian, the 
    conqueror and that Ru Kine ordered all the Station Satellite destroyed 
    because he fear reprisal from the mother planet. Of course this doesn't sit 
    well with Ru Kine who eavesdrop on them and shoot them dead.
    Depressed about all this, Ru Kine blames it all on his dad. His mood 
    doesn't improve when Julia says that she is leaving and he forbids her to 
    leave but she does anyway. 
    When a solider asks him if they should restrain Julia, Ru Kine says to let 
    her do as she please
    News of Julia's departure hit the resistance who remained behind and in 
    Seattle, where Julia is in; Commander Kabuto had trailed her and decide to 
    use her to lure the resistance out. He begins his attacks killing them.
    Eiji and the SPT team arrive along with Daltanious to stop him which 
    Commander Kabuto says that he'll destroy the Daltanious to get glory from 
    Emperor Dolmen for his army.
    The WB arrives and Hayato asks Alan if there's a resistance base near here 
    and Alan says that the resistance had gathered here and radioed them. He is 
    told that the Gusco Holy Lady had been used as a lure to draw resistance 
    and civilians out to be killed and Alan tells Eiji to retrieve the Gusco 
    Holy Lady or his sister Julia Asuka. This shocks Eiji but he says he's up 
    to the task. Eiji rush in and gets Julia back to the WB saying that they'll 
    talk afterward and Julia says that she has something to tell Eiji and the 
    WB crew.
    When Ru Kine hears of the attack by Kabuto, he is incensed that Kabuto 
    would fight the WB and target the Gusco Holy Lady without his permission 
    and under advice by Roan, orders a squad to be sent out to attack the WB. 
    Goztello asks to be a part of the squad and is told that this is his last 
    Goztello and his team arrive and Kabuto orders all his troops deployed. 
    They all got beaten in record time and Bright orders all available 
    personnel to do rescue and evac on the city ruins immediately.
    The Dragonar team asks about the Gusco holy lady and is told that stories 
    of her being the holy lady originate from South America near Gusco who 
    works for coexistence between humanity and Grados. Some of the Gradosian 
    here have begun to support her cause.
    Eiji asks why Julia chose to keep her existence a secret, he thought she 
    was dead. Is this because he killed Gale Sempai? Julia says that is a 
    matter of the past. Once she abandoned the army, she went to Gusco and 
    learned of something that she must do, to heal the world. Their paths are 
    different because he chose to fight but Julia tells him to do what he needs 
    to do. There will come a time when she will tell all to him but she needs 
    to know the opinions of the people on the White Base
    Commander Kroppen of the Zarl Army is very displeased with Kabuto and 
    Poinda. He tells them to come back to Zarl and to leave the Earth to Nechia 
    who managed to take over Jaburo. This is Emperor Dolmen's decision. 
    Elsewhere Ondron of the Robot Empire is told by Zakuron to take all his 
    force and return home. Emperor Dolmen had ordered their defense line beefed 
    up which is why the forces here are need since the Interdimensional 
    Alliance seems to be up to something.
    Ru Kine is not pleased with the result and note that the WB not only took 
    out their forces but a Zarl fleet led by Kabuto as well. He ordered another 
    attack to be prep against the team.
    Back at the White Base, Dr. Elizabeth note that it's quite ironic that 
    someone against military strengthening like her had to be the one who 
    created the Doll SPT but David says that it can't be helped but that set 
    off another debate on the meaning of life, liberty and the death that war 
    brings between the Layzner crew. Eiji ends it saying that fighting can't be 
    avoided for now but he still holds hope that Earth and Grados can find a 
    way to coexist. Eiji return to Julia with the others' opinions and Julia 
    tells Eiji to bring her to Gusco.
    Julia tells Bright and everyone the secret between Grados and the Earth, 
    that of the Gradosian coming to Earth to give the Earthling culture and 
    technology and left behind a part of their civilization at Gusco, the 
    Grados Seal. Alan note that the enemies had been concentrating on South 
    America and Julia says that the legend of the Grados seal had probably 
    reach the other empires but misinterpreted into being a grand weapon. 
    Bright, Quattro and Alan note that it might be best to go there.
    Akimi wonder if this Grados Seal is the CUBE but Fairy says that from 
    Julia's description, it seems different but it's possible that ancient 
    Gradosian might have knowledge and ways to control the CUBE in the seal 
    which is worth an investigation.
    Episode 36
    Mondo and Beecha aren't exactly thrilled to go wading into the enemy 
    stronghold in South America but Shutekken says that they are fighting for 
    the peace of the universe, those without the resolves have no meaning to be 
    on this ship but Diego tells him not to scare the runts like that and 
    Beecha says that there's a difference between bravery and plain stupidity. 
    Quattro says that the enemy will probably be concentrating all their 
    firepower to guard Jaburo and not Gusco which has no strategic meaning. 
    This means that they can take it back if only for a while to use the power 
    of the seal and then retreat. Quattro then note that in order to succeed, 
    it's best if they had feint operation to divert some of the enemies' 
    firepower and attention and Alan says that they'll let the resistance and 
    the Federation soliders do that.
    At the Grados capital, Ru Kine learns of the WB's movement and after some 
    consultation from Roan, decides to dispatch a fleet to destroy them noting 
    that their movement after being in contact with the Gusco Holy Lady 
    deserves attention.
    At the Zarl's fortress, Commander Neshia is informed of the human's 
    movement and she makes plan to deal with them thinking that they're here to 
    take back Jaburo.
    The WB team arrives and note that there's not much firepower guarding it 
    and decides to attack to regain the Gusco seal. Akimi wonders if the enemy 
    could use the power of the seal on them before they take back the place but 
    Eiji says that if they can use the seal as a weapon then there would 
    probably be more guards and Julia confirms that the only one who can use 
    the seal is those with Gradosian and Human blood in their body, or half 
    blooded like her and possibly Eiji.
    The battle begins and the Zarl forces is shocked that the WB's firepower is 
    being concentrated on taking the Gusco seal back and decides to contact 
    Neshia for help. At Jaburo, the Federation forces note that they've stalled 
    for time long enough and pull out before Neshia brings out the full Zarl 
    forces. Neshia is then inform of the WB's movement and tells her 
    subordinates to use all the forces there and nearby to stop them from 
    taking the Gusco seal and she will go there shortly with more 
    The team dispatched the enemy forces there and Eiji leads Julia to the seal. 
    Julia note that their forefathers once set off for space here but now their 
    descendant having come back to this place are now called aliens. Their 
    forefathers must have predicted something like this might happened which is 
    why they created the Gusco seal. Julia says that she still believes that 
    talking face to face is the best way to solve the problem which is why she 
    was reluctant to use it but if needless bloodshed can be avoided though 
    this then, she will use it.
    Eiji escort Julia in and Akimi note that the seal seems like any old ruins 
    here.   Akimi suddenly notes that the energy readings of the Soul Lancer 
    are going off the scales. Fairy says that the engine is in rest mode so 
    they're not manually drawing more power from the CUBE, the power is 
    actually going up by itself. The CUBE is resonating with the energy from 
    the seal. Akimi might have been correct in guessing that the seal uses the 
    power of the CUBE. Grados forces arrive and Akimi note that if they don't 
    take care of those enemies, then they won't have time to investigate the 
    seal. Under advice from Roan, Ru Kine agrees not to deploy but sends in the 
    remaining Death Ogre squad instead. Quattro says that they'll have to 
    protect the seal and says that more enemy forces may be coming.
    Quattro is right since Goztello appears, not having died from the last 
    battle but he and the Death Ogre squad doesn't last long. Neshia however 
    arrives and deploys her troops along with Ru Kine adding in the troops that 
    he detained from the previous assault along with deploying himself letting 
    Roan leave to do the commanding. Roan is shocked but accepts. Bright note 
    that they might be able to make a run for it if they create an opening but 
    Gou and Kento are against that so Bright says that they will fight to the 
    end and Akimi asks if the Lancer is still at full capacity. Fairy says it 
    is and Akimi says that she's not going to let the boys get all the glory.
    Anna tells Eiji that there's been no contact from Julia since she entered 
    but suddenly says that the top of the seal is shining and Julia's image 
    comes out saying that she is broadcasting all over the world. Julia says 
    that Earth has come into contact with people from other world but many on 
    both side have chosen to war with each others. It may be that it is too 
    soon for people to overcome the barrier of understanding those that come 
    from another planet which is why they must now count on the wisdom of their 
    elder. She is activating the seal of Grados. With it, traveling from the 
    solar system into outer space will be completely shut down. She hopes that 
    with this act, the people from outer space that are left on Earth will 
    decide to find the path of coexistence with those on Earth.
    Hearing this, Neshia half believes it and decides to destroy the seal 
    before it activates, however for many Grados troops, having lost the 
    Satellite Station, if they can't even go back to their planet, the normal 
    way, then they'll be stranded on Earth. The Gradosian soliders ask Roan to 
    order a full scale assault but Roan then tells them to withdraw. The 
    soliders suddenly realize Roan's deceit but Roan fires a warning shot 
    saying that he rigged the ship to explode, consider this the payoff of a 
    long term undercover sting operation by the Resistance Army.
    Roan contacts Eiji saying that he's pulling the Grados fleet out. Ru Kine 
    tries to reestablish control but finds that the channel his troops use has 
    been jammed. The Gradosian soliders in the capital are in turmoil not 
    knowing what's happening and what to do which is perfect for the resistance 
    army. Neshia decides that whatever the case, they must attack and starts to 
    do so.
    Neshia however gets beaten by Daltanious and is unable to eject to safety. 
    Kento chuckles a bit saying that they finally got a big one down. Ru Kine 
    is beaten by Eiji and note that his dreams which he murdered his father to 
    try and achieve is gone. Roan calls in and asks him to understand that he 
    is at first and foremost an Earthling. Ru Kine says that he might have been 
    fooled but they did share something together, he'll be back sooner or later 
    and until then, Roan can keep his life.
    The battle is over and the team asked Julia what she did and Julia says 
    that she has sealed off this section of the galaxy. It is now impossible to 
    travel beyond this solar system. Daba, Prince Mito and the Baxinger team 
    says that that's quite inconvienient for them considering that they have 
    things back to do in their home planet. Being stranded for life on another 
    planet was not on the table. Julia says that there is a way around the seal 
    which is to use a key of the same energy of the seal to penetrate the seal 
    temporarily. That key is with the team and Akimi and Fairy then realize 
    that it's the CUBE inside Soul Lancer. It seems that the ancient Gradosian 
    really did know the technology of the CUBE.
    Quattro note that this changes the battlefield a lot, the Intergalactic 
    Alliance troops here are stranded and their reinforcements cannot come in. 
    They can pick off the stranded one or negotiate with them to surrender. 
    It'll also give them time to deal with other problems such as Giganos/ Zeon 
    and ready their troops safely so that they can counterattack. Diego added 
    that with this they can also head off to outer space safely and tackle one 
    problem at a time without worrying about the home front afterward.
    Julia says that she did not do this so they would have a military advantage 
    but she did it because she thinks that it will lead to further 
    understanding between Grados and humanity. Diego apologizes. Everyone note 
    that they'll have to protect Soul Lancer once they go back into outer space 
    and Akimi note that she's going to be like a princess with her knights 
    protecting her which Jin says is quite stupid of Akimi and Fairy looks a 
    bit cross as well.
    Later on, Akimi asks Fairy if she's still angry at her for that little joke 
    but Fairy says that the Interdimensional Alliance have CUBE technology 
    through the Guardisword as well so they have gained an advantage at the 
    very least over the Intergalactic Alliance and they are still free to 
    attack Earth with their troops and reinforcements. She can't help but 
    wondered if this outcome was preorchestrated by them. Akimi says that Fairy 
    might be imagining things.
    Episode 37
    Desgaia is not happy about relocating troops into space since they just got 
    done conquering the Phillipines but Shapiro says that now is the time to 
    pursue the Intergalactic Alliance and crush them. Gildrome voices his 
    concern that the Grados Seal seems to be interfering with their 
    communication with Emperor Muge and Helmatt says that if so then they 
    should blast it to smithereens. Shapiro says that even if they destroy it, 
    it won't revert things back to the way it was or the Intergalactic Alliance 
    would have tried it but his information from Guardisword had predicted it 
    and they have come up with a way to bypass it. For now they should use this 
    chance to take out the Intergalactic Alliance stranded armies and leave the 
    task of contacting Muge to Reginia.
    Back at the White Base team, the team receives an SOS from NESA base in 
    Japan telling them that the Dinosaur Empire are on the move with Gol 
    transmitting his image all over the world proclaiming that the age of 
    humanity is over, with this ancient relique, a big UFO  that he uncovered, 
    it's power puts him leagues above humanity. To demonstrate it's power, Gol 
    wipes out NESA base in one shot.
    General Igol and Dr. Saotome then calls in saying that Gol is headed for 
    Japan and they need the WB forces back in Japan ASAP. Quattro then alerts 
    Watta, Akimi and the Getter team to fly on ahead first since they were 
    originally based in Japan and get resupplied quickly (to cover the energy 
    cost of flying back) and detain the Dinosaur Empire forces until the WB 
    makes it back. Jack and Mary also volunteers to go on ahead as well
    In Japan, the last of the Gm forces protecting it fell to the Mechasaurus 
    and General Igol launches a barrage of missiles at the UFO only to have no 
    effect against it's barrier. Gol laughs off the attack but suddenly  Gou in 
    the Shin Getter comes in and starts attacking Mechasaurus shouting that as 
    long as Shin Getter is standing, the people of Earth is going to be 
    protected. The other three arrives but Galeri also appears saying that 
    he'll take them all on. The four fights the Mechasaurus but Akimi note that 
    the four of them are being overwhelmed. Fairy tells Akimi to hang on since 
    the WB will be here soon.
    Suddenly Judo and Elle appears saying that it's a good thing they decide to 
    come. Akimi thanks them but then ask if Bright ordered it to which Judo 
    fumbles for words. Ru Rukka then appears along with Slegga and Sayla saying 
    that Judo is such a trouble maker and Elle shouldn't have taken the G- 
    Flyer out since it's just been delivered to them. Elle says that without it 
    the MkII can't fly which lets Ru snaps out "THAT'S NOT THE POINT!!" Slegga 
    tells her to calm down and Sayla says that they should focus on the enemies 
    to which Judo agrees.
    During the battle, at the refugee shelter, Puru rans out smiling and going 
    Purupuru puru prompting General Bushida asking her where the heck she's 
    going, it's dangerous outside. Puru says that her heart is pounding and she 
    thinks it's a good feeling and it's coming from that pilot of the ZZ. She 
    deploys in the Quebley Mk II and goes to grab Judo and ask if he came to 
    see her. Judo half-remembered Puru (technically I think he's faking it) as 
    Puru tells Judo to play with her. Judo says he's a little busy right now 
    and asked if she's Zeon but Puru says that she got bored and left so let's 
    play. Ru tells Judo to back away since it's probably a trick but Judo says 
    that it's not and Elle backs him up since she's known Judo for a long time. 
    Ru can't believe this but suddenly the Mechasaurus blast hits near Judo 
    angering Puru and Judo tells Puru that they'll play kick the Mechasaurus's 
    butt. Whoever kicks more butts win.
    Galeri is defeated but he comes back in an even bigger mech but is defeated 
    nonetheless. Akimi however note that no matter how hard they try, they 
    can't pierce the barrier and thus attack the UFO directly. Fairy says that 
    they'll have to give up on it since they're wasting precious energy. Gou 
    note that not even Getter Beam is doing damage. Gol deploys more 
    Mechasaurus and General Igol tells the team here to fall back but Gou 
    doesn't want to run but Sleggar says that they're going to fall if they 
    stay here. Puru then says that reinforcement is here as the WB team finally 
    Judo is ecstatic that help is here though Camille says not to get too happy 
    since he plans on setting Judo straight the moment this is all over. The 
    battle continues but Gol keeps sending out Mechasaurus reinforcements. 
    Bright note that they have to do something about the ship and orders all 
    cannons fired at it but still not a scratch. Dr. Shikishima then appears on 
    the communication channel and says that that won't do it, leave it to him. 
    Ryouma asks Hayato if he actually let this mad scientist loose to do as he 
    wants and Hayato says that he's the ace in the hole now isn't he?
    Dr. Shikishima whips up a Pulse Gun that he state will destroy any type of 
    barrier. It's semi effective and Hayato tells Shou to use the Getter Drill 
    to weaken the barrier even more. Watta also decides to join in and use the 
    Trider Bird Attack and totally cracks the barrier. Gol then decides to come 
    out with his last troops of Mechasaurus to decide things with the human and 
    the WB team feels immense pressure from Gol but Gou says not to be scar 
    because it's time for the finale.
    Jack and Mary targets Gol and says that it's time to shoot the big rodent. 
    Gou attacks but Gol says that he has evolved beyond the point of Getter Ray 
    to harm him. Gou says that he's going to finish this. Gol says that they 
    ruled the Earth first but those that came after like the human manage to 
    control the surface world thanks to luck and Getter Ray. Shou and Gai ask 
    why Gol didn't consider living together but Gol is adamant about grinding 
    the worm/humanity to dust. Gou tells the two to quit it, this is a battle 
    and not time for reasoning. Gol then attacks the Shin Getter relentlessly 
    but Gou shout that he doesn't have the Empire's hope behind him like  Gol 
    does, he's fighting for himself and he ain't gonna lose. He may not have 
    much strength left but in a battle of endurance, spirits and guts always 
    Gou tells the two to get up and Gol note that the Getter Ray seems to be 
    building, Ryouma, Hayato and Dr. Saotome sees it as well and Dr. Saotome 
    note that the Neo Getter Team are being engulfed by Getter energy. Hayato 
    tells them to focus and Ryouma tells Gou not to use force to push it back 
    but to feel it with his mind. Gou then note that he knows... the power of 
    Getter. Shin Getter then turns into Jin Getter and crushes Gol in one stab 
    ending the battle.
    After the battle, Hayato asks Ryouma what he plans to do now and Ryouma 
    says that this is not his place anymore and his successors have things well 
    in hand so he's getting off. Hayato then asks him to take care of the Lab 
    and Dr. Saotome while they're gone and Ryouma tells Musashi that their long 
    battle is finally over.
    Meanwhile at Bardos Island, Dr. Hell is informed of the destruction of the 
    Dinosaur Empire and tells his troops to ready his force, the time to strike 
    is now when they're tired and weakened.
    Episode 38
    Elle and Judo are forced to help unload containers during the White Base's 
    resupplies as punishment for what happened earlier with Karen and Ryu 
    supervising to make sure they don't goof off. Ryu then asks Puru to keep 
    watch over Judo to make sure he don't goof off since he's needed elsewhere 
    with Elle muttering that this is the worst.
    Suddenly the alarm sounds with Shiro running in to tell everyone that an 
    enemy is attacking and to get ready to scramble. As for the unloading, 
    they'll let the staff on the base take care of it and Elle note that they 
    sure are lucky.
    At the bridge, everyone learns that Dr. Hell is mounting a major offensive 
    due to the Federation being at the lowest ebb after the Dinosaur Empire's 
    attack. General Igol asks the WB team to rush in and take care of Dr. 
    Hell's main force at the moving fortress, Bardos Island.
    The Federation forces along the coastline try their best to stop Dr. Hell's 
    advancement but are wiped out. Dr. Hell note that the only thing of concern 
    is Mazinkaiser and the WB team with it's troops of powerful robot. Ashura 
    then appears telling Dr. Hell that there is nothing to worry and beg Dr. 
    Hell for a final chance by becoming the head of his most powerful Kikaijuu. 
    Seeing this loyalty, Dr. Hell then says that he'll grant Ashura's wishes.
    The team arrives only to find the Fed forces wiped out but Puru says that 
    it's ok, they all escaped through the escape pod but Bright tells Puru not 
    to come running around the bridge during operation time and asks Frau to 
    remove her to Puru's dismay.
    Kouji deploys in the Kaiser and Dr. Hell deploys his Kikaijuu troops with 
    the other charging in after Kouji's lead. More Kikaijuu appear but so does 
    Great Mazinger. Jun says that they are in time and tells Dr.Yumi that the 
    Great Mazinger Tetsuya is piloting is the true Great Mazinger that they 
    found in Dr.Kabuto's hidden lair while the original one was just a 
    prototype. THIS Great Mazinger is much more powerful than the other one. 
    Tetsuya says that now that the grandest of the brave has arrived he won't 
    let the Kikaijuu do as they please. Dr. Hell is incense that Tsurugi 
    Tetsuya has returned to challenge him once more and deploys more Kikaijuu 
    but Tetsuya starts dropping them left and right telling Kouji to head for 
    Bardos Island while he takes care of things here. After downing a couple 
    more, Tetsuya shouted "How's that Kikaijuu? Had enough taste of Great's 
    true power?" and he then shouts that he's on his way to aid Kouji and the 
    The team arrives on Bardos Island but Dr. Hell then deploys his most 
    Kikaijuu, the Gordol which is piloted by a modified Ashura. After an attack 
    from Ashura, Kouji note that the Mazinkaiser is acting strange and suddenly 
    a light flood the cockpit.
    Kouji hears a voice telling him that he has proven himself as Mazinkaiser's 
    true pilot and now it's true power will be unsealed, the power of the 
    Kaiser Blade. The Kaiser Scrander then appears and Jun says that the Kaiser 
    Scrander was made for Kaiser to fly. Kouji then Scrander Cross and draws 
    out the Kaiser Blade, ready to finish things off with Ashura.
    A concentrated attack brought Ashura to his knee but he then charges Kaiser 
    with a mad on spouting things about the pain of the Kikaijuu and his 
    torment that he will pay back but Kouji then shouted back "Oh shut up" and 
    cleaves him with the Kaiser Blade. Ashura apologize to Dr. Hell and then 
    Kouji then approaches Dr. Hell and says that there's no place left to run. 
    Dr. Hell then commends them on being powerful, the most powerful group ever. 
    Why do they waste all those powers on protecting those worthless worms 
    anyway when they should be ruling them? Is it out of some misplaced love 
    for the world? Gou smirk sadistically and says that he has none of that, 
    he's fighting for himself. This amuses Dr. Hell and he says that he's 
    really intrigued with Gou and makes an offer of all of them working 
    together to just go wild on the world and do as they please. 
    Kouji says that he'll have none of that, he's not going to be god or the 
    devil and Gou says that he doesn't like Dr. Hell anyway. Dr. Hell says that 
    he'll admit to their victory today but he'll be back, count on that. Bardos 
    Island starts to explode and Bright order everyone to pull back. Tetsuya 
    tells Kouji to pull back but Kouji says that he has to see Dr. Hell dead 
    first. An explosion engulfed both and after it clears, Kaiser is nowhere to 
    be seen. Tetsuya note that Kouji won't die that easily and he is proven 
    correct as Mazinkaiser emerges from the cloud, without a speck on it. Kouji 
    shouted "Sorry to worry you guys, but Kabuto Kouji here is invincible"
    Later on, Quattro note that with the Dinosaur Empire and Dr. Hell out of 
    the way, they're clear to take on Giganos and Zeon. The remnant troops of 
    Dr. Hell, Intergalactic Alliance/ Zeon/ Giganos on Earth can be taken cared 
    of by the Feds and their MP Gms/ Dragoon/Dolls army. Dr. Plato says that 
    specifically, they need to take care of Dolchenov and Gihren Zabi since all 
    the people of Giganos and Zeon aren't bad. Some are still fighting for the 
    independence they believe in, these are the one that can be talked to and 
    join forces with to fight against the Intergalactic/ Interdimensional 
    Back at the base, Beecha, Mondo, Iino are noting that a lot of stuffs are 
    being put on the WB for it's counter offense against Zeon/Giganos. Iino 
    says that they seem to be more involved in this than just being tagalong 
    now and Beecha says that they're not knee deep in the war; they're up to 
    their neck in it. There's no turning back now.
    Suddenly a loud explosion comes from nearby and it is confirmed as an enemy 
    attack. At the bridge, it is confirmed that it is meteor hurled by the Mass 
    Driver on the Giganos moon base. Originally it wasn't meant to be used this 
    way but Dolchenov has other plans. At Abaoque, Gihren compliment Dolchenov 
    for working well with his plans. This turn of events show that Giganos/ 
    Zeon might be going for a scorched Earth policy now that most of their 
    troops has gone back into space which means that the team needs to speed up 
    their offensive against Giganos and take out the Mass Driver.
    At her room, Kaine asks Linda what's wrong and Linda says that she is 
    worried that Kaine is going to be warring with her family, her brother is 
    Maiyo Plato of the Giganos army. This news shock Kaine that his 
    girlfriend's brother is his arch-nemesis on the battlefield.
    Episode 38A
    Mondo and Beecha note that there's another shipment for the WB and another 
    shipment being send into space consisting of Gm/ Dragoons/Doll. The Feds 
    are really putting out all the stops to win the war.Elle says that to 
    decide things in one stroke like that is like a man. Beecha decide to take 
    that advice and try to hit up on Elle again only to receive a slap.
    Amuro is running battle simulation on his computer in his room since lot of 
    new enemies had shown up. Ryu come in and tells Amuro to come with him 
    since the Full Armour parts for the Gundam has arrived. With it the 
    Gundam's firepower will be increased though it'll be heavier and less 
    maneuverable. Quattro tells Amuro that he'll let Amuro decide what to use 
    in each occasion.
    At Saisho Industry, Akimi tells Jinpui to hurry up the repair/ resupply on 
    Soul Lancer since they need to hurry back to the White Base for it to 
    launch into space.
    At the WB, an alarm sound showing Giganos /Zeon forces converging near the 
    base. The WB deploys and Shiro tells them that most of their forces have 
    retreated back into space, why are they still fighting? The Giganos/ Zeon 
    troops say that they chose to stay behind and they'll use every last 
    machine/ personnel they have today to at least do heavy damage to the WB. 
    The WB team deploys and defeated them all but Grados remnants also appeared. 
    They say if they are forced to live on Earth then they'll attack and get 
    some provisions and materials from the Federation base. Of course they too 
    get defeated.
    After the battle, Shiro is depressed as to why these soliders would throw 
    away their lives like this and Aina tells him that many people fight for 
    different things, some fight for the sake of the glory of their country. 
    Aina tells Shiro that they are too deep in the war now to get out and leave 
    the others behind. No matter what cruel future may come, she'll bear it as 
    long as she's with him.
    Episode 39
    General Igol and Bushida note that the WB is gone and in the end they had 
    to rely on the young ones again. General Igol says that they still have 
    things to do, they must keep Earth safe while the WB is out in space.
    The White Base has made it out into outerspace to rendezvous with Wakken's 
    troops to take out the Mass Driver. Wakken's troop has been slowly 
    advancing towards the Moon and deflecting debris that the Mass Driver is 
    hurling towards Earth. Wakken tells Bright that the WB and one of his 
    troops will make up the forces that will invade the Moon while the rest 
    takes out the other forces/debris.
    Meanwhile Shapiro has learned of the WB movement and note that they don't 
    know about his plans and he can use this.
    The Zeon/Giganos forces at the base panicked when they see a large 
    Federation fleet but no reinforcements are coming since they are all being 
    stationed at Abaoque to make Zeon/Giganos's last stand, it's up to them to 
    defend this base. The Zeon/Giganos troops deploy every MS and ships they 
    have. The battle is fierce and Wakken sends in more troops as the Salamis 
    troops on the Moon falls
    The team manages to defeat the Zeon/Giganos fleet and Wakken says that his 
    team will send in occupation force to round up the troops guarding the Mass 
    Driver Base and use it later on to help send forces to attack Abaoque. 
    However when the landing party arrives, Helmut and Shapiro's forces arrive 
    and Helmut says that they've been waiting for this moment, since when the 
    ships are sending in landing parties, they are sitting ducks. Helmut 
    destroys the four Salamis containing the landing party. Shapiro plans to 
    take over the Mass Driver for his own use in conquering Earth. He has 
    Desgaia and Gildrome attacks Wakken's Federation fleet so that no more 
    reinforcements can come.
    However four Metal Armours arrives. They are Maiyo Plato and the Practice. 
    The Practice group are adamant about following Maiyo to the end of the 
    Earth since they do not believe in Dolchenov. Maiyo thanks them and says 
    that they will rescue the Giganos/ Zeon soliders here since most of them 
    are not in line with Dolchenov's vision but are only here because they are 
    soliders. Maiyo tells the soliders to start boarding escape shuttles while 
    he and the Practice provides cover. Shapiro and Helmut's ship are badly 
    damaged by the team and are forced to retreat. The escape shuttle launches 
    and Maiyo note that he and the Practice no longer has any energy left to 
    escape from the Moon so he's planning to surrender to the Feds.
    Dr. Plato and Linda are surprised to see Maiyo contacting the WB and asking 
    for surrender. The WB recovers Maiyo and the Practice and Maiyo then tells 
    the WB team that Gihren and Dolchenov has planned to use the Mass Driver as 
    a lure to draw a lot of Federation fleet in and self-destruct it, they have 
    to get out of here. Bright says that if so then they have to recover the 
    Federation soliders that may have escaped from the fleets that got sunk in 
    trying to take over the place. 
    Of course Shapiro doesn't know that and send in more forces. Maiyo and the 
    Practice then redeploy to help out the WB with Dr. Plato says that he did 
    emergency repair and resupply for them. Shapiro then pulls out all the 
    stops and sends in a fleet to destroy the WB. Alan sees this and plans to 
    kamikaze himself and the Black Wing into them to create a diversion for the 
    WB to escape but Shinobu and the others stop him saying that they are also 
    General Igol's "children" and they won't let Alan do such a foolhardy thing. 
    Shinobu says that he'll use Dancougar to take out those enemies. Suddenly 
    the Aggressive Beast mode of both Dancougar and BlackWing roar to life in 
    rhythm combining the two into Final Dancougar (as Prof. Hatsuki puts it) 
    This is possible because their will are now one which activate the latent 
    power and combination.
    Shinobu doesn't know what Hatsuki is yammering about but he does know that 
    they now have more power than they need and Dancoukogaken the enemy fleet. 
    The WB makes it's escape but Shapiro deploys in his mech to try and take 
    them out. Dancougar blocks it and the collision open the hatch on Shapiro's 
    mech which makes Sarah realize that Shapiro was behind this. Shapiro tells 
    Sarah that's there's still time for her to come with him but Sarah says 
    that she thought she sense Shapiro's hand behind all the attack on the Feds, 
    she's going to kill him.
    However before any of that happen, an explosion starts to rock the Mass 
    Driver and causes a chain explosion. The WB team and Shapiro managed to get 
    clear but Helmut was engulfed in the explosion and dies. Shapiro contacts 
    Desgaia and Gildrome saying that the operation was a failure and Helmut's 
    dead but the Federation has lost a lot of it's troops, they can still work 
    with that. The WB team meanwhile is still ok, and Wakken says that the WB 
    team will have to spearhead the attack on Abaoque.
    In his quarters, the Practice urges Maiyo to fight against Dolchenov for 
    the Giganos ideal and that they will be beside him all the way.
    Kid and some of the outer space brigade such as Mito, Daba, the Ginga Reppu 
    talks about the final battle of Abaoque and that hopefully it will lead to 
    peace in this planet. Mito's kunoichi Shinobu says that from the 
    information she last receives, things in the Edon Kingdom has worsen and 
    that was a while before the seal took effects. This riles up Kakus who note 
    that they shouldn't be standing around here then but Sukedo tells him to 
    calm down since they alone wouldn't be able to do anything even if they did 
    manage to get back. They'll need the help of the team. Mito says that once 
    things clear up here, it's their turn to clear things up back in their home.
    Elsewhere Camille is annoyed that Four is ok with fighting like that, she 
    shouldn't have to but Lalah comes in and tells Camille that Four has found 
    a new purpose for living and one of the most horrid things in life is not 
    being able to do anything in a situation and he should understand Four's 
    reason better.
    At Abaoque, Gihren gives a speech raising the morale of the troops to ready 
    them to repel the Federation attack.
    Episode 39A
    Bright says that before they head to Abaoque, they will hit a secret Zeon 
    MS Plant on the moon to reduce the amount of troops going to Abaoque and 
    Quattro says that from his sources, the MS Plant contains a top secret 
    experimental MS that Anaheim had developed that he'd like to recover so 
    he's leading the charge on this one. The team attacks and Quattro enters 
    the installation while the team wipes out the Zeon resistance.
    Later on, Quattro tells Amuro and the others that he recovered the Sazabi, 
    a funnel equipped MS that he plans to use.
    Meanwhile, the kids of the Earth Defense Class along with Watta are being 
    tutored by Watta's vice president. Jin groans that even here he has 
    homeworks. For a guest lecturer, Watta's vice president has Sukedo comes in 
    to give speeches on economy and agriculture and Sukedo regails them with 
    tales of the BadLand that he visited and of the weird animals (by Earth 
    standard) that he met which the kids loved but Watta's vice president think 
    it might have been  a mistake asking Sukedo to lecture.
    Episode 40
    The operation at Abaoque is about to commence which Amuro notes is good 
    since they don't know if the forces from outer space might come back. Eiji 
    asks Amuro if he thinks the seal is going to be destroyed but Amuro says 
    that it's a feeling he has. Lalah reassures Eiji that she thinks things 
    will be fine for now.
    The Dragonar team talks about Maiyo staying on this ship, noting that he 
    did surrender and it seems Quattro is going to talk to him to convince him 
    to help.
    Meanwhile Linda is hard at work telling Rose and Diane that she's glad her 
    brother is alive but she won't go see him yet since she has to work hard 
    now for everyone's sake in the upcoming assault.
    In Maiyo's quarter, Quattro asks Maiyo if he knows who Quattro is and Maiyo 
    says that he does but he wonders why the Red Comet of Zeon is now working 
    for the Federation? Quattro says that not to get him wrong, the ideals of 
    Zeon is still alive and burning in him but he does not like what Gihren and 
    Dolchenov has done since the Intergalactic Alliance arrived. Quattro tells 
    Maiyo that from all indication, the Federation WILL win this war, they need 
    to make sure that afterward the people of Zeon and Giganos does not kowtow 
    to every whim of the Feds afterward but work together as equals to evolve 
    humanity spiritually which is why they need to keep the ideals of Gildol 
    and Zeon Khun Daikun alive. To that he wants Maiyo to help. This ship is 
    Federation in name only since it now contains people from all sorts even 
    from outer space to work towards the future. Maiyo says that he can see 
    that and he heard that they will soon head towards outer space and he says 
    that he can lend them strength then but he just cannot bear to kill a 
    Giganos solider. Quattro then tells Maiyo that he'll give him time to work 
    things out in his head and not to worry since he won't let the Feds take 
    Maiyo away.
    The battle of Abaoque commences and Gihren has Haman in the southern field 
    while noting that the reinforcement from Dolchenov isn't here yet. 
    Apparently they've only just deployed from the Moon and Gihren note that 
    Dolchenov is up to something. Haman has Purutsu, Londmel and Daghan deploys. 
    Puru encounter Purutsu and tries to convince her to change side but Purutsu 
    says that she won't listen to traitors. Purutsu is shot down and Haman 
    tells her to retreat for now.
    Gihren note that the WB is in the southern field and deploys himself to 
    take their measure. Hamon and her troops along with the Three Black Stars 
    also appear to take their vengeance on the WB for Garuma and Ramba Ral but 
    they got defeated and killed.  Haman note as her ship is heavily damaged 
    that this battle could turn into a battle of attrition and decides to 
    retreat. Gihren does so as well when the team hits his ship hard and he 
    note that they DID defeat Garuma and Dohzle.
    Having retreated, Gihren is informed of more Federation troops from the 
    Northern side. Gihren tells his troops to send only some forces there and 
    tells his soliders not to be fooled by the numbers, the REAL danger is the 
    WB team, with their powerful mechs, they are the REAL attack force that 
    must be dealt with. Haman then comes in to see Gihren saying that she has 
    some words from the late Kycillia. Haman says that for those who killed 
    their father, even being the president wouldn't save them and points a gun 
    at Gihren. Haman then shouts for nobody to move since she has a deadman 
    switch triggered to spray poison gas that she rigged in this room. Gihren 
    asks Haman to reconsider since without him, Zeon is doomed, what does she 
    plan to do if he's dead?
    Haman says that after taking out the Feds, she can wait until Dohzle's 
    daughter Minerva is of age to use as a puppet to bring Zeon to it's glory. 
    Haman tells Gihren that he can't read the ages and then shoots him in the 
    legs and trigger the gas payload while getting out killing Gihren and the 
    soliders on the bridge. Near the dock, Haman asks Daghan if the 
    preparations for the show is made and if so, to escape and rally their 
    Haman deploys in the Quebley and announces that a Federation strike team 
    has infiltrated Gihren's ship and assassinated him but for the people of 
    Zeon not to worry since she is going to take command and lead Zeon to it's 
    victory. Suddenly a fleet of Gms appear and Haman takes them all out in one 
    shot showing the Zeon troops just how capable she is. Secretly, Haman smirk 
    that it was a good thing that she had one Gm shipment intercepted and 
    readied (AI Equipped) to use as a show to convince the people of Zeon.
    Light in the D-3 picks up on Haman's transmission and relay the fact that 
    Gihren is dead to the team. Bright is then told by Wakken to retreat for 
    now to regroup and resupply and to reassess the situation.
    At the dock, Akimi notes that she sure is tired from this and hopes that 
    this will lead to a ceasefire but that doesn't seem to be the case. Fairy 
    tells her to go rest for now and Akimi decide to go take a shower before 
    they attack again.
    Elsewhere, Dolchenov notes that Haman really did kill Gihren and he read 
    the situation correctly. Now if he can get rid of Haman later on, he can 
    swoop in and claim all of Zeon for Giganos by using Minerva as a puppet. 
    Goum Jame and his troops also arrives saying that it's time for the final 
    battle, he's brought new mechs to use and they'll be "Zeon's white knight"
    Episode 41
    At the bridge, Bright asks about Haman Khan and Quattro says that after 
    Kycillia and Dozle were killed, she took charge of responsibility for 
    Minerva and the works of Kycillia. She is a capable commander that can 
    rally the troops even though Gihren has been assassinated. What will happen 
    here if she wins is that she'll probably prop Minerva up as a figure head 
    for Zeon while maintaining the power herself. Dr. Plato and Aizak then note 
    that if that's so then they can't rule out the possibility that Haman 
    assassinate Gihren himself and set it up so that it looks like the Fed's 
    handiwork in order to take full control of Zeon. Whatever the case, any 
    investigation can wait after they've beaten her.
    Shiro and the 08th Team are talking about how Puru has gotten quite sick and 
    is at the sick bay with Judo watching over her. Shiro says that Puru is a 
    kid so she shouldn't push herself.
    At the sick bay, Judo watches over Puru and tells her to get well, he has 
    to deploy and Puru understands. 
    The battle of Abaoque recommences with the WB team attacking the Southern 
    Front which Haman's ship is at again. Haman tries to flank the team's 
    position by sending in hidden troops from the Eastern front but Quattro 
    uses the Hyakushiki's MegaBazooka launcher to destroy them all.
    Ragan is defeated and retreated. Puru also feels a bad pressure in her head 
    and deploys in her Quebley to help Judo against Purutsu. Both Purutsu and 
    Judo tries to convince Purutsu to come with them but in the end she is shot 
    down. (Unfortunately, I don't think I got her this time)
    The Goum James troops also arrives to aid the Zeon with Goum James in the 
    Gilga Samune gigantic MA but he and his team fells before the Dragonar team 
    and the WB team.
    Getting desperate, Haman orders troops from the Northern front to be sent 
    here and tells her solider that the main force of the battle is the WB team, 
    she is willing to lose some grounds in the Northern front than they can 
    take back later if they can crush the WB team.
    Against a horde of Apsalus II and III along with the Mp Gilgasamune, the WB 
    team fought on against MAP happy enemies and manages to sink Haman's ship. 
    Haman then deploys in her Quebley along with her troops of Bigzam to finish 
    off the team.
    Quattro tells Haman that her way will only cause things to repeat, she 
    should safeguard the future for everyone. Akimi, Camille and Judo tells 
    Haman to stop, she has the power to end the infighting between the people 
    of Zeon and the Earth Feds right here. Haman is still adamant about not 
    giving in to those animals that she called the Federation and Shiro says 
    that it may take a while but the Federation can change, they can't force 
    changes through warfare like this.
    Judo tells Haman that Puru asks him to help stop her but Haman is still not 
    giving in, she tells Judo to come with her, she will show him the true 
    humanity. She tells Judo that someone like him only fought because he got 
    caught up in the situation but Judo says that he knows at least the ego of 
    how some people causes war to starts and not stop.Haman says that there's 
    no more time to play nice and hope the Federation will change with the 
    threats from outer space at large, they have to force the Feds to change to 
    their tunes now and defeat the outer space armies.
    Haman decides to finish off Judo but Lalah tells Judo to use her power, 
    Puru also lends her power to Judo as does Camille and Four. Everyone else 
    cheers Judo on. Judo note that everyone's power is going into the Double 
    Zeta. Haman is amazed at how the will of the people are being turned into 
    power and Judo shouted that she should understand that war only creates 
    needless death and ends people's thought
    Haman shouted that not everyone can be like Judo, before that humanity will 
    crush itself. Judo asks if she doesn't believe in humanity that much, if 
    she is raised on hate then it's time to spill that out of her and he fires 
    the souped up Hi Mega Cannon defeating Haman.
    Haman admits her defeat and Judo lament that Haman was a capable woman who 
    could have used her power and intelligence for much better things but Haman 
    says that she had been to the depth of the Asteroid belt and return seeing 
    the infighting of humanity. It's all thanks to idiot kids like him that she 
    couldn't get to do it but she is glad that she returned and met them. The 
    Quebley then pushes away from the team before they are engulfed in her 
    explosion and everyone lament Haman's death and the tragedy that was her 
    Suddenly Dolchenov and a horde of Gilgasamune also arrive. Dolchenov note 
    that with Haman gone, Zeon is his for the taking. He doesn't last long 
    against the team and he is terrified at seeing a group that could take out 
    the best that Zeon/ Giganos has to offer (at present that is) and decides 
    to retreat. Maiyo sees that it is Dolchenov and deploys to defeat him with 
    the Practice tagging along saying that they will follow Maiyo to the end.  
    Dolchenov tries to plea bargain with Maiyo saying that they should work 
    together for the better of Giganos but Maiyo cuts him dead.
    The battle is over and the Zeon/ Giganos troops are surrendering. Lots of 
    lives had been lost but now the true battle can begin. Maiyo apologize to 
    his families for the grief he had costed them and says that he will now 
    work alongside Kaine and the others for the Earth.
     Four asks Camille what happened back then when they lend Judo their 
    strength, it's as if their hearts were one and Camille says that that is 
    the power of the will of people. Camille says that it is the will of 
    friendship and thinking of others. Four asks if the others think of her as 
    a friend and Camille reassure her.
    Shinobu and the Dancougar team note that this war is over but Shapiro and 
    Muge are still around to attack Earth, they should keep themselves ready to 
    deploy. Quattro asks Lalah what's wrong and Lalah note that she senses a 
    new battle is soon coming.
    Bright learns that the resupply fleet had been destroyed by Muge since 
    Shapiro knows the route quite well. Shapiro has been busy cutting off 
    supplies for the White Base trying to make up for his loss at the Moon. 
    Reginia says that reinforcement from Guardisword is coming and reminisce 
    back a couple of hours.
    Some hours ago during the battle of Abaoque, Reginia has received a 
    transmission from Helrukka that he can no longer tolerate other people's 
    usage and knowledge of the CUBE so an assassination order against Fairy has 
    been given. Jeeg and Sally are in the dark about this. Knowing this now, 
    Reginia plans to get serious and kill Fairy and the human girl she is with.
    Episode 42
    Wakken informs Bright that their supplies lines are being hit and if they 
    don't protect it, they won't be able to resupply and after a big mission 
    like Abaoque, they are in dire need of supply. To that end, he wants the WB 
    team to go protect the supply fleet so that they get here safely. Bright 
    agrees and Hayato note that this might be a trap by Shapiro who knows so 
    much about the Feds.
    Shinobu asks Sarah if she'll be ok for this mission and Sarah brush off his 
    concern saying that she's fine.
    In her room, Akimi asks what Fairy is thinking about and Fairy says that 
    she think it's odd that the Interdimensional Alliance have focused more on 
    getting rid of the Intergalactic Alliance remnant than going head to head 
    with the Feds even though they have the manpower to do it. She wonders why 
    they are moving in the shadows like this and Akimi says that right now they 
    should focus more on protecting the supply ships.
    In the supply route, one supply fleet is being attacked by Muge. After one 
    ship sank, the WB team arrives and Bright orders all units to rush in ahead 
    and protect the fleet.
    After the fleet is rescued and sent to a safe distance.Shapiro appears 
    saying that the WB team has taken his bait and they are now in his trap. 
    The Neo Getter Team and the Dancougar Team which has been reserved as fresh 
    reinforcement against the possibility of a trap deploys and Gou is raring 
    to go bust ahead for having to wait this long in a fight.
    Shapiro's ship is destroyed but he comes out in his mech. Suddenly Reginia 
    appears and triggers an interdimesional gate which brings forth more Muge 
    mech, this surprise Akimi since the Gradosian Seal should have prevented 
    that and Fairy surmise the situation correctly that Helrukka must have 
    figured it out and used the CUBE to bypass the seal. Shapiro tells Reginia 
    to get ready to send in Gildrome and Desgaia on his command and the team 
    fights him again damaging him.
    Shapiro note that the team has done well against him damaging his mech like 
    this but they've fallen into his trap and he tells Reginia to send in 
    Gildrome and Desgaia along with their fleets. They'll throw everything at 
    the team. Gildrome and Desgaia appeared but no fleet accompanies them. 
    Gildrome smirkingly tells Shapiro that they have been ordered by Emperor 
    Muge to return home. Emperor Muge had decided to focus on wiping out the 
    Intergalactic Alliance. Shapiro contest this saying that they almost had 
    Earth conquered but Desgaia says that once the Intergalactic Alliance falls, 
    he will come back to Earth to conquer it in full. In the meantime, Shapiro 
    can make himself useful with some of the troops he left behind for him. For 
    someone SO smart like Shapiro, even with these meager troops, he can do 
    something about the Earth right?
    Reginia tells Shapiro that he has misread his position. They do not 
    tolerate failure from an Earthling like him and his failure on the Moon was 
    a big one. He went in even though she advised against it and look where it 
    got him. Shapiro stares and asks if in the end, he was just a pawn to be 
    thrown away and Reginia laughs mockingly at him. Shapiro says that he'll 
    get them all for this, they'll all pay and Reginia asks if that's the word 
    of someone who's about to die and signs off and Shapiro's mech explodes.
    Sally and Jeeg then appear and Reginia tells them that they will now begin 
    phase one of the retreatment and for Sally and Jeeg to cover the retreating 
    fleet that she commandeered. Shinobu wonders what happened, it looked like 
    Shapiro was going to send in his fleet but that didn't happened and Ryou 
    theorized that somehow Shapiro must have lost command of the 
    Interdimensional Alliance and Alan note that in the end, Shapiro was a pawn 
    since the other side do not tolerate failure.
    After a brief skirmish with the team, Jeeg asks Sally if Reginia wasn't 
    acting a bit weird, considering how war-crazy she was, it doesn't seem like 
    her to ask other to do the battle for her. Sally brushes it off that it's 
    probably responsibility to the mission and to her position.  Akimi and the 
    others defeat Jeeg and Sally and Fairy tells them to surrender, they can no 
    longer fight nor retreat. Jeeg apologize to Sally for having it end this 
    way but at least they got their troops out. Akimi tells them to stop 
    ignoring her and Jeeg tells her to shut up, they're having a moment here. 
    This ticks Akimi off and she tells Fairy that she's going to drag Jeeg's 
    machine back to the WB bits by bits if she needs to and Fairy agrees. Jeeg 
    tells her to get away, he's going to self-destruct but Fairy points out 
    that he'll kill Sally if he does. Suddenly Reginia appears and says that 
    the two of them performed JUST AS PLANNED. She tells Jeeg to hold the Soul 
    Lancer tight, and she'll kill them both because the power of the CUBE is 
    only meant for the Guardisword. "This is goodbye Fairy, and Jeeg and Sally 
    can accompany you" she shouted.
    Amuro tells Akimi to run but Lalah note that she's not going to make it and 
    rush in with her Elmeth to protect Akimi making Reginia's shot run wild. 
    Akimi can't believe that Reginia would also kill a friendly while trying to 
    destroy them. Quattro shout out if Lalah's ok and Lalah says that the 
    Elmeth is badly damaged but she can still retreat. 
    Fairy tells Akimi that Reginia is recharging her weapon and Akimi say that 
    they have to strike back but Reginia shout that it's too late which is when 
    Dancougar and Shin Getter intervenes. Gou shout for her to fight fair and 
    Quattro tells Akimi to fire now.
    Reginia can't believe she's failed and retreats saying that she's not going 
    to lose to a motley crew like them and deploys Jyakku Beast to aid her in 
    fighting the team.
    Having been recovered by the WB crew, Jeeg asks Reginia if she plans to 
    kill them along also and Reginia says that Fairy has been targeted for 
    elimination and Jeeg asks if Fairy wasn't necessary for Guardisword. 
    Reginia says that's no longer the case, this is Helrukka's order but Sally 
    doesn't believe that. Reginia says that they would never have carried it 
    out if ordered to anyway and they too are no longer needed by Guardisword. 
    Sally can't believe it, they've been fighting for Guardisword and it's 
    people's future. Reginia says thank you but they never understood what 
    Helrukka's true goal were which is why they are no longer needed. This 
    ticks off Jeeg who says that for Guardisword's future, they endured a lot 
    of dirty jobs and now they're being brushed off by their country? He 
    demands to hear that all of this is for Reginia's twisted pleasure. Reginia 
    laughs mockingly and says "Oh ok, yes it's all me,hahahahhahahaha, happy 
    now?" "You?" Jeeg is lost for words afterward
    Reginia is defeated and tells Fairy that she's her prey and that she should 
    wash her neck before Reginia comes for her with the guillotine and she 
    retreats. Wakken tells Bright that the supply line is secure but they 
    should head to rendezvous near the seal of Grados.
    Sally wonders what they should believe in and Jeeg says that maybe it was 
    just Reginia acting on her own so they should believe in the future they 
    fought for. Right now they don't much of a choice but to surrender.
    Fairy introduces Bright to Jeeg and Sally and Bright says that right now 
    they're in a special position having aided the team in the past so even if 
    they are technically POW, they would not be sent to the Feds. Jeeg asks why 
    since isn't that normal procedures. Bright says that they need information 
    on Outer space and Sally asks if Fairy plans to use the CUBE. Jeeg asks why 
    aren't they  pulling the information out of their head since the technology 
    for that exist and Bright says that they'd like to get a working relation 
    going. Akimi adds in that if they can't succeed here with Jeeg and Sally 
    then what they're planning, the peaces between different planets are out. 
    They may have to use force now but they would truly like to negotiate with 
    the other side since they have to cut the hatred that flows from war 
    Jeeg can't believe they're serious about this and says that talking's easy, 
    do they have a plan. Bright says that it's all from here which is why 
    they'd like the two's help. Akimi tells Sally that they should think of a 
    plan together and then shout to Jeeg that he'd better cooperate in finding 
    a plan. (She's still pissed at Jeeg) Sally is silent but Bright says that 
    they don't have to decide right away but he'll allow them to see live 
    broadcast of the bridge and the battle situation. They can see the team and 
    their conviction and then decide for themselves. For now they are confined 
    to the room and Akimi apologize to Sally about that and see that Sally is 
    silent and Jeeg tells her that Sally is in more of a shock than he was. 
    Sally thanks Akimi but says that she'd like to be alone to think.
    Jeeg says that at the very least, they should look on for a while since 
    they can always steal their mech back and run away later. Jeeg says that 
    what's important is that Sally shouldn't have hidden those bruises like 
    that, Sally says that she didn't want them to see an opening but Jeeg says 
    that if the team had planned to do anything to them, they'd have done it. 
    They may be skilled but they're a bunch of amateurs in terms of behaviours. 
    What's important is to rest up now in order to be able to move when they 
    need to.
    In the debris, Shapiro is cursing the WB Team for interfering with his 
    plans to be God and he will get rid of them, this he swears.
    Episode 42A
    On their way to the seal, the WB plans to rendezvous with another supply 
    ship to keep themselve stocked before their trip to outer space. However 
    the supply ship is being targeted by Muge troops that were left for Shapiro. 
    The WB arrives to fend them off. Afterward, Beecha wonders what the 
    supplies are especially that big container. It turns out to be the Nu 
    Gundam which was created just for Amuro. Amuro says that he'll put it to 
    good use and Shiro is amazed that Amuro can master something like the Nu 
    Gundam. Amuro says that he sure is glad that they could make his ideas and 
    concept into a reality this fast. Elsewhere Akimi asks how Sally and Jeeg 
    are and Fairy says that it'll take a while to bring them around.
    Episode 43
    Fairy and Akimi tries to persuade Jeeg and Sally again but Jeeg says that 
    Akimi don't know how they feel, they've still managed to protect the Earth 
    unlike the Guardisword who lost their home planet. Fairy tells Akimi to go 
    meet everyone on the bridge since she'd like to talk alone to the two. 
    Sally says that she really want a world where the people of Guardisword can 
    live in peace and Fairy says that the people of Earth won't understand that 
    and Jeeg says that Fairy was lucky and Fairy agrees since not all the 
    people of Earth are as understanding as Akimi and her father but someone 
    has to try and take the first step to lead into mutual coexistence between 
    the two races which is why she'd also like the people of Guardisword to be 
    brave and open up also.
    Jeeg says that he's not as idealistic as Fairy but from this he can surmise 
    that Fairy is still the same Fairy he knows so he wants to see how they 
    fare for a while.
    Akimi meets up with Sayla and Chris who ask why Fairy isn't with her and 
    Akimi says that she's talking with those two. Chris asks why Akimi isn't 
    talking with them and Akimi says that Jeeg seems to not want to listen to 
    her so she's leaving it to Fairy. They'll probably take those two with them 
    to outer space and sooner or later she's hoping they'll come to their sense 
    and cooperate.
    Bright explains the situation that with the Giganos/ Zeon war at an end and 
    the Muge Solbados army in retreat, most of the threat on Earth is over but 
    with the interdimensional gate being used, the danger from outer space is 
    not passed, they will now go to the Gusco seal which is moving out into 
    space under it's own power from Earth. They will go there to protect it and 
    use it's power to go into outer space which is where the Soul Lancer comes 
    in.  Akimi note that she'll have use the power of the CUBE and Jin says 
    that without Fairy, she can't do it which irritates Akimi a lot.
    Afterward, the talk turn to how short a time the seal was before somebody 
    bypassed it and Amuro note that the enemy must have used the CUBE to bypass 
    the seal which is why they need to go to outer space now. The three J9 team 
    noted that the Guardisword which have been moving in shadows are beginning 
    to move into the limelight and they are throwing the entire outer space 
    into chaos.
    Elsewhere, Shapiro gathers his remaining forces left to him to attack the 
    seal. He tells himself that he'll follow this last order of Muge but once 
    he's finished off Earth, Muge is next on his hitlist.
    The team arrives at the rendezvous with the Gusco seal and saw that it (the 
    stuff underground) is actually bigger than a colony.  Shutekken asks where 
    in Outer space that they'll head for first and Dr. Arl says that they 
    should head for Edon first since that's friendly territory. However the 
    remaining Grados troops lead by Ru Kine appears. Ru Kine says that he will 
    settle things with Eiji here. Ru Kine tells his troops that they will steal 
    the seal from the team and be able to return home to Grados. This fires the 
    troop up and Ru Kine says that they will see the power of those with 
    nothing left to lose.
    Shapiro also arrives with his forces and Sarah tells Shinobu to be ready 
    for anything since the enemy is Shapiro, he probably has something up his 
    sleeves. Ru Kine also has stuff up his sleeve as well as he has Terminator 
    Police deploys from their hidden position. Dr. Maiyo notes that Ru Kine is 
    making use of huge amount of AI piloted machines that he has gathered to 
    compensate for the small amount of Grados soliders that are with him. Eiji 
    asks why Ru Kine is still fighting, he's already lost and Ru Kine says that 
    his greenness cost him his victory at Gusco but he still has his dreams and 
    ideals which is why he's gathered the remaining soliders to fight. Eiji 
    says that it'll only end in blood being spilled meaninglessly. Ru Kine lost 
    to Eiji but says that if that's how it has to be then he'll destroy the 
    seal and crush their objective. Eiji shouted that he won't let that happen 
    and Ru Kine shouted that a half-blooded mongrel like Eiji won't get in the 
    way of his dreams and ideals. Eiji shouted that he won't forgive those 
    ideals but suddenly both of them gets suck into the Gusco seals.
    Julia welcomes them into the seal and Ru Kine tells Julia to unseal Outer 
    space or he'll kill her. Julia tells Eiji that here Ru Kine has no power 
    and tells him to do as he please and he'll only be shown the extent of his 
    powerlessness. Ru Kine takes that as a challenge but soon see that his 
    energy and Zakarl's are being drained away by the seal.
    Shapiro also deploys hidden troops of his own and Bright orders the team to 
    fend them off. After being beaten a bit, Shapiro's own hype of being God 
    starts to delude him even more and he's gone batshit insane. Shapiro sees 
    Sarah and Sarah say that she told Shapiro that she'd be the one to end his 
    life. The only thing she's glad that came of their "relationship" is that 
    she gets to kill him. God Mania sets in and Shapiro says that she can't 
    kill a God like him which makes Sarah says "Wanna bet?" Making his maker 
    but still deluded, Shapiro bites it which Sarah does regret having to kill 
    The battle is over, and a Fed rescue team arrives, they say that they'll 
    rescue anyone still alive be they Grados or Feds (no Muge) and for the team 
    to get ready to go to outerspace.
    Inside the seal, Julia tells Eiji that it is his time to go and do what 
    needs to be done in outer space. She will keep Ru Kine accompany as he is 
    sealed within the seal. Eiji protest but is sent out. Everyone asked where 
    Eiji went but Eiji sideline it asking if the preparations are ready.
    Fairy is busy simulating the course destination and says that Akimi's 
    piloting will be needed once they use it to steer the two ships there 
    safely. Inside the WB, Prince Mito note that they will finally return to 
    the Edon Kingdom, a lot happened but he made many new friends and learned 
    many things.
     Sanae is at the sick bay tending to Sally's wound and tells Sally not to 
    hide it next time. Sally thanks her but is soon surprised by Puru and 
    Ochame's running around with Fa and Riina chasing after them telling them 
    to stop. Sally says that she saw lots of kids on board and Sanae says that 
    some of them are actually pilots, there has been times when they were told 
    to get off but it's became impossible since these kids now consider this 
    ship their home and the people here are their family.
     Sally tells Jeeg that this ship is weird and Jeeg agrees noting that the 
    head of the Pentagona Resistance and the Ginga Reppu are even here, they 
    introduce themselves to him, what's more amazing is their battle prowess as 
    seen in the last battle. This may be a small fleet but their power far 
    exceeds any battalions.
    The time is here and Akimi starts the CUBE engine in the Soul Lancer. Eiji 
    tells his sister that he's going and Julia wishes him luck in bringing 
    peace between Grados and the Earth this time. Julia watchs as the team 
    warps out and tells Ru Kine that she will pray for him now. Ru kine then 
    accepted what had happened and his fate.
    Episode 44
    The WB team has arrived in Outer space near the Kingdom of Edon. Nearby 
    Ozuma and his comrade Naaka sees the Gandol and note that the team is back. 
    Ozuma decides to pay the WB team a visit. Naaka tells the team who meet him 
    at the dock that right now the Edon Kingdom is in internal strife between 
    the Dokuga royal family and it's supporter and the New Planetoid Alliance 
    which makes the team note that during their absence, things have gotten to 
    the point that a full scale war looks inevitable. Ozuma asks to meet with 
    Don Condor and with a hearty smile gives the reason that he wants the Ginga 
    Reppu to join up with the New Planetoid Alliance.
    Ozuma enters Diego's room and meets Diego and Shutekken. Shutekken isn't 
    exactly pleased at seeing Ozuma and draws his blade saying that he consider 
    Ozuma who sided with the New Planetoid an enemy since the Ginga Reppu are 
    backing the Dokuga King and the Royal Government. Ozuma says that he wants 
    to say his mind first, he came here to convince the Ginga Reppu to abandon 
    the Dokuga Royal Government and it's King and become an independent agent 
    to open the way to a new age. This is no longer the time for the Dokuga 
    royal family alone to be shouldering the power in the Edon Kingdom to give 
    and take as they please, what the New Planetoid Alliance want isn't wrong 
    since the old rules of the Dokuga King and the Royal Government is not what 
    this new age need. They need reforms and new bloods. He likes the Ginga 
    Reppu and he knows that without them to back up the Royal Government then 
    the government wouldn't last.  Even if the New Planetoid Alliance took 
    control, it's just a first step since the true step would be to shore up 
    the Edon Kingdom to stand against the invaders. Right now Edon is ripe for 
    invasion.  This is why he wants Don Condor's cooperation.
    Diego says that they are not only fighting for the Dokuga Royal government 
    but also to bring about a new age for the galaxy and for their friends. No 
    matter how much change the new age needs, they will not betray their 
    friends. Shutekken asks if all the member of the New Planetoid Alliance 
    feels like Ozuma and Ozuma says that they get shiver just hearing the name 
    of the Ginga Reppu and they're also mostly set in their believe but he'll 
    do his best to convince them if the Ginga Reppu agrees to his plea. 
    Shutekken says that for Ozuma's sake he'll pretend he didn't hear any of 
    the stuff Ozuma talked since he came in here and tells Ozuma that if he 
    looks too far ahead in his vision for the galaxy then he'll stumble. Ozuma 
    smiles and says that he'll leave it at that for now.
    Diego note that he can't understand Ozuma much but he's a visionary and 
    Shutekken agrees that if Ozuma isn't a part of the New Planetoid Alliance, 
    they really could have worked together.
    Ozuma is leaving and runs into Prince Mito. Mito says that he's been to 
    Earth and had learned a lot of things especially the fact that the rule of 
    his father and forefather may be out of date. He doesn't want the people of 
    Edon to fight amongst each other which is why he wants Ozuma to help him. 
    Ozuma doesn't mind personally but his position says otherwise. Suddenly an 
    alarm sounds.
    It is Kei Myron of the New Planetoid Alliance. Bright asks Ozuma to 
    negotiate Kei retreating which thanks to Kei's stubbornness is about as 
    useful as bleeding oil from a rock. The fight begins and Ozuma marvels at 
    the Ginga Reppu's prowess. Nakka wonders why the GingaReppu is backing the 
    Dokuga Kingship that is headed for extinction and Ozuma says that he begins 
    to understand that the Ginga Reppu are true men and not suited for laws and 
    reforms which is such a waste. The Ginga Reppu confronts Kei and says that 
    his rampage is getting excessive and that it's costing the innocent people 
    dearly. Kei says that it's all for the new age, the new country. The one 
    who side with the Dokuga King like them will be divinely punished and 
    Shutekken shouted that the one receiving divine punishment is Kei. Kei is 
    defeated and retreat. 
    Hayato note that things have gotten much worse here and Blues note that the 
    one pushing it to this state might be the Nubia Connection which makes Dr. 
    Arl note that they should get to Edon as fast as possible. Ozuma leaves and 
    says that while technically they are enemy, he wouldn't fight them and 
    Bright allows him to leave. Leaving, Ozuma note that Prince Mito is quite 
    something, perhaps with him in charge, the fighting will stop and the 
    Kingdom of Edon will be able to move into the new age. Nakka asks what they 
    should do next and Ozuma says that he'll try to convince the planet Long 
    and Kowaband to stop fighting and go to the negotiation table.
    Back at their base, Kei chew Ozuma out but Ego asks what Ozuma is thinking 
    and Ozuma says that against the team, even if they win it'll be such a 
    pyrrhic victory that it'll leave them weak against outside invaders. Ozuma 
    wants to go to the negotiation table and talk with the Dokuga King again. 
    Kei is adamant that the new age does not need the King since the Kingdom 
    used to expand with conquest through it's army and it's Saikyou Robot. 
    Ozuma admit that the old Dokuga rules where ministers are appointed to rule 
    in the King's stead need to go but they can't do it through force since 
    stronger forces are out there. Kei says that with the Gandol here, the 
    Dokuga King's supporters will get stronger, they need to strike now. Ozuma 
    is also adamant about setting up talks and Ego says to let Ozuma try his 
    way and Kei says that it'll at least give them time to strengthen up their 
    forces and to move on a moment's notice.
    Meanwhile the team had reaches the planet Edon and Kakus note that it's 
    been a while, Mito wonder if his father and mother are still well
    Back at Ozuma's side, Ozuma has reached the planet Edon before the team and 
    is about to go strike up an audience with King Dokuga, he says that the 
    King will hear them out if they bare out their feelings to him. Nakka 
    agrees that the current King is well-loved but his dynasty is built on 
    subjugation by the previous Kings. However before Ozuma can begin his plan, 
    a King Cobra strikes and kills both him and Nakka. Ozuma's last thoughts 
    are that this is Carmen Carmen's work.
    At Carmen Carmen's hideout, Carmen receive words of Ozuma's assassination 
    and says that Ozuma's plan would have been a hindrance to HIS plan, next up 
    is Desban's move against the Edon Kingdom. Desban is backed up by Bloody 
    God in his campaign against the Edon King.
    Episode 45
    Prince Mito had return to the Edon Kingdom but decides to keep his return a 
    secret. Diego and the other Ginga Reppu note that even so, things are bound 
    to leak and they decides to do a patrol of the city first before letting 
    Prince Mito head for the castle.
    Jeeg note that they're in Edon so it's not too far away to get back to the 
    Guardisword base, perhaps they should make their escape now but Sally says 
    that they should wait since it's not every day that they can get into the 
    Edon Kingdom and gain info like this
    Patrolling, Shiro M.note that it's too quiet, he is then approached by 3J 
    who informs them of Ozuma's assassination before he could meet with the 
    King to ask for a peace talk. Shutekken note that this is bad since Ozuma 
    was assassinated at Edon so the New Planetoid Alliance won't stand for this 
    and 3J says that news has it that the assassination was ordered by those in 
    the Dokuga Kingdom and Shiro M. says that it's probably false info to whip 
    up the anti Dokuga people.
    News of Ozuma's assassination reach the team and Aizak note that it's the 
    work of Carmen Carmen. A full on collision with the New Planetoid Alliance 
    is inevitable. At the Royal Palace, the Dokuga King is saddened to learn of 
    Ozuma's death since he would have worked with Mito to bring Edon to a new 
    age. This angers Mito a lot and Shinobu then informs him of the New 
    Planetoid Alliance ships coming to attack. Mito decides to return to settle 
    things and King Dokuga note that his son's time to ascend to the throne has 
    come, this is HIS age now.
    Kei is livid at the Dokuga Kingdom and Ego's subordinate ask him if Ego is 
    against this attack and Ego says that even if they win, if they have 
    nothing to fight the Intergalactic Alliance with then it means nothing but 
    everyone else is too whipped up to care now since the order to strike from 
    headquarter has come. Ego says that they should can the talk and deploys 
    all his troops.
    Dr. Arl tells Kento to help Prince Mito for the sake of the alliance of 
    Edon and Elios and Kento tells  Dr. Arl to quit it, he's gonna help Mito 
    because Mito's his friend. Dr.Arl also tells Daba that together they will 
    regain the former glory of the three empires and Daba says that as someone 
    who is the last of the House of Gamon, he plans to fight with all he's got 
    and Amu tells Daba to be careful and Kyao says not to let the old geezer 
    get him too fired up.
    Amidst the sound of battle, a voice rangs up "To those who would throw the 
    world into chaos, make your peace!! Let's go Suke-san, Kaku-san" "Cross 
    Triangle!!" "Daiohja!!"   Mito makes his appearance in the symbol of Edon 
    which scares off a lot of the New Planetoid Alliance.
    The Baxinger team also arrives to help fend off the New Planetoid Alliance 
    but suddenly a transmission by Desban, one of the high ranking authorities 
    under the King fills the air saying that he has captured the King and Queen 
    and that Edon is now under the rule of the New Planetoid Alliance, all 
    resistance will be crushed. Dr. Arl can't believe that there is a traitor 
    in the Edon Royal Court and  Kei asks Ego what this is about, he's never 
    heard of this , he wants to finish things with the Dokuga Royal government  
    fair and square but Ego says that headquarter is telling them to go along 
    with Desban's plan. Ego says that there are things about headquarter that 
    he doesn't know about, it's gotten too big. Kei grudgingly says that he 
    will go along with the momentum to take out the King and the government but 
    afterward, Desban is next.
    Mito doesn't know what to do but Sukedo tells him to fight on and says 
    things out frankly that they cannot lose the Kingdom, even if the current 
    King should die, then Mito must ascend to the throne and rule in his 
    father's stead. Mito note that everyone is fighting for his sake and they 
    must not lose, no matter what. Everyone on the team agree noting that Edon 
    is the only friendly Empire/ Kingdom in outer space for them, if they lose 
    this last haven then they wouldn't be able to do anything in outer space. 
    The Ginga Reppu then reconfirms it's commitment to Mito and the Dokuga King 
    saying that they will fight to their last breath.
    The team fights on and Kei's ship is badly damaged, Ego tells Kei to 
    retreat but Kei says that he wants to show the soul of the New Planetoid 
    Alliance that Desban usurped, everyone must see the Anti-Dokuga movement as 
    being more than just a power play by a corrupted official, which is why he 
    is willing to die for his cause. Kei tells Ego to continue his ideals and 
    dies. Ego then retreats. Shinobu then contacts Mito saying that she has 
    evacuated the King and Queen to a safe place which means that what Desban 
    said was a lie meant to trick the team into surrendering. Desban deploys in 
    his Darth Vader mecha accompanied by more Storm Troopers but is no matched 
    for the team, one of his underlings decides to flee but Desban execute him 
    on the spot which makes Mito angry.
    Daiohja then deals with the Darth Vader ripoff and shows why it is the 
    symbol of Edon's strength. Mito tells Desban to go to hell and grovel at 
    Ozuma and all the New Planetoid Alliance's solider's feet for forgiveness.
    The battle is over and the team receives a transmission from Ego saying 
    that he is willing to agree to a cease-fire for now since what happened 
    seems to be orchestrated by shadows within the New Planetoid Alliance so 
    he's going to head back there first to clean it up. Aizak says that Ego 
    might be dealing with Carmen Carmen and to be careful not to die. Shutekken 
    note that one day they WILL have to cross sword with this man again.
    Back at the Royal palace, King Dokuga makes an announcement that he will 
    soon step down from the throne, a new age requires a new King with new 
    thoughts to bring it to fruitition and Mito has proven himself.  Kakus, 
    Sukedo and Shinobu note that their time as wandering allies of justice are 
    over and are deep in thought over the change that will soon come in their 
    lives when Mito comes in telling them to get ready, they're still going 
    with the WB until all is said and done which makes the trio smiles that 
    things will still be the same if only for a little while longer.
    Hayato and Bright are pleased that Prince Mito will continue to journey 
    with them since having the soon to be future King of one very big Empire 
    with them will help with negotiation and such.
    Meanwhile Akimi sees that Fairy is spending her free time in the dock and 
    Fairy says that she wants to use the time to repair Jeeg and Sally's mech. 
    While they still won't cooperate, she's pretty sure they'll come around 
    sooner or later so she wants to get it ready for them. Fairy tells Akimi 
    not to worry about her and take sometime off. Akimi agrees not wanting 
    Fairy to be worried with her.
    At the dock, 3J tells Diego and the Ginga Shippu that the New Bax Sword is 
    ready; it was commissioned earlier and paid for by the Dokuga King 
    personally as a gift to the Ginga Reppu. The Ginga Shippu thanks 3J since 
    they need to get stronger because of the intense fighting ahead and 3J says 
    that it's nothing, he's also part of the Ginga Reppu.
    Episode 45A
    Dr. Arl informs Kento that thanks to Edon's technology and resources, he is 
    able to power up the Daltanious. Kento is ecstatic and Manabu asks to put 
    in the Cannon Cubic that he designed onto Daltanious also. Dr. Arl agrees 
    to it. The enemies attack and Kento is raring to go out and kick butt but 
    Dr. Arl won't allow it since Daltanious's new weapons and setting hasn't 
    been tested and it's too dangerous. However Kento just bum rushed him and 
    deploy with Danji anyway. Kento says that the test will be on the 
    battlefield. The Ginga Reppu note that the enemies are those from the New 
    Planet Alliance that were stationed to foster unrest during the previous 
    assault. They must have decided to try again. The team defeated them and 
    Kento note that the CannonCubic and the powered up Kaen Ken is quite 
    powerful and thanks Manabu. Kento later apologized to Dr.Arl for taking out 
    Daltanious like that but all's well that ends well.
    Episode 46
    Zakuron orders Ondron to attack the weakened Edon Kingdom and sends in 
    Silver, his liuetant and Kroppen tells Poida that Emperor Drolmen has 
    ordered an attack as well.
    At the New Planetoid Alliance base near Edon where Ego is at, Ego receives 
    news of the invasion but what's more shocking is that the NPA fleet 
    stationed where the invasion is coming in is parting way for them as 
    headquartered ordered. Ego note that the influence of the Bloody Syndicate 
    and Nubia had their grip in the NPA much more than he ever thought and he 
    tells his subordinate to rally the troops here in his name, he is going out 
    to defend Edon, anyone who wishes likewise can follow him.
    However Ego's meager forces prove no match for the invasion but The WB team 
    arrives in time. Ego asks the WB team to gather his men who are hurted and 
    retreat, he'll buy time for them by kamikazeing into the invasion fleet. 
    Prince Mito tells Ego to stop that since they will need his help in 
    protecting Edon while they defeat the Intergalactic Alliance. Gou says that 
    they'll wipe the floor with these guys. Ego relent and agrees to retreat 
    taking his men, 3J, Poncho and D.D. asks to go with Ego since he'll need to 
    get some medical supply to treat his men and they have connections for that. 
    Ego wishes them well since they may be at odds about how to run the Edon 
    Kingdom but their love for Edon is the same. 
    Silver is playful deploying lots of MechaRobot which annoys Ondron because 
    the battle isn't on just this front alone. Poseidal forces led by Ryogley 
    also arrive to invade out of their membership with the Intergalactic 
    Alliance. Daba wonders if the fact that the Poseidal forces are taking part 
    meant that the resistance in Pentagona had fallen but Amu says that he's 
    overthinking things too much. After the team mops up half the battlefield, 
    more enemies shows up and Daba note that at this rate they're going to fall, 
    they need more forces.Carmen Carmen's personal forces also shows up along 
    with Bloody of the Bloody Syndicate on board. Aizak note that Nubia 
    Connection has finally shown it's tail. Bloody tells Blues that it looks 
    like he's winning this bet of theirs  since it's only a matter of time 
    before the Edon Kingdom falls and a new one run by his Bloody Syndicate 
    arise from it's ashes but Blues says that it's not over till all the chips 
    are in.
    Help arrives in the form of Lecce and the Pentagona Resistance who comes to 
    the aid of Edon. As Ryogley falls and the woman Olivy falls, Daba notice 
    some weird familiarity about her but can't place it. Ryogley retreat saying 
    that they attacked out of formality to the Intergalactic Alliance and this 
    is enough. Carmen's ship is disabled and the J9 team decides to go in and 
    finish things off with Carmen. Bloody and his subordinate readies an escape 
    shuttle but it got crippled by Sasuraiger. Kid enter Carmen's abode and 
    shoot him dead saying that Carmen is the source of many people's suffering, 
    however Aizak discover that this is only an impostor Carmen sent.
    Bloody tries to feign innocence saying that he was just caught up in it but 
    Ego appear shouting that he won't let Bloody run.  D.D.'s voice comes from 
    Ego's ship saying that Bloody was careless and they gathered a lot of 
    evidence of his hand in instigating this unrest. Ego shouted that they will 
    all join force to beat him. The subordinate is not giving up and readies 
    the missile on the shuttle but Bloody knows when he's beat and surrender. 
    Blues tells Bloody that their bet is still ongoing and Bloody tells Blue to 
    show him the outcome. Mito looks at all this and tells Kaku and Sukedo that 
    once he becomes King, they will have to do a lot of reform but now they 
    have to go help the Pentagona world after the WB and Daba helped them.
    Afterward, Lecce and Semu-Ju tells Bright of the situation at Pentagona, 
    the battle between the Intergalactic and Interdimensional Alliance have 
    worned them both down, the time to attack is now. Jack says that he'll be a 
    space cowboy bringing justice to the wild wild frontier of outer space and 
    Gou can be a space monkey (Hey don't knock the Space Monkey, they have been 
    known to go Super Saiyajin). Shutekken tells them to be quiet or be striked 
    down by his blade which Jack misinterpret as having to do hara-kiri which 
    annoys Shutekken that Jack is mocking him.
    Kroppen berates Poida saying that he thought he gave Poida enough forces 
    but what's with the result and Poida and Kabuto says that the WB team is 
    more powerful than they imagined.
    Episode 47
    Arriving at the Resistance's asteroid base, Hatsuki apologize for taking 
    this long to take Daba home but Daba says that it gave him a chance to 
    widen his horizon and he knows that he must end things with Poseidal. Daba 
    is surprised at how much production is done in these asteroid bases and 
    Quattro says that asteroids are ideal for bases since they can be mined for 
    materials. Semu Ju says that this base creates the Desaad Heavy Metal to be 
    sent to other Resistance Base for their upcoming unified assault on 
    Poseidal's capital Suiede. Lecce shows Daba his new HM, the L-Gaim MkII 
    that they modified from a captured HM. Daba then accepts the mantle of 
    leadership and as Gamon Mylord, the last of the Yaman, rallies the troops 
    for their fight against Poseidal.
    Semu-Ju is informed of an enemy attack and asks the WB team to respond. The 
    Poseidal forces are near one of their decoy base that they created to fool 
    them. They must defend it to convince them that the decoy base is real 
    since the real base is still necessary and needs to be kept secret.
    The WB team arrives with Daba on the MkII and Kyao on the L-Gaim deploying 
    and they battles the Poseidal forces, when one of the ship explodes, a 
    shuttle escape and Daba and Kyao captures it and brings it back only to 
    find Amandra Kamandra on it. Amu and Lilith wonders why he was on the enemy 
    ship and Amandra says that he's a merchant, he goes to sell stuff though 
    the two says that woman's intuition is saying that Amandra is hiding 
    something. Daba says that they'll talk with Amandra later and returns to 
    the battlefield. Dian asks if Amandra would come to the shelter area with 
    them but Amandra says that he wants to be near the shuttle if worst come to 
    worst he can just hop back on it and escape again.
    The battle is over and Daba returns to talk with Amandra. Amuro note that 
    this is only the first skirmish and more Poseidal forces will be here, they 
    better go resupply.Judo asks Reina for food and is told by Ru and Elle that 
    Reina already got that covered. Jin notes that Reina is sure nice and 
    helpful unlike the girls in their class which got Maria shouting "What was 
    Daba asks for Amandra to help by lending the resistance his personal fleet 
    because other merchants will follow his lead but Amandra refuse saying that 
    he's only a merchant and has no interest in politics. Daba asks why 
    Amandra's actions are very contradictory since it was Amandra who gave him 
    the Turner ship but he also sells weapon to the Resistance and Poseidal. 
    Amandra says slyly that if the battle drags on, Poseidal forces will pay 
    handsomely for better weapons so he can't have the resistance getting TOO 
    weak. Daba asks if Amandra is just a merchant of death and Amandra says 
    that being a merchant is all he is. Daba then tells Amandra to go ahead and 
    keep selling but he's going to defeat Poseidal as the last of the Yaman 
    which piqued Amandra's interest and he ask if Daba is a survivor? Daba 
    confirms it and sends Amandra out on his shuttle. Amandra note that Gamon 
    Mylord seems to be serious about this, it seems he'll have to be waiting 
    for him at Suede after all.
    Episode 48
    Poseidal force led by Qwasan Olivy and Ryoguley attacks the Resistance's 
    base. Olivy demands the surrender of Daba Mylord but Daba is shocked to see 
    that it's Olivy. Kyao recognize as Daba's sister by bond, someone he was 
    originally supposed to be married to. This news shocked Amu and Lecce. Daba 
    deploys and Amu deploys also noting that Daba probably can't do anything to 
    Olivy. Shiro tells the other to help Daba out. Olivy tells Gabley that his 
    track record isn't so good so don't he disappoint her. Gabley says that he 
    has a score to settle with the team anyway. Gabley gets beaten and 
    Ryoguley's ship is damaged but Olivy and Ryoguley deploys to fight. 
    Daba asks if Olivy doesn't remember him and tries to remind her but Lilith 
    tells Daba to fight back since this isn't the Olivy he knew. After a lot of 
    persuading by Daba, Olivy suddenly screams and she starts talking 
    differently as to how the Yaman had destroyed her comrade which is why they 
    must be wiped out. Justice must govern this land to save the world. Daba 
    recognized that voice as Poseidal speaking through Olivy and says that 
    Poseidal is lying, Poseidal is the one who tries to control other and liken 
    herself to God, she is the one who instigate the unrest. Daba tells Olivy 
    not to follow Poseidal and to return to him. Olivy snaps out of the 
    Poseidal trance but rejects Daba saying that she is Poseidal's general. 
    Olivy retreats and Daba tries to follow but Amu pulls him back saying that 
    it's futile to go after her, he is the Resistance leader right now.
    The battle is over but Mito and the others are worried about Daba who's 
    shut himself off in his room, this is the first time that they've seen Daba 
    like this. Dr. Arl notes that Poseidal couldn't hurt Daba physically so 
    she's attacking him emotionally. Semu-Ju says that they can't call off the 
    grand attack on Poseidal's capital at Suede and Quattro agrees that they 
    can't let the opportunity slips by. Dr. Plato says that they'll have to 
    restrict access to Daba to only the WB team personnel since they can't have 
    him bringing down the rest of the resistance and sowing doubts in their 
    At his room, Amu tries to get Daba to come out but Kyao says that they have 
    to leave Daba alone for now, Lecce isn't here since she's busy with all the 
    preparation and they should follow suite since they have to get ready for 
    the final assault. There's no time to wait by Daba's side for Daba to get 
    over this. Amu reluctantly agrees. Inside the room, Lilith tries to cheer 
    Daba up that Olivy will probably realize the truth sooner or later but Daba 
    sadly says that if she's not rescued then it means nothing.
    Meanwhile, Giwasa's force note that the Resistance is about to launch their 
    big offensive and they can let them take out the brunt of Poseidal's force 
    and then swoop in to overthrow Poseidal and install Giwasa as the new ruler. 
    At Suede, Poseidal tells Olivy that she is aware of the Resistance's grand 
    attack as well.
    Episode 48A
    The Resistance is getting ready to launch their assault. Kyao note that the 
    mechanics that the Resistance sent to help him are actually slowing him 
    down since their skills aren't up to standard. Amu brings him some 
    refreshment and Kyao note that she seems down and cheers her up a little.
    Meanwhile, Kento asks Dr. Arl for more powerup to the Daltanious and Dr. 
    Arl and Manabu says that they already power up the Daltanious just a while 
    ago. Kento concede that the Cannon Cubic and the powered up Kaen Ken are 
    strong but it's best to have more. Dr. Arl and Manabu says that unnecessary 
    and rushed power up will be detrimental to the Daltanious and Danji says 
    that if that's the case then they should find new ways to use their current 
    power  and Manabu asks if that Chou Kukan Energy that the Daltanious can 
    tap into can be utilized. Kento asks what this is and Dr. Arl says that 
    Daltanious can tap into and generates Chou Kukan Energy to use (ala Shine 
    Spark) to ram into the opponent but the danger are knowing whether 
    Daltanious's body can withstand all that stress and pressure.
    As if on cue, enemy attacks and Kento deploys saying that he'll test it out 
    for real. After cornering an enemy ship, Kento tells Danji that they're 
    going to use the attack and it worked. Dr. Arl is relieved that Kento is ok 
    but Kento asks why Dr. Arl is so worried, after all, Dr. Arl created the 
    Daltanious and it's never let him down.
    Lecce note after the battle that Poseidal will commit more force to search 
    for their base but Daba says that may mean that the defense at Suede isn't 
    as strong as it should be; they need to take the chance and gather all 
    their reforce for one desperate final battle.
    Meanwhile Akimi is feeling down as she explains to Fairy that Sally just 
    wouldn't try to even listen to her. Fairy says that Sally must be feeling 
    that she's betraying her home planet if she relent so it's best to leave 
    this to her. Fairy enters Jeeg and Sally's quarter and says that their 
    machines are repaired but they're not going to force them to help. Sally 
    tells Fairy to please let them go back to Guardisword and they'll cooperate 
    from there but Fairy says that she already knows how that will turn out and 
    believe it or not, it's for their safety right now that they not go back.
    Jeeg tells Sally that she's not thinking clearly, so far the people here 
    can be trusted to a degree  and right now they're not hurting Guardisword 
    by being here so they should hang out for a while to see how this is going. 
    Sally shouted that her bro trust people too easily. Jeeg note that that 
    might be true but if the team is about to take on Poseidal, he think he'll 
    have to get involved and see their true resolves for real in the 
    Episode 49
    The WB team is making it's way to Suede through the asteroid field. Inside, 
    Shiro M. asks Shiro if it's true that some of the younger children in the 
    Resistance base wants to go fight too and Shiro says that it's true but he 
    and the others turns them down since they are not trained to fight and will 
    only die and drags other with them. They helped with supplies so that's 
    enough and Aizak and Shutekken says that needless blood need not be spilt. 
    Shiro agrees noting that the children on this ship have made up their mind 
    to stay on board.
     Jeeg agrees to help Akimi in the battle of Suede since he also has a 
    grudge against the Intergalactic Alliance. Fairy asks if that means he's 
    changed his opinion about Helrukka and the team but he says it's different. 
    Anyhow he's leaving Sally as hostage for the team since they know he won't 
    try to escape without her. Akimi says that she doesn't exactly like the way 
    Jeeg is putting it.
    Daba note at the bridge that they have to win this one and Kento and Mito 
    says that they're right behind him. Semu-Ju outlines the plan that the 
    resistance will take care of the Poseidal forces near the stratosphere 
    leaving the team free to attack the Suede's capital.
    Deploying, Daba note that Olivy is with the Poseidal force and that he'll 
    defeat Poseidal and free her. The battle begins and Poseidal makes an 
    announcement demanding that the Resistance surrender to their God. This 
    makes Daba angry but Kyao tells him not to be hot headed and rush in.
    Ryogley can't believe that the Resistance got this far and deploys with 
    Olivy and Zarl troops also appears to aid Poseidal. Danji note that if this 
    keeps up, the enemy forces will grow, they need to deal Poseidal a quick 
    blow. Akimi says that she's so tired she wants a bath to which Jeeg tells 
    her to focus since they're still on the battlefield. Akimi says that Jeeg 
    just doesn't know a joke when he sees one and Jeeg shouted that if she 
    wanted a bath then get shot down over the sea. Defeating Gabley, Daba 
    tackles Olivy's machine and manage to disable her machine trying to coax 
    her out of the mind control but then Gabley reappears saying that he'll 
    protect Olivy. Daba asks what Gabley is doing and Gabley asks what's wrong 
    with protecting the women he love, what is Daba doing anyway?
    Daba asks if Gabley's serious but as Olivy's brother, he's not gonna allow 
    this relationship. Gabley asks if there's any qualification you have to 
    have for loving someone since he betrayed Giwasa to be with Olivy only to 
    see her as a puppet to Poseidal. Does Daba know the sadness that he had to 
    endure to see the woman he loves like that? Daba note that Gabley is 
    serious about this and says that he'll trust him. However suddenly Olivy's 
    demeanour change as she suddenly laughs out loud like someone brain damaged, 
    Daba tries to talk with her but she can only utter the word "Onichan" and 
    then laughs. Gabley note that this may be because of the cut in the 
    Biorelation system and that they should take Olivy back to the ship.
    Amu, Kyao and Lecce sees Daba heading back to the ship and retreat back 
    also. At the medical room, they see Daba and Gabley in shock since it seems 
    that Olivy had been mentally crippled. Lecce tells Kyao that even though 
    they cut the Bio Relation, her memory and mind hasn't returned. Daba cries 
    that Olivy is no longer here but Amu slaps him telling him that Daba isn't 
    someone who accepts things easily like this. The Daba she loved isn't like 
    that, for her, Daba Mylord is someone who is always pushing forward which 
    is why she loved him. Lecce agrees saying that they have Olivy with them 
    now, now is not the time to give up. Amu consoles him telling him to stand 
    up since there are still things that only he can do waiting for him. Daba 
    takes that all in and rises up redeploying. Gabley also deploys saying that 
    Poseidal can't be forgiven for doing that to Olivy.
    At the Suede Capital, Poseidal feels her link with Olivy is gone but says 
    that she can make more like Olivy later. Suddenly however Full Flat walks 
    in saying that she is here for Poseidal's life or should she say Mian's 
    life. This surprises Poseidal and Full Flat asks if Mian had forgotten the 
    last battle in the Second Sart War where both she and Mian, the Temple 
    Knight of Poseidal were rewarded by Poseidal.  Amandra then also walks in 
    and tells Poseidal or Mian that she did a better job of being him than he 
    Poseidal/Mian then gets angry and says she is Poseidal and that Full Flat 
    has raised her ire by cooperating with the rebel even though she was 
    rewarded with the independent Third Star. Amandra says that Mian understood 
    like him that to bring in a new age, someone needs to be God. Full Flat 
    says that Amandra/ Poseidal is wrong in playing with people's emotion and 
    The battle starts reaching near Suede and Amandra rushes Mian out saying 
    that this place is dangerous and they should go to that room. He tells Full 
    Flat to play with his guards and Poseidal soliders for a while.
    In a short while afterward, Amandra broadcast on an open channel that if 
    the Resistance doesn't retreat, he will kill them all since he has an ace 
    up his sleeve. Daba says that he won't accept that, if there's a time limit 
    before a bomb or something then they'll defeat Poseidal before that time 
    limit. Amandra then appears in the Oji along with a fleet of Oje saying 
    that he is the true Poseidal. The others tell Daba to be careful since this 
    one is strong. The team attacks and Amandra/Poseidal says that the team 
    isn't bad for surviving this long against Poseidal but he will show them 
    the true terror of Poseidal.
    The team can't believe that they haven't damage Amandra/Poseidal that much 
    at all and Amandra/Poseidal says that this is the power of the Biorelation 
    system where it converts life force into power and eternal life. No matter 
    how many times the team defeats him, he will regenerate. Amandra/Poseidal 
    concludes that the Poseidal that they usually saw is just a shadow of him 
    the true Poseidal while he in the guise of Amandra walks amongst them 
    gathering information and ordering his shadow to take action in the name of 
    Poseidal. Daba shouted that he won't accept it and he told Amandra before 
    that he would defeat Poseidal. The team attacked but Amandra/Poseidal keeps 
    regenerating. Jin says that this won't do, they're not making headway and 
    will tire out sooner or later. Daba note that there must be some secret and 
    Amuro agrees since no weapon is perfect, there has to be a weakpoint.
    Full Flat contacts in and ask if Daba has a problem, Amu says that Full 
    Flat is really their ally but Full Flat says that Amu is too green but that 
    naivety may be what is needed for the new age. Full Flat tells Daba and the 
    others to attack an area in Suede where the Bio Relation system is stored 
    at, once it is destroyed, Poseidal's "immortality" will fade away. Daba 
    asks why Full Flat is helping them and Full Flat says that she, Mian and 
    Poseidal still continue to live thanks to the Bio Relation but the age no 
    longer belongs to them, it belongs to the young like them. Amandra/Poseidal 
    just hadn't realized it.
    The team does just that and Poseidal/Amandra feels himself starting to age 
    into dust. Poseidal/Amandra asks why Full Flat betrayed him and Full Flat 
    says that they have gone against the cycle of time are just going back into 
    the cycle of nature and time after this long delay. A new age needs to be 
    handed to the young. Poseidal/ Amandra shudders in dismay that everything 
    he's built is crumbling with him and Daba shouted that Poseidal/Amandra's 
    time is over, this is THEIR time now. Daba finishes off Poseidal/Amandra 
    off with his Buster Launcher and in the capital, Poseidal/Mian asks why 
    Full Flat came back for her and Full Flat says that she couldn't let Mian 
    die thinking she was Poseidal, that would be too horrific and the two ages 
    into dust as well.
    Mito and Kento congratulates Daba and Dr. Arl says that the House of Gamon 
    can finally be reborn but Kento tells Dr. Arl to stop since their job isn't 
    finished yet. Bright ordered Suede's capital to be taken and Poseidal's 
    remaining forces to be captured.
    After the Resistance has taken the capital, Dr.Arl note that the Pentagona 
    star system is finally free but Daba and Lecce says that Giwasa is still on 
    the loose. He probably knows about the Resistance's attack and will 
    probably strike while they're still weak and tired from defeating Poseidal. 
    They should do their best to rest and resupply.
    Daba and Lecce's word are true since Giwasa then orders all his forces to 
    attack Suede and crush the Resistance now that they have defeated Poseidal.
    Episode 50
    As the team predicted, Giwasa's forces attack Suede and tries to install 
    Giwasa as the new ruler. Nei Mohan and other Giwasa's subordinate lead the 
    attack on the Resistance but are ultimately defeated. Giwasa lead a strike 
    force himself but the team proves hard to handle. Giwasa's subordinates 
    want to run but Giwasa says to make quick repair to his damaged ship and 
    sent out for reinforcement and stall with their remaining HM. He says that 
    his troop is as good as Poseidal's but why are they not triumphing over the 
    Resistance. Daba and the team note that Giwasa just won't give up since he 
    wants the throne THAT badly but Daba says that if Giwasa were to reign, 
    nothing would change from Poseidal's reign at all, they have to defeat 
    Semu-Ju and the other Resistance arrive to help Daba and Giwasa's ship 
    falls. Giwasa escapes on board a shuttle but Daba aims his Buster Launcher 
    at it killing him. Jeeg note that the team has proven themselves and he'll 
    have to reevaluate them and what they're doing.
    Later on, Daba tells Olivy that once this is all over, they will both 
    return home to live together and Olivy with her broken mind daftly agrees. 
    Gabley note that Olivy is now mentally crippled for life and Lecce says 
    that this is Amandra's final revenge against Daba since Daba is now a 
    puppet that must care for Olivy for the rest of his life. However Daba 
    tells Olivy that no matter what, he'll never give up hope that Olivy will 
    one day be able to reclaim herself.
    At the bridge, Semu Ju says that the Giwasa force and Poseidal forces are 
    surrendering and they've won. There may be some Poseidal/ Giwasa forces 
    that are in hiding and waiting to strike again but they can handle them. 
    Bright notes that that is good newsbecause they need to move forward to 
    another star system.  Kento wonder if the Zarl will attack while they're 
    not here but Semu-Ju says that with Poseidal and Giwasa dead, more and more 
    people that were oppressed will join with the new Government's causes so 
    they should be able to handle things here. What's left is to decide where 
    to go next, Zarl or Grados.
    Eiji asks if they can go to Grados next since he knows that there are some 
    Gradosian who oppose what their empire is doing and perhaps they can try to 
    strike up peace with Grados. The others note that that's not a bad idea and 
    Fairy adds that they might be able to get information about the ancient 
    Gradosian and the seals along with information on the CUBE as well so 
    everyone agree to go to Grados. Later on Alan, David and Simone 
    congratulates Eiji and Eiji hopes that he can try to negotiate peace 
    between Earth and Grados.
    Episode 51
    Sanae asks Dr.Arl if they can't make peace with the Zarl like they plan to 
    do with the Grados and Dr. Arl says that as long as Emperor Dolmen still 
    exist then there can be no peace since Dolmen's ambition knows no end. He 
    would probably betray his ally in the Intergalactic Alliance if they end up 
    winning the war. The people living under his rules however are a different 
    matter, they can be talked with but they are oppressed since Dolmen has any 
    dissenter or resistance and their planets destroyed.
    At the bridge, Bright note that they've liberated Pentagona and helped Edon 
    out of it's problem but in order to protect a wider galaxy, they need to 
    set up an organization that is strong and commands a large force and for 
    that they need to gather those like Prince Mito and Daba to form the core 
    of this organization. Layla says that not everyone can be a leader like 
    Prince Mito or Daba and Quattro says that it doesn't have to be someone of 
    that caliber; they need someone who is respected in this part of the galaxy 
    to be backing them.
    Dr. Arl then suggests the name of Gascon which Diego, Blues and Shutekken 
    then agrees is quite good. The three says that Gascon, the tiger of space, 
    is quite well known throughout the galaxy as a righteous warrior who is 
    well known and commands respects. Sukedo and Kakus say that Gascon had once 
    visited Edon many years ago to dispense justice to evildoer much like what 
    they did. Shutekken says that if Gascon backs them up, then those that are 
    still loyal to Poseidal or the New Planetoid Alliance will have to 
    Dr. Arl says that however, Gascon goes where he please so there's no 
    telling where they'll meet him but if they do, he hopes Lord Kento isn't 
    disrespect ful to him.
    The team arrives in Grados space and is faced with automaton Grados and 
    Zarl troops, Eiji note that the automatic forces will detain the intruders 
    while the main forces is contacted. Alan says that they are here to try and 
    negotiate peace anyway so they have to make contact with the main forces. 
    Gou and Kouji then note that the best way to get them here fast enough is 
    to raise enough ruckus.
    The team deploys and defeated the automatic forces but then a Grados fleet 
    appears and Eiji hails them saying that he is Albatrona Eiji Asuka and he 
    is here with the Earth force to negotiate peace. The Gradosian commander 
    however recognize Eiji as a traitor to the Grados but Eiji counters that 
    while he did run away from the Gradosian army, he never betrayed his home, 
    he's working for the peace between Grados and Earth. The Gradosian 
    commander won't listen but Alan says that they have Prince Mito of Edon 
    with them. Would the Gradosian higher up REALLY want to refuse an audience 
    with the future king of the Edon Kingdom?
    The commander is unsure but Zarl reinforcement arrives and amongst them is 
    someone who calls himself Gascon. Gascon announces himself as the tiger of 
    space that is here because of his pledge with Kroppen and denounces the 
    team saying that they are here for revenge on Grados, they've already 
    decimated the Grados forces on Earth, and decimated Pentagona. Eiji says 
    that that's not true, while it's true that many on Earth hated Grados for 
    what the Grados did, they personally are not here for revenge, but the 
    Grados troops and Gascon doesn't believe him or even Prince Mito and 
    spurred on by Gascon's word, more Grados troops appear.
    Bright consider a retreat but Grados troops cut off their exit. Kento is 
    mad and tells Dr. Arl that Gascon is nowhere near how Dr. Arl describes him 
    and Shutekkent and Diego is in shocked that someone of Gascon's caliber 
    would bow down to the Zarl and become their lackey.
    The team fends off Grados troops and defeat Gascon and Gascon note that 
    they are powerful but all is going to plan and retreats. The Grados troops 
    note that Gascon's signal is still around which means he is only going for 
    repair. Soon after Gascon reappears but he then tries to break up the fight 
    that the team has with the Grados.
    Kento is fighting mad and shouted that Gascon had the nerve to try and play 
    peace maker after what he did just now. Gascon doesn't understand and Kento 
    shouted that someone who is in league with the Zarl like him is going to 
    get whupped. Gascon note that Kento probably heard about Kroppen giving him 
    information on the team's whereabout and misunderstood but NO ONE, not even 
    the grandson of Emperor Palmillion of the former Elios Empire talks down to 
    him like that. Gascon says that he will show Kento the true power of the 
    tiger of space who had walked through the various battlefield within the 
    ten million light years of the galaxy and Kento shouted back that if 
    Gascon's a tiger then he's going to skin him for a rug and roast him for 
    Daltanious and Gascon's Robo then clash with each other with Daltanious 
    dealing heavy damage to Gascon but Gascon then rush Daltanious damaging the 
    leg portion and says that now Daltanious can't move and the fight's not 
    over yet.
    However suddenly the two are then attacked by Kroppen and another Gascon 
    appears. Gascon can't believe that there's someone who looked exactly like 
    him and the fake Gascon spills the bean that he attacked the team earlier 
    using Gascon's name and likeness to create this situation so that they 
    would kill each other and now that they're half dead, he'll finish them 
    both off and use the name Gascon, the tiger of space from now on.
    Tetsuya, Gou and Kouji then rush the fake Gascon saying that they'll take 
    care of him and Kento apologize to Gascon for jumping to conclusion and 
    Gascon says that goes double for him and technically Kroppen did a very 
    good job of fooling them. Gascon offers to take the Daltanious back to the 
    ship for repair. Gascon and the Daltanious leave the battlefield but the 
    team is more than able to defeat the fake Gascon and Kroppen.
    Kroppen note that this failure means that Gascon will now aid the WB team 
    and they're now even deadlier than before.
    The Grados troops call for more reinforcement and a horde of ships come but 
    their leader broadcast on a frequency saying that he is Amas Gale, a former 
    Grados solider and for the Grados soliders here to stop the fighting. The 
    Grados commander asks if they are the opposition faction that they've heard 
    about. Gale asks if joining the Intergalactic Alliance to wage an invasion 
    is the Grados army's justice? They can no longer hurt or lose the Grados 
    ideal, they must be brave enough to pull out of the Alliance and seek for 
    peace with others. The Grados commander isn't caring and Gale says that if 
    the Grados commander wants to force the hands, they will not hold back. The 
    Grados commander is surprised that a huge number of fleet appears at Gale's 
    word and Gale says that many soliders are tired from this useless war and 
    have voiced out their thoughts. The Grados commander reluctantly flee and 
    Akimi note that there's also a resistance in Grados.
    Eiji asks if it is truly Gale and Simone ask if Gale isn't the one that was 
    engaged to Eiji's sister Julia. Eiji says that's so but he's supposed to be 
    dead after clashing with Eiji.
    Meeting with Bright, Gale confirms that his opposition movement is 
    considering joining forces with the WB to pull Grados out of the 
    Intergalactic Alliance and stop this invasion war. A lot of voice in Grados 
    is calling out for the end to the war thanks to it's length and he'd like 
    the Gradosian to resolve this situation by their own hands. Daba note that 
    if Grados does pull out that means the Intergalactic Alliance will be on 
    it's last leg.
    Gale tells Bright that he thinks the opposition movement is strong enough 
    to push for changes within Grados and he'd like the WB team to go take out 
    the Zarl Empire instead. With the Zarl defeated, the pressure on Grados to 
    continue this alliance will be gone and they can lobby for change. Right 
    now they're pushing for Grados to stop their invasion of other star systems. 
    Bright agrees to it and Gale says that there's an old station satellite 
    that they can use to travel to Zarl territory
    Gascon is in a good mood and laughs it up with Kento and Gou on how well 
    they get along. Dr. Arl asks if that means Gascon will help them and Gascon 
    says it is so. Hayato says that there's one more idiot around to which Dr. 
    Arl says is quite demeaning to Gascon but Gascon doesn't mind at all.
    Gale comes to Fairy's room and gives her a data disk on the info they have 
    on the ancient Gradosian seal which will help Fairy in her research on the 
    CUBE and tells her to use it for people's future
    Later on in the hallway, Gale meets with Eiji and he asks about Julia. Eiji 
    tells Gale that Julia is alive and well on Earth. Eiji asks if Gale wants 
    to come alongside them to fight for the peace of the galaxy but Gale says 
    that he thinks he is more suited to stopping the Grados government from 
    their current course of action. Gale tells Eiji that while their course may 
    differ, they are working for the same things and he asks that Eiji take 
    care of the fight with the Zarl.
    Episode 52
    The team is traveling into Zarl territory and Shutekken says that according 
    to their info, most planets under the rules of the Zarl are slowly secretly 
    gathering a resistance force and they can be rallied around the name of 
    Kento who is the grandson of the old Elios Emperor Palmillion. Kento says 
    to not make him TOO famous since he isn't going to be around to take care 
    of this responsibility which really annoys Dr. Arl that the heir to the 
    throne is so irresponsible.  Lecce and Shinobu (girl) says that some forces 
    from the Pentagona system have commited themselves to fighting the Zarl as 
    well as Ego's group from Edon. Alan note that with their current war 
    against the Interdimensional Alliance, adding in enemy troops from 
    Pentagona and Edon not to mention internal rebellion means that the Zarl 
    forces will be stretched thin which will allow them to sneak in and take 
    care of the head. 3J and Poncho also says not to forget their contribution 
    since they create a good supply line for all of this to come about.
    Emperor Dolmen meanwhile gives Kroppen one last chance to defeat the WB 
    team or not to come back.
    The team is near the Zarl mother planet, the former planet Elios. Most ally 
    troops have now engaged the Zarl forces and Zarl forces also arrive where 
    the team is too. Kento and Danji deploy forming Daltanious and the battle 
    Dr.Arl tells Kento to be careful since Kroppen will definitely be joining 
    this battle and fight to the death. Danji asks how Dr. Arl is so sure and 
    Dr. Arl says that Emperor Dolmen does not tolerate failure especially 
    continuous failure that Kroppen has been having against the team so this is 
    probably Kroppen's last chance.
    True to word, Kroppen and his underlings arrives with more forces. Kento 
    says that it's a good chance to pay back the commander of the Zarl forces 
    that burnted their home back in Japan to ashes. Kroppen decides to activate 
    the space mines that are scattered around the area and Fairy tells Akimi to 
    not land near them or risk detonating them.
    Even so the team manages to defeat Kroppen's underling like Kabuto and 
    Boida but Kroppen himself does not go down easily as he get a second and 
    third wind against the team and deploys even more forces. After much 
    beating up of Kroppen whose will is still strong and doesn't quit but his 
    mecha quit for him and Kento delivers the final blow against Kroppen 
    defeating him.
    Carmen Carmen is informed of this development and note that all is going as 
    plan for his Osiris Project. Back at their base, Boida and Kabuto apologize 
    to Emperor Dolmen for their failure and say that the next time they deploy, 
    they will fight to the death. Emperor Dolmen then appointed Zakuron from 
    the Robot Empire to be Zarl and the Intergalactic Alliance's Commander in 
    Chief which greatly peeved off the two since they thought that with Kroppen 
    dead, they were next in line to succeed him.
    News of the team's victory spread and congratulatory message comes in from 
    all over the conquered planet of the Zarl Empire and many have begun to 
    openly join the rebellion led in Kento's name.
    At the hangar, Jeeg tells Akimi that he didn't think that the team would be 
    this fast in making progress against the Zarl and Akimi ask if Jeeg plans 
    to deploy against the Zarl as well. Jeeg says that the people from 
    Guardisword have a score to settle with the Zarl as well since they were 
    part of the Intergalactic Alliance that invaded Guardisword and it resulted 
    in their home planet blowing up. Akimi asks if it's ok to leave Sally in 
    the room like this and Jeeg says that this has become a matter of necessity 
    since even if Sally DID cooperates like he does, she wouldn't be able to 
    fight with a clear head and if she deploys, she's likely to get herself 
    killed along with others as well. Even HE finds it hard to remain calm and 
    cool if they're going to fight the Zarl. While it's not good for both he 
    and Sally, he think that Sally should sit this one out.
    At his room, Dr. Arl prays to Emperor Palmillion to watch over his grandson 
    in their final battle against the Zarl.
    Episode 52A
    Akimi asks Fairy why Jeeg and Sally hates the Zarl that much and Fairy says 
    that it's because during the final invasion when the Intergalactic Alliance 
    invaded Guardisword which led to the Guardisword planet being blown up, 
    those two were at the forefront so they saw their comrades died and their 
    planet destroyed and the main attacking force of the Intergalactic Alliance 
    was the Zarl. Akimi asks if Fairy also hates the Zarl and she says that she 
    doesn't like them but she's wondering if their invasion really did led to 
    the Guardisword's home planet's destruction as was publicy announced. 
    Helrukka's announcement that the CUBE experimentation area was attacked by 
    Zarl forces leading to the CUBE going out of control leading to their 
    planet blowing up seems a little fishy to her. She wasn't on the home 
    planet at the time but she think it was orchestrated by someone. Akimi asks 
    if she think it's Helrukka's work but what does he gain by blowing up his 
    own home planet? Fairy doesn't know since this is all speculation on her 
    Enemies suddenly appears on their route to Zarl and Bright orders the team 
    to rush through since they can't waste time here. After rushing through, 
    the team resumes their course to Zarl.
    At Sally and Jeeg's quarter, Sally is adamant about deploying against the 
    Zarl but Jeeg forbids her to do so.  Sally asks why can her bro deploy and 
    she can't and Jeeg says that Sally will let her emotion get the best of her 
    in the coming fight, it's different for him because he's fought alongside 
    this team for a couple of mission now so they know how he fights but Sally 
    would just throw the team's teamwork out the window. Sally isn't buying 
    that much and says that as per their agreement with Akimi and Fairy, each 
    of them can cooperate if they want to so she's going in, but Jeeg says that 
    whatever the reason, he's not letting Sally deploy and he locks the door 
    telling Sally to stay put until this is over.
    Episode 53
    A message to the WB from the Resistance forces attacking Zarl territory all 
    over tells the WB that Zarl forces have been ordered to give up defending 
    the territory and to begin retreating from their area and head back to Zarl. 
    Quattro, Shutekken, Diego and Gascon note that this isn't good. Zarl 
    territory is quite large so there are lots of forces spread throughout the 
    territories; if they decide to gather back at the Zarl Planet then the 
    number will be huge. Of course, the resistance forces will try and stop 
    them and maybe take out some of the Zarl troops but the majority of the 
    force will remain and they will do their best to head back since words have 
    probably gotten out that the team is the true main attack forces heading 
    for the main head planet and that they've taken out Kroppen, the commander 
    in chief. This makes the team note that it's a race against time before 
    Zarl reinforcement return to Zarl.
    The team arrives at Zarl planet and Zakuron asks Ondron about their 
    calculated chance at winning and Ondron says that according to their ruler, 
    Mother Computer Sigma, they have a 100% chance of winning. Kento and Danji 
    deploy and decide to rush in but are driven back by a planetary barrier. 
    Zakuron deploys Silver and Boida and Kabuto also deploy. Boida and Kabuto 
    aren't pleased having to take order from Zakuron and decides that they will 
    use this battle to show Emperor Dolmen why THEY or more specifically, one 
    of them, should be the new commander in chief.
    The team notes that they can't get through the barrier and they can't 
    retreat now after coming all this way since if they do, Zarl reinforcement 
    will arrive and make Zarl truly impenetrable. Dr. Arl tells Kento that 
    it'll take sometime to analyze the barrier and find a weakness so they have 
    to hang on and Kento says that they'll have to take out Boida, Kabuto and 
    Silver first then.
    Boida and Kabuto are determined to use this opportunity to become the next 
    commander in chief but they also fail and died. Silver screams for Ondron 
    to help her as her mech explodes and Ondron note that it is such a waste 
    since Silver really was beautiful. Meanwhile Dr. Arl has analyzed the 
    barrier and tells the team to attack the satellite surrounding the barrier 
    to dissipate it but Zakuron comes out to battle the team since Boida and 
    the others are defeated. Zakuron is a tough nut to crack as the team batter 
    him with attack but he says that it is all going according to the 
    calculation of the Mother Computer and regenerates himself. 
    Watta note that this Mecharobo is tougher than all the rest but Gou tells 
    him that instead of complaining, he should be firing more missiles at it. 
    The team manages to destroy all the satellite. (Note to "highly smart" 
    supercomputer, NEXT TIME, put the satellite IN the forcefield) Ondron can't 
    believe that the calculation and prediction of the Mother Computer Sigma 
    was proven to be false. He begins laughing hysterically shouting that if 
    the Mother Computer Sigma is wrong then the Robot Empire is over, 
    everything is over if they can no longer trust in Mother Computer Sigma to 
    always be right. Zakuron note that the enemy's fighting power is beyond 
    what Mother Computer Sigma reported, how can this be? Zakuron is damaged 
    badly by Trider G7 and he notes that if his defeat is known then the trust 
    towards Mother Computer Sigma will be gone and the Robot Empire will fall 
    apart. He can't fail, he's fighting like the computer tells him to. Watta 
    sees his chance and uses the Trider Bird Attack to finish off Zakuron and 
    Zakuron dies wondering why? Mother Computer Sigma was supposed to be 
    perfect. (Technically I'd start having doubt the moment I see that the 
    satellite generating the forcefield isn't INSIDE the force field)
    Kento shouts for Dolmen to come out and Dolmen deploys with a very large 
    number of forces. Dolmen then announces that he will not accept their 
    surrender, they will all die but they will know the dark secret of Elios as 
    he shows them his face. Dr. Arl is surprised to see that Dolmen looks 
    exactly like the deceased Emperor Palmillion and Dolmen says that it is 
    because he is Palmillion's clone.
    Kento doesn't care about what happened that long ago, whatever the case, 
    Dolmen has brought pain and suffering to them when his forces attacked 
    Tokyo and destroyed their home not to mention the various planets he 
    subjugated along with the countless innocents he killed. The team notes 
    that it's a large enough force and odds are that there are more available. 
    If the battle keeps up, they're going to be badly outnumbered, so they have 
    to take out Dolmen as soon as possible.
    Jeeg is livid at the sight of Dolmen and Akimi tells him to stay calm. 
    Akimi then wonders how Sally is feeling right now. Cut back to Sally's room. 
    Sally is pounding on the door begging to get out, she promises not to run 
    away but no one is there to hear her. Jeeg tells Akimi that it's ok, he's 
    not going to let emotion get the best of him.
    After one attack, Dolmen's face changed and Kento asked what's going on and 
    Dr. Arl says that it's true then that Dolmen is a clone since one of the 
    way to tell them apart is that their skin pigment can change color under 
    certain conditions Dolmen says that that won't stop him and deploys more 
    troops telling Kento that the glory of Elios was due to the sufferings of 
    the clones. Kento shouted that he doesn't care about the dead past. Dolmen 
    attacks him saying that someone like Kento who continues the bloodline of 
    Palmillion will die painfully at his hands. The glory of Elios meant that 
    he was supposed to live and suffer in the shadows as the spare parts for 
    the Emperor. The dark past of Elios is that they breed clones for parts for 
    the Emperor and as stands in treating them like dirts and disposing of them 
    once the Emperor falls. Kento says that he may emphatize with what the 
    clone had to go through but because of Dolmen, too many people had to 
    suffer and die, he's not going to forgive him for that. Dolmen bites it but 
    says that this isn't over. As long as there's a need for clone in society, 
    situation like his wil reoccur and rebellions like his will rise up again
    With Dolmen dead, the Zarl forces are in disarray and many began to 
    surrender. Kento says that they've won but Danji note that it's a victory 
    with a bad aftertaste. Shutekken tells the two not to worry about it, 
    Dolmen was weak, he gave in to the world blaming every bad thing he did on 
    being a clone.
    Akimi ask Jeeg if this means the Zarl are finished and Jeeg and Fairy says 
    that the troops on the other world will go into disarray without someone to 
    lead them. The Intergalactic Alliance is technically finished which means 
    the battle with the Interdimensional Alliance will intensify. Akimi asks 
    Jeeg what he plans to do next since Guardisword is part of the 
    Interdimensional Alliance. Jeeg says that he plans to stick with the team 
    for now, if the Interdimensional Alliance gives up their plans on conquest 
    then there may be a chance for peace.
    Back at the ship, Dr. Arl is ecstatic, Elios can now be reborn but Kento 
    isn't having any of it. Danji note that their boy just isn't fit for ruling 
    but Daba and Mito wonders about that since they think Kento also makes a 
    good king with Daba saying that sometime they have to live up to what 
    others see in them and Dr. Arl adds that a lot of people expect big things 
    from Kento and Kento says that he's postponing this little talk until all 
    the battles are finished.
    Back at their room, Sally pout that her big bro didn't trust her but Jeeg 
    says that there's another reason he kept her out of it, this battle had a 
    very big chance of becoming a three way battle if the Interdimensional 
    Alliance sees the chance and join in to attack both side. If that happen, 
    Sally will definitely feel conflicted and that will cost her her life. With 
    her on the ship, he himself isn't too conflicted if that situation occurs 
    since even if they are "allies" if they attack the ship, he's not gonna 
    hold back.
    Sally says she forgive him and Jeeg ask if she wants to attend the next 
    meeting but Sally is still pouting saying that she knows her big bro had a 
    thing for Akimi, she can see it during their deployment together, she's 
    just gonna get in the way of his pining for her during the meeting .Jeeg 
    says that's not true but Sally says that she doesn't feel like attending. 
    Jeeg says he understands and leaves with Sally noting "Why did I say that, 
    it's like I...."
    Bright note that with the Zarl situation resolved, he's wondering about the 
    Interdimensional Alliance. Mito asks Shinobu about their movement and she 
    says that there's been no noteworthy movement. Shutekken says that his 
    source tells him that one fleet is withdrawing. They don't seem to want to 
    negotiate with the team though Quattro thought that they would use the 
    opportunity to attack. Shinobu says that they're probably planning 
    something and Dr. Plato agrees saying that it's too quiet, too unnatural 
    for them.
    Frau tells Bright that there is a message being broadcasted across the 
    galaxyfrom Carmen Carmen. Carmen Carmen says that soon his Osiris plan will 
    come to fruitition by exploding the Zarl sun ending all their ambitions and 
    future to bring this area to the next dimension.
    Professor Hatsuki note that by exploding the sun, Carmen Carmen probably 
    plans to utilize the massive energy from the explosion to move this area of 
    space to another dimension, which isn't good for not only this area alone 
    but Pentagona and Edon will be affected as well.
    Diane and Lecce quickly confirm that Nubia forces and the Interdimensional 
    Alliance are moving towards the Zarl sun. Jeeg confirms that Nubia is one 
    of the more dominant partners in their alliance in the IDA. Chris asks if 
    they won't get caught up in the explosion as well but Fairy says that they 
    will probably warp out since the IDA's main base is in another dimension. 
    The team note that their next course of action is clear, they have to stop 
    Carmen Carmen and Bright orders all ships to move out.
    Episode 54
    Bright is told that at their current speed, they will arrive in two hours, 
    faster than they anticipated. Quattro hands him a list of pilots/mechs that 
    are still available for deployment since the battle with the Zarl damaged 
    quite a lot of their machine and they don't have the time to do full repair 
    right now. Bright note that Jeeg's name is still on the list and Quattro 
    says that he's using every resource at his disposal. While Dr. Plato note 
    that Jeeg works well with Akimi and his mech is powerful, Hayato wonder if 
    he can be trusted since they are going against Guardisword's ally from now 
    on and Quattro says that he wouldn't put Jeeg's name on here if he doesn't 
    trust him.
    Akimi talks things with Jeeg, they're about to go up against Guardisword's 
    ally now, is he fine with that. Jeeg says that after seeing the team in 
    action for a while, he's come to believe in them and that the future they 
    want to build is the one that he wants Guardisword to have, so he's in for 
    the long haul with them.
    At the bridge, Bright says that they will send a strike team that can reach 
    the destination quicker than the main fleet. Their job is to locate the 
    machine that Nubia plans to use to destroy the sun and destroy it while the 
    main fleet arrives afterward to take care of the IDA's forces. This means 
    Akimi, Jeeg, Watta, the Dancougar team and the three J9 Teams are chosen
    Arriving at the destination, the strike force wonders where the machine to 
    destroy the sun is and Fairy suggest that it may be aboard one of the enemy 
    ship which means they need to wreck them all and/or wait until they start 
    the machine up. Gildrome arrives to stop them and Jeeg note that it's 
    Gildrome and Gildrome recognize Jeeg and says that he's been given order to 
    terminate Jeeg. Jeeg says that if it's Muge then he won't have to hold back. 
    Gildrome mocks Jeeg saying that it was due to Muge's protection that 
    Guardisword which is comparable to a small country could survive, if 
    Emperor Muge wishes so, he could wipe out Guardisword in an instant. He's 
    going to rob Jeeg of all hope and crush him like a bug. Shinobu shouted 
    that they're gonna fix that but Gildrome says that the nightmare is only 
    Gildrome is right, his nightmare is only beginning as he is defeated, the 
    main forces arrive and Bright asks if they've destroyed the machine but 
    Fairy says that they haven't found it yet. Jin says that they should deploy 
    and search around and Quattro agrees saying that they need to put the 
    pressure on the enemy. Frau asks Puru what's wrong and Puru says that 
    someone seems to be calling her so she wouldn't deploy just yet.
    Carmen Carmen arrives and deploys his forces which consist of Heavy Metal, 
    enemy robots from Edon and more to which Izak note that Carmen Carmen must 
    have been building up his forces for this gambit. Meanwhile, inside the WB, 
    Sally is agonizing over what she should do since she still hasn't made up 
    her mind like her big bro but Puru comes in saying that Sally should go out. 
    Sally asks if that's the captain's order but Puru says that it's her own 
    decision since she feels that Sally is going to be important in a while. 
    Puru runs off and Sally wonders what to do and where her machine is.
    Carmen tells the J9 team that the only one that will go on the trip to the 
    other dimension are the chosen ones of Nubia, as for them, they will die 
    here. Izak says that there's no such thing as the chosen race. Carmen's 
    ship is destroyed but he soon reappears and says that he is eternal. Izak 
    note that it was a stand in and Bowie hopes that this time they have the 
    real deal. Destroying Carmen's ship again, Carmen reappears with even more 
    forces and Bowie notes that THIS must be the real one. Akimi's machine 
    suddenly starts glowing and Fairy says that the CUBE is resonating with 
    Carmen's ship which means that Carmen is using the CUBE which means it 
    definitely IS the real Carmen this time. Kid and the others says that if 
    that's the case then they can bombs away and reduce Carmen to ash and get 
    it over with but Fairy says that it's dangerous to try and destroy the ship 
    with the CUBE on it and Jeeg says that's true, it once wiped out 
    Guardisword's mother planet. He doesn't think it'll wipe out just the sun 
    but this entire solar system if they're not careful. 
    Shutekken then says that they'll have to damage the ship enough to be able 
    to slip in and disarm the CUBE. More enemy reinforcement appears and Bright 
    notes that the difference in firepower is making it hard to do that. Any 
    reinforcement on their side from Pentagona or Edon isn't going to make it 
    in time before Carmen initiates his Osiris project. Sally then tells Bright 
    that she's deploying. Jeeg asks why she's deploying and Sally says she 
    doesn't want that tragedy to happen again and rushes in. with Akimi 
    straight behind her. Jeeg tries to go too but Shutekken says that the stone 
    has been cast, all they can do now is support her. Bright tells everyone 
    that Sally and Akimi will have to reach Carmen's ship to create an opening 
    for a boarding team to board Carmen's Ship while the other takes care of 
    Carmen's reinforcement. Afterward the boarding team can go disable the CUBE.
    The J9 Team confronts Carmen again and he thanks them for coming to see him 
    off in this glorious day. Izak and Kid shouted that Carmen had destroyed 
    many lives in his mad destiny and it's time to pay the piper. Sally and 
    Akimi finds an opening and enters. Fairy tells Sally that they're going in 
    and if they're capture, to return to the WB with their machine since they 
    can't let another CUBE fall into Carmen's hand. Carmen sends out arm guards 
    to take out Fairy and Akimi who have reached the CUBE room and Fairy 
    quickly overwrites the software regulating the CUBE.
    Escaping, Fairy tells Sally that she change the programming but Carmen's 
    troop should only think that she quick disable it and thus reboot the CUBE 
    with the new programming. They can't risk letting the enemy know over 
    communication line so they have to get back to the ship. Once near the ship, 
    Fairy tells Bright that she reconfigures the CUBE for Carmen's ship to make 
    the jump without tampering with the Sun and the result should more or less 
    throw him and his nearby follower into dimensional oblivion but they can't 
    stay near here or they risk being transported too. They have to get out of 
    here in five minutes.
    Carmen note that the team is retreating, have they given up or is it 
    something else, whatever the case, he won't let them escape and enemy units 
    appear blocking the team's escape route. The team dispatchs of them and 
    prepares to pull out. Seeing the team running and believing he's won, 
    Carmen Carmen heads over to the sun to start his Osiris plan and he and his 
    followers disappears unaware that their destination is dimensional oblivion. 
    Fairy note that the sun seems to be ok and that they save this galaxy.
    At the bridge, Hayato wonders what they should do next since the remaining 
    enemy is the Interdimensional Alliance. Hatsuki says that if they can't 
    control the gate then they have to wait for the IDA to attack but Fairy 
    says that that might not be so since when she reset Carmen's CUBE, she 
    copied the data and it can help them use gates to go anywhere they want. 
    Jeeg confess that he has Muge's destination data if they want. It's decided 
    that the team will go to Muge next. Akimi asks if Sally wants to come along 
    and Sally says with a frown that if that's what they want, she'll be at her 
    machine. It's pretty clear that Sally is still conflicted over having to 
    fight the IDA.
    Meanwhile Desgaia is informed of Gildrome's death and Carmen's failure. The 
    fact that the team is heading their way also enrages him. Desgaia informs 
    Emperor Muge who says that the WB team will soon find out that the entirety 
    of this dimension is comprised of Emperor Muge himself and Desgaia is 
    filled with pride at battling beside his Emperor once again.
    Meanwhile, Helrukka note that the WB team is soon going to attack Muge and 
    it seems Fairy has manages to crack the gate technology. Reginia apologize 
    for not taking out Fairy sooner and Helrukka says that it's fine, what 
    about the development of the army that she's in charge of. Reginia says 
    that they are in final phase and with them complete, Guardisword's military 
    might will increase a thousand fold. Helrukka says that is well but they 
    will need to test them so he's sending some of them in as Muge's 
    Episode 55
     The team arrives in Muge space. Sally comment that it's just as depressing 
    a place as ever and Akimi asks if they've been here before and Jeeg says 
    that it was during their alliance with Muge. Amuro can feel the intense 
    pressure from the planet and Jeeg says that's where Emperor Muge is and the 
    team decides to go there.
    Entering the planet, everyone is surprised to see the sky is red. Dancougar 
    deploys and Sarah note that it's like hell and the party with the reaper is 
    starting. She note that they fought and fought Muge only to have it end in 
    a place like this but their destination is not hell but the light beyond.  
    Everyone deploys and Desgaia arrives saying that he will pay them back for 
    that defeat they gave him on Earth..
    Shinobu note that something is odd, he can't move Dancougar as freely as 
    normal and Ryou and Masato say that they feel the same. Something's wrong 
    here. In Muge's castle, Muge calls forth the evil spirits to do his 
    biddings. The New Types sense enormous pressures with Puru shouting that 
    she doesn't want to be here anymore. Prof. Hatsuki notes that the 
    Dancougar's spirit energy level is dropping down like crazy and Dr. Plato 
    note that everyone's mental condition seems to be deteriorating but they 
    don't know the cause so they'll have to find out quick during the battle.
     The team defeated Desgaia or so they thought. As Shinobu goes in to try 
    and verify it, Desgaia reappears and jumps Dancougar. Desgaia says that his 
    Sangaio is undestroyable and it will always revive. Shinobu is ready to 
    give it another go but Ryou tells him that if this keeps up, they wouldn't 
    win, they'd just be wasting their energy. He's been thinking that this 
    dimension has been designed to sap them and their mech of energy and 
    vitality. Hatsuki says that they're working on ways to counter this and 
    tells the team to hang in there. The team defeated Desgaia again but he 
    pops back up cursing that the team managed to destroy his Sangaio twice but 
    as long as the red skies are here, they'll never kill him. Sarah asks 
    Hatsuki if he found a way yet and Hatsuki says that from their analysis of 
    the Sangaio's revival, the biological parts regenerate but the cockpit core 
    can't. Masato note that's true, Desgaia can't regenerate himself so if they 
    kill him they can win, all they need to do is notice where the core is when 
    it's regenerating. Shinobu shout that this time Desgaia is going down for 
    The team blows the Sangaio to pieces and as it starts regenerating, Shinbou 
    shouted that Desgaia isn't going to regenerate out of this one but the team 
    was too slow in attacking the core so the Sangaio regenerates but this time 
    the team is determined to do it right and defeats Desgaia once again. Ryou 
    shout for Shinobu to hit Desgaia with the Dancoukougaken and don't miss and 
    Shinobu heartily agrees.
    Emperor Muge sees that Desgaia is defeated and comes out. The team notes 
    that the red sky is gone and now that they can move freely, they have a 
    chance of winning but suddenly Fairy notice that the Interdimensional Gate 
    is activating and Reginia pops out with Jyaku Jyu, Kikaijuu and Metal 
    Armour (The Gilgasamune kind). Akimi asks Jeeg if the Guardisword made 
    contact with any of the groups before the team defeated them but Sally says 
    they only surveyed them but there was no talk of getting them on board. 
    Akimi note that they'll have to ask Reginia what is going on then.
    The team manage to hurt Emperor Muge and he applaud them as a specie that 
    hasn't fully evolved to his point but manage to give him a thrill, he's 
    going to see how well they do against his offspring for a while and Muge 
    retreats. Ryou doesn't think this is just a normal retreat and Alan tells 
    Shinobu to save some strength to take Muge on once he reappears.
    Jeeg and Sally confronts Reginia and says that they have a couple of 
    questions to ask, what is this group that she's brought with her but 
    Reginia says that she has no time for talk and she blast a path away for 
    herself and activates the dimensional gate. Sally rush in saying that she's 
    going to confirm things with Lord Helrukka personally about Reginia's 
    action but Jeeg shouted that Guardisword is no longer a place that will 
    accept them. Sally doesn't understand what Jeeg is saying, she says that 
    their objective is to find a new mother planet and create a peaceful world; 
    she has to go tells Lord Helrukka that they can coexist with these people. 
    Jeeg shouted that they've been abandoned by Helrukka but Sally thinks 
    otherwise, it's all Reginia's fault. Jeeg says that that's not it, right 
    now Helrukka rules over Guardisword with no dissention, the only one who 
    could tells Reginia to do that was Helrukka. Sally says that it isn't true 
    or is her big bro really adamant on fighting their own people. She's going 
    to go and get things cleared up.
    Akimi tells Sally not to go but Fairy says that the gate is closing and 
    Sally apologizes to Akimi and says to take care of her big brother. The 
    other enemies are taken care of and Shinobu shout for Muge to come out of 
    hiding.  Muge says that he is the peak of their evolution and he will 
    absorb all of them into him. Ryou shouted that Solbados is absorbing their 
    willpower and everything they've got. Amuro says that the pressure is more 
    intense than ever. Shinobu is hectic but Ryou tells him to calm down, he 
    sense that Solbados is using the power of the ghost and evil spirits in 
    here to absorb their energy. The only way they can win is to make their 
    spiritual energy stronger. Shinobu note that they don't have much power 
    left but if Solbados have the backing of evil spirits then he'll pray for 
    the good spirits to help them and lend them power. Camille says that is so, 
    the people who died for them and for the peaceful world they wish to create. 
    Amuro, Camille, Judo and the other New Type then sense that the will of the 
    people both alive and dead are beginning to join as one and gives them 
    Muge is astonished, he can't believe that the dead are lending these 
    foolish humans the power to fight him and Shinobu shouted "THIS is it 
    Solbados, Yatteyaruze!!" and  Dancoukougahen him. The fight is over but 
    Hatsuki note that Muge encompass this planet and once he dies, this planet 
    is dying with him. The team retreats and once out in space sees that the 
    planet they were on has broken down and vanish along with the dark will of 
    the evil spirits.
    Later on, Bright is informed about Sally and Fairy says that she is 
    probably at Guardisword right now. Jeeg tries to plead for Sally's case 
    saying that she only wanted peace and Lalah says that she understands that 
    Sally really want what's best for Guardisword. Akimi asks if they should 
    follow and Kouji agrees noting that he's curious about the Kikaijuu army 
    that Reginia summoned and Bright agrees to it.
    Meanwhile, Sally has reported to Helrukka about her findings about Earth 
    and that they can co-exist with them now that the Intergalactic Alliance is 
    destroyed, they don't have to hide within the Interdimensional Alliance 
    anymore. Helrukka says that's true, they no longer need to hide and he 
    tells Reginia to take care of the rest. Reginia then laughs and tells Sally 
    that if they were to go about making peace with the Earthling and such, 
    they'd be dead within a couple of years and proceeds to restrain Sally 
    telling her that as per Lord Helrukka's command, she will be reborn to 
    serve the new Guardisword. Sally tries to resist but Reginia says that 
    she'll introduce her to a friend of her. Worth then walks in and Reginia 
    orders him to take Sally to their lab. Sally recognize Worth as Fairy's 
    former lover and asks what's wrong with Worth and Worth says that he must 
    obey Lady Reginia and knocks her out.
    Episode 55A
    Kaine asks why they aren't headed for Guardisword yet and Dr. Plato says 
    that Fairy is calculating the location for the warp gate right now. 
    Meanwhile Bright tells the operator to be on full alert since the enemy can 
    warp forces right near them without advance warning. No sooner has Bright 
    says that that the mysterious troops that Reginia commanded attack again. 
    The team deployed to stop them. Afterward at the cafeteria, Akimi note that 
    the mysterious troops they fought feels quite fearsome and Amuro agrees 
    that they give off bad vibes. Jeeg also agrees saying that they fought on 
    until each one of them was destroyed but they don't seem to be A.I. manned 
    robot, he wonder how Reginia created them. Akimi asks if Jeeg don't know 
    anything about them considering that he worked dealing information for 
    Guardisword but Jeeg doesn't know which makes him worry about Sally's well 
    being since she still believed in Helrukka. Akimi says that they'll soon 
    head out to save her so he should keep his hopes up.
    Episode 56
     Fairy explains that the reason that it's taking so long to calibrate the 
    measurement to warp to Guardisword Headquarter is because she doesn't want 
    for them to be hit by space debris nearby. If they don't warp out precisely, 
    they stand a chance of getting hit by it. Chris asks why the Guardisword 
    headquarter is stationed in such a dangerous place and Jeeg says that it's 
    for protection, Guardisword headquarter is stationed in what they termed 
    the Rainbow space which is in an unstable dimensional rift which makes it 
    hard for anyone to invade. Dr. Plato notes that just to be sure, they'd 
    better recheck the calibration again.
    At the corridor, Akimi says that Jeeg is being quite cold even though Sally 
    may be in danger but Jeeg says that it's because that Akimi is worrying in 
    his stead that he can keep his cool. Akimi apologizes saying that she had 
    him pegged wrong and that he's probably tearing up inside.
    Elsewhere, 3J delivers to the GingaReppu, a spare Baxinger that is equipped 
    with the Auto-Synchro system. Diego and Shutekken say that with this, any 
    one of them can use a Baxinger even if the rest can't deploy so they have 
    to get used to using it. Before they can practice, the order to deploy come 
    and the Ginga Reppu scrambles.
    Fairy thinks back of when she escapes from Guardisword years ago and how 
    her lover Worth decided to stay behind to fight to give her the chance to 
    escape. She tells Worth that she is no longer sad, the hope he entrusted to 
    her is now with these brave people from Earth.
    Arriving at the location, Jeeg says that this is Fortress Isbelga and Fairy 
    comments that it was only in construction when she left. Jeeg says that 
    it's quite powerful but largely automated since the surviving population of 
    Guardisword is fairly low. Akimi thinks that Sally must be in there and 
    Puru says that she can feel Sally's presence there.
    Inside the fortress, Reginia is expecting the team and she tells Sally that 
    unfortunately, there isn't time to brainwash her but she can still use the 
    power of the CUBE to "dub" her which is to duplicate her machine and her 
    but under the command of Reginia to fight the team. Sally screams for 
    Reginia to stop but Reginia proceeds.
    Enemy mechs appear and Fairy note that Helrukka seems to be amassing up a 
    huge army somehow. Sally's mech also appears and Puru says that it seems 
    that Sally's on board but something feels off. Jeeg decides to go take a 
    closer look but Amuro advised against it when another duplicate of Sally's 
    machine appear. Puru says that the two machines definitely don't contain 
    Sally even though it felt like it. Inside the fortress, Reginia smirks and 
    asks Sally how many duplicates can Sally create before her mind breaks from 
    the CUBE's power?  Puru feels that Sally is in pain and Judo tells Puru, 
    Akimi and Jeeg that the four of them should rush in and rescue Sally right 
    now while the others take care of the enemies. The other three agrees and 
    rushes in.
    Bright is furious at Judo for doing as he please and dividing their forces 
    without his approval. Things go from bad to worse when Reginia expects it 
    and puts up a force field within Fortress Isbelga, locking the four inside 
    and preventing the others from getting in. Reginia then deploys hidden 
    mechs against the outside team. The team fends off the enemies and Reginia 
    tells Fairy if she remembers their encounter when she escaped from 
    Fairy remembered all too well, after Worth stayed behind to fend off 
    pursuing enemies, she had almost made it to the border of Guardisword 
    territory and was about to go into Hyperdrive when Reginia caught up with 
    her and begin to relentlessly attack her. Reginia tells Fairy that her 
    troops have disposed of Worth but Fairy will be captured alive to continue 
    the research on the CUBE but she's not going back without a couple of major 
    injuries that Reginia plans to inflict on her just for kicks. She should 
    have been wise and just keep on researching the CUBE like she's told. Fairy 
    says that she cannot participate in what she knows is wrong. Suddenly Worth 
    appears and tells Reginia that she's not laying a hand on Fairy and rushes 
    her. Worth says that he knows that even if his mech is in fighting 
    condition, he can't win against Reginia but he's taking Reginia out and 
    before Reginia can reactWorth self-destruct his machine allowing Fairy to 
    Back in the present, Reginia says that she won't forgive Fairy for that 
    time and this is her revenge and she orders the Odai to deploy. The Odai 
    deploys and Fairy is shocked to see that the pilot is Worth or more 
    precisely, a brainwashed puppet once named Worth. Reginia orders Worth to 
    kill Fairy and Worth moves to comply. Jeeg tells Fairy that this isn't the 
    man she knew any longer. Akimi asks Fairy what's wrong, she needs Fairy's 
    support and Fairy tries hard to comply with Jeeg telling Akimi to cover for 
    Fairy since she's not up to it right now. The four blasts back Odai and 
    Fairy tells Worth to stop but the others note that there isn't anything of 
    the man Fairy called Worth any longer.
    Judo note that this is bad, they have to find a way to take out the barrier 
    and regroup with the outer team. Jeeg tells Akimi to go in to the core 
    since Fairy is the only one with the expertise to deactivate the force 
    field and she's useless on the battlefield against Worth right now.  Akimi 
    complys and head for the core with Judo and the others telling Worth that 
    they'll be his opponent. Jeeg tells Judo that the Odai is too powerful for 
    the three of them to take out so the best course of action is to stall for 
    Inside, Akimi note that Fairy has calmed down and they both head to free 
    Sally. Expecting to take on Reginia, the two busted in only to find Sally 
    alone. A weakened Sally tells Akimi that Reginia has retreat towards the 
    hangar to deploy. Fairy tells Akimi to take Sally to their mech while she 
    goes to deactivate the force field. Akimi drags Sally to her mech with 
    Sally apologizing for not understanding anything and causing this to 
    happens but Akimi says not to worry. Sally asks to be taken to her machine 
    but Akimi is against it since Sally can't pilot in this condition but Fairy 
    comes in saying that Sally's mech can be programmed to take her back to the 
    ship and they can't pilot efficiently if they have Sally on board the Soul 
    The forcefield is taken out though Reginia deploys more hidden force 
    against the team though the team manages to regroup and takes out Worth who 
    retreats. Akimi wants to follow but Fairy is against it saying that she now 
    understand that the Worth she knew and love is dead, what's in front of her 
    is a puppet that Reginia left alive to torment her. What's more important 
    is to take Sally back to the ship.
    With Sally aboard, Bright orders the team to pull back to resupply and 
    regroup before they attack again. Jeeg and Akimi takes Sally to the medical 
    room before the order to redeploy comes again. The two tells Sally to rest 
    as they head back to the battlefield.
    Episode 57
    The team redeploys to take out Fortress Isbelga and Worth redeploys against 
    the team also. Fairy says that the leader of the enemy's attack is Odai so 
    they should focus on destroying it. Akimi asks if Fairy is ok, maybe they 
    shouldn't have deployed but Fairy says that she needs to cut away the ties 
    herself. The team concentrates on attacking Odai and Soul Gunner starts to 
    land the final blow. Worth asks what Fairy is doing but Fairy shouted that 
    he's no longer the Worth she knew and love and this is to free him. Odai is 
    destroyed and Reginia comes out telling Fairy that that was pretty good but 
    they're all going to be space scrap. She deploys a huge number of enemies 
    which makes Kento and Eiji wonder how much force is stored on Isbelga. 
    The team tackles Reginia and managed to severely damage her mech and Jeeg 
    says that beyond them is the Guardisword's headquarter and that they can 
    move in right now. More enemies deploy and Amuro says that it's too 
    dangerous to rush in but Jeeg says that if they don't pass here they won't 
    be able to get to Helrukka.
    Reginia then laughs and says that it's rare seeing the normally cool Jeeg 
    acting all fired up like this but unfortunately there's nothing beyond here. 
    Lord Helrukka had used the power of the CUBE to move Guardisword 
    headquarter from this area and towards Earth. Earth is now under attack by 
    the Jyakku Empire and Guardisword's replica army. Lord Helrukka foresaw 
    everything and laid this trap for the team.
    Bright asks if it's true that Earth is under attack and Fairy confirms that 
    with the power of the CUBE, it's possible to move the Guardisword 
    headquarter and Bright note that they've been tricked into coming here. 
    Reginia says that the entire area is going to be blanketed with high 
    pressure gas that will soon turn everything in the area into ashes once it 
    explodes. Hayato see that Guardisword plans to sacrifice their fortress to 
    take down the team.  Bowie says that they have to get out of here but 
    Reginia isn't having that as she deploys more troops from Fortress Isbelga 
    and activates an Interdimensional gate to get out of there. As she leaves, 
    she shout for them to be honored that Lord Helrukka valued their fighting 
    prowess so highly that he is willing to sacrifice all firepower here and 
    Fortress Isbelga to get rid of them, now the question is will they die by 
    being overwhelmed by the automated forces or the big boom from the gas.
    Tsutomu note that there are too many enemies deploying, far faster than 
    them to get rid of, they'll be overwhelmed within a short period of time. 
    Hatsuki says that they need some time and breathing space to create an 
    interdimensional gate of their own to escape. Daba note that this fighting 
    isn't getting them anywhere but Shiro tells everyone that Hatsuki and the 
    others are probably coming up with something so they have to hold on and 
    protect the ship.
    Diego note that everyone's mind is in turmoil, this is going to make it 
    even harder for them to fight efficiently and survive. Shutekken note that 
    there's nothing else they can do but fight and survive. Diego says that he 
    has a plan and it involves using the spare Baxinger that they have. The 
    Ginga Reppu then retreats back into the WB and Diego then pilots out the 
    spare Baxinger. Diego tells 3J that if anything happens to him then he 
    wants 3J to give this video message to Shutekken.
    Diego tells everyone that he's going into the core of the fortress, he has 
    an idea and for everyone to protect him while he reaches the core. Diego 
    tells everyone to trust him and everyone reluctantly agrees. Once he 
    reaches the core, Diego tells everyone to get clear of the fortress and go 
    back to Earth because he's going to take out the fortress by destroying it 
    from the core. Kento shouted that if that's the case, if everyone combined 
    their firepower, it might work better than Diego going it alone but Diego 
    says that there's no time, if everyone dies here, who will be left to 
    protect the peace of the universe. Enemies force then focus on Diego's 
    Baxinger just as he predicted since their first priority is to protect 
    Fortress Isbelga from falling, they will concentrate on him who is the 
    closest to the core and disregard the others for a while. Diego shout for 
    Shutekken to take care of the rest.
    The team can only watch as Diego begins his last stand and Hatsuki 
    activates the interdimensional gate.Diego shouted as his Baxinger is 
    destroyed that he may die but the spirits of Retsu that he created with the 
    Ginga Reppu will never fade. Shutekken makes an oath to Diego that they 
    will continue his dreams and vision. He tells everyone to not be saddened 
    by Diego's sacrifices he has left them the future. The WB team then heads 
    for Earth.
    Enroute, Shutekken shows the sadden Ginga Reppu, Diego's final video 
    message. Diego's face then shows up telling the team that if they're 
    watching this, he's already dead but he didn't went off to die for nothing 
    but to preserve the spirits of Retsu that he and Shutekken created. He 
    wishes for Shutekken to carry on his work and for the others to support 
    Shutekken. This makes the Ginga Reppu resolve to carry on.
    Prince Mito wonders if the GingaReppu will be ok but Aizak says that the 
    spirits of Diego will live on in them. Kakus also says that he has given 
    them courage and they must now head back... to the final battle ground... to 
    Akimi asks if Sally is ok now and Sally says that she's ok but Jeeg tells 
    her to rest up since they'll need her for their next battle. Outside, Jeeg 
    thanks Akimi for the help she's given them and Akimi says that they're 
    friends. Akimi then invites Jeeg to come live with her after the fighting 
    is over, her dad owns a lot of land and he and Sally can get a separate 
    house to live in if they want. Jeeg says that he hasn't exactly thought 
    about the things to do after the battle is over and Akimi chides him for 
    being too focused on the battle and Jeeg shouts back that she's thinking 
    way too far into the future without concentrating on the present.
    Back on Earth, at the Federation Base in Tokyo, Commander Igol is told of 
    the invasion by the mysterious base that's attacking the Earth. Bushida 
    wonders what happened in outer space and Chief Ashitatsu note that with 
    their current firepower, they can't protect against the invasion at all. 
    Commander Igol says that they'll have to do what they can for now but he 
    hopes the WB team gets back soon since only they can handle this crisis.
    Meanwhile, Emperor Waruda prepares for their final attack on Earth and he 
    gives Belzebu's machine, the Jyakku Satan, a power up, telling him that 
    this is his last chance, there's no retreat anymore.
    Episode 58
    Helrukka gives a speech to the people of Guardissword saying that the days 
    of their former glory are almost near, for years they had to live in terror 
    inside their own base in that dimension but it's allowed them to create the 
    Replica Army which they can now use to dominate and conquer. They will soon 
    gain a new home.
    Reginia comes in saying that they have taken over many areas that contained 
    materials and production facility which they can use to mass produce more 
    forces. Suddenly the alarm sounds showing that someone has come through an 
    interdimensional gate which can only mean the WB team.
    Reginia is shocked to see that the team made it out and apologizes for not 
    doing the job but Helrukka say that it's ok since he didn't think that that 
    would stop the team
    Helrukka note that their sacrifice with the fortress only bought them some 
    times. From the look of things, it looks like they're headed straight for 
    Earth to take on the more immediate threat which is the Jyakku Empire which 
    means they'll have time to fortify their base and produce their forces.
    Bright asks General Igol for an update and learns of the invasion from the 
    Guardisword and the Jyakku Empire, General Igol tells Bright to deal with 
    the current problem first and to head for Japan to take out the Jyakku 
    General Bushida is busy evacuating the people of the Raijinoh town, he note 
    that this is all they can do for now.
     Approaching their town, Jin see a strange aura permeating it, it's cut off 
    communication with General Bushida in the town. Tsutomu note that the aura 
    is Jyakku power but they don't know the purpose of it unless they're inside 
    the WB team decides to do a forced entry into the town and notes that the 
    aura permeating the area is depleting their machine's energy faster than 
    usual. If the battle keeps up for long, they'll be out of power.
    Jin shouts for Asuka and Kooji to follow him as they are the first to 
    deploy, after all, this is THEIR town and they'll protect it.  The RaijinOh 
    forms and Jin tells Maria to deploy the BakuryuOh and they'll follow up and 
    form the God Raijin Oh but Maria tells Jin that they don't know what the 
    enemy has in plan right now, the Jyakku Satan isn't even here so it's best 
    that they keep the Bakuryu Oh and the God Raijin Oh formation in check for 
    now until the enemy shows their hand. Jin note that's not a bad idea and 
    Gou and the other deploys to back Jin up.
    General Bushida then contacts Bright and says that their troops are doing 
    all they can to protect the evacuated civilians but the Jyakku beast are 
    stronger than usual so be careful. Jin says to leave it to them, this is 
    THEIR town and they'll protect it. Asuka and Kooji agree and shout "Let's 
    go protect OUR town." Maria asks if Tsutomu knows what the enemy is 
    planning and Tsutomu wonder if they plan to plunge this town into their 
    Belzeb arrives in the Jyakku Satan and Maria says it's time for the Bakuryu 
    Oh and Jin shout for the Chou Muteki Gattai to form God RaijinOh.  God 
    RaijinOh clashes with the Jyakku Satan only to find it much stronger than 
    before. The team manages to defeat the Jyakku Satan but it regenerates. 
    Belzeb shout that as long as this area is permeated with Jyakku Aura, he 
    won't lose. Jin shout that he won't run and attacks again but Belzeb sends 
    him flying. Maria tells Jin to run but Jin says that if they do, their town 
    is done for. Belzeb tells Jin and the others to surrender and they will ask 
    Emperor Waruza to spare their lives. Jin shouted back "Don't be counting 
    your chickens before they hatch, we still haven't lost yet!!"  Belzeb then 
    says that if they do not surrender, they can die.
    The kids in the EDC wonders what they can do since the Jyakku Satan just 
    regenerate no matter how many time they defeat it. Maria and the others 
    then note that the Jyakku Aura in this area may be the key, if they can do 
    something about it, find out where it's coming from and stop it, they may 
    have a way to win. Tsutomu says that he's working on it and for the 
    RaijinOh and the others to stall for time. However some of Guardisword's 
    replica army also arrives to make trouble for the team.
    Tsutomu says that he's got it, the Jyakku aura is coming from that crater 
    nearby, it's deep underground. Kaine wonders how they can attack something 
    underground and Gou says that it's showtime for Shou and the Shin Getter 2. 
    Shin Getter 2 drills down into the ground and destroys the Jyakku seed 
    spreading the Jyakku Aura which stunned Belzeb that they have a mech that 
    can go underground. Tsutomu says that without the Jyakku Aura, they're on 
    an even footing and Jin says it's time to strike back. "Eat this, Jyakku 
    Satan, Hyper Thunder Crash!!"
    The Jyakku Satan is defeated but Tsutomu says that there is a rise in 
    Jyakku Power. Emperor Waruza then appears out of the crater and announces 
    himself as the team's opponent. Kooji is scared saying that they threw 
    everything they had at the Jyakku Satan so they're not in a shape to take 
    on Waruza. Jin bolsters him up saying that they've come this far, they're 
    not quitting now. The team attack enforces but Waruza seems to be able to 
    shake it off as child's play. Jin can't believe that there's not even a 
    scratch but Tsutomu says that Waruza is definitely hurt but he's 
    regenerating continuously. Waruza says that he'll spread the Jyakku Power 
    over this land that is full of hatred of people against others after 
    defeating the team
    Belzeb and the Jyakku Satan then appears and says that these are their prey, 
    they should be the one to kill them but Waruza has had enough of his loser 
    underlings and decide to kill them off for daring to tell him what to do. 
    Hayato is surprised at the split and Dr.Arl says that Waruza is like Dolmen 
    who does not tolerate the underlings' failure. Belzeb is dismayed at the 
    turn of events and wonder what he has been fighting for all this time. Jin 
    then attacks Waruza distracting him and tells the Jyakku Satan to retreat. 
    This angers Waruza who says that RaijinOh will be the first to die. The 
    Jyakku Satan retreats.
    Shinobu note that like Muge, Waruza is stubbornly insanely tough and 
    Tsutomu note that the only way to win is to stop him from regenerating with 
    his Jyakku power, in order to do that, they need to hit him in his most 
    weakened state with an anti-thesis power to it which is RaijinOh's 
    Raijinpower raised to the max. In other words, let RaijinOh deal the 
    finishing blow.
    Waruza is then hit by a concentrated blow by the team again hurting him but 
    he says that as long as he has even a little Jyakku power, he can 
    regenerate, however Belzeb then returns and fires a shot at Waruza making 
    him lose concentration. Jin then hits him with God RaijinOh's full powered 
    Hyper Thunder Crash. Waruza dies shouting that if only the Jyakku Satan 
    hadn't interfered, then he would have still won. Jin says that they did it 
    and Tsutomu says that the Jyakku power is gone and all Jyakku beasts on a 
    rampage elsewhere have become inoperational.
    Jin says that they should call it a day and go home/back to base to 
    celebrate but Belzeb says that celebration are premature, not until after 
    they defeated him should they think they've won. Kooji says that Waruza is 
    gone, there's no need to fight anymore.
    Daita tells Belzeb that he doesn't want to fight these guys anymore either 
    and Belzeb drops him off from the Jyakku Satan saying that Daita must live 
    on in this 3rd dimension. He offers Falseb the same choice but she declines 
    saying that they were always a part of each other. The Jyakku Satan clash 
    with the God Raijin Oh and Jin says that this is pointless with Kooji 
    agreeing saying that the battle's been won already, there's no need to keep 
    on fighting. However Belzeb would not accept the fact that his side has 
    lost, he doesn't believe that there is someone here in this paltry 3rd 
    dimension more capable and talented than someone from the 5th dimension like 
    him. The God Raijin Oh then struck the Jyakku Satan down but does not 
    finish it off. 
    Shiro note that it's still operational but Amuro says to leave it to the 
    kids. The GodRaijinOh then picks up the fallen Jyakku Satan over it's 
    shoulder saying that Belzeb can learn to make up and live with them here on 
    Earth as Belzeb says that Jin and the others have good friends, they have 
    the power of the heart, something the people of the 5th dimension do not 
    have. Belzeb then announce to the children of Earth that the Jyakku Powers 
    are from the darkest of the human heart but it can be defeated through 
    their courage and willpower. He note that this place is not a place they 
    should have come to and announce that they will return to the 5th dimension. 
    The Jyakku Satan disappear along with Belzeb, Falseb and Daita and Asuka 
    note that he's glad that they worked it out in the end. Kooji says that the 
    battle against the 5th dimension is over and Jin says that they should go 
    Bright is informed that the Guardisword replica army has retreated and note 
    that they have to hit back soon against the main base, since there's no use 
    in fighting off the Replica army one after another. After resupply, repair 
    and information, they're moving out. Quattro note that it will be their 
    final battle.
    Akimi visited her dad and Fairy takes the time to do heavy maintenance on 
    the Soul Lancer. Jinpui note that the engines have been wornedo ut thanks 
    to being used a lot more than he expected and Fairy says that Ms. Akimi has 
    been doing her hardest to keep both of them alive. Jinpui is glad that he 
    could do repair and return it to tip top condition before the final battle.
    Akimi then meets Jeeg and reminds him that this is the park where they 
    first met and then looks on sadly as she says that this is the last BIG one. 
    Jeeg then consoles her saying that it may be  big but it's ok, they can 
    come back here afterward and see this park again, it's not like they're 
    rushing into Custer's last stand as Custer or anything. Akimi then smiles 
    and agree with Jeeg also agreeing trying to make his best faked smile 
    Meanwhile Reginia had informed Helrukka of the Jyakku Empire's defeat and 
    Helrukka says that he predicted that, the power of the heart is both 
    humanity's strong points and their weak points but without it, the Jyakku 
    Empire could not win against a race that has it. Even their replica army 
    amounts to nothing without a human commander. Helrukka then divert the 
    topic saying that the WB team will soon be here so it's time to make 
    preparation for the final battle and since it's final, let's make it worthy 
    of one.
    Episode 58A
     The WB team's ship and mechas are undergoing repair and waiting for 
    information and supplies. They are also waiting for other parts of the 
    Federation to amount their forces to help support them in their final 
    assault. Bright learn that Guardisword are sending in replica army to 
    attack all over the world. The Federation forces are struggling to hang on. 
    Eiji note that if the Federation force are overwhelmed before they can 
    start their counterattack, then it'll be all for naught
    This makes David want to go out and attack already but Bright says that 
    they'll have to make sure that the Federation can hold the line for now 
    while they are getting ready. This will mean deploying and dealing with 
    some of the Replica army themselves in order to make sure that the 
    Federation force are still standing by the time they launch their counter 
    attack. Aizak note that they can't do that forever since the pace of the 
    attack will intensify since Guardisword's base are mobile and they are 
    heading closer to Earth's atmosphere. Quattro agrees but reiterate that 
    until they are all ready to launch the counterattack, they will have to 
    deploy and hold off the enemy's assault and lessen the damage to cities and 
    Fed bases for the time being. The team is then informed of an attack and 
    goes off to deal with it.
    Episode Final
    Maria and the rest of the EDF class are perplexed at why Jin, Asuka and 
    Kooji are asking them to remain behind on Earth. Jin and the other two say 
    that the risk is too great so it's best that everyone remain on Earth and 
    help out via long distance contact. Tsutomu says that it's too risky since 
    there might be interruption in the communication and they cannot assess the 
    situation and provide help accurately if they are not there with the team. 
    Maria and the rest of the EDF class agrees that if they chicken out in the 
    end then they're not worthy of calling themselves the Earth Defense Class. 
    Jin and the other two then thanks Maria and their classmates' commitment.
    The two teachers note that their students just got back and now they have 
    to leave again but decide to reassure themselves by saying that it's close 
    by this time and before long, they'll be back for good.
    At the Photonic Lab, Dr. Yumi and Professor Saotome note that once again, 
    they have to leave things in their hand and all they can do is send them 
    off. Dr. Yumi says that even so, he still believes in them, they'll be back 
    with victory.
    The White Base and Gandol is in orbit and reports are coming in that the 
    Guardisword base is picking up pace and heading their way. Bright orders 
    all pilots to battle station to prepare to launch.
    Camille heads for the dock and Faa asks him that once this is over, can 
    they go back to life like before with going to school and studying. Camille 
    says that it wouldn't be like before, he's found something that he wants to 
    do after the final battle but until they win it, it's useless to talk about 
    Judo asks Mondo if the ZZ is ready and Mondo says that he's got it up 
    running. Judo tells Riina not to worry since he'll be back in a jiffy as 
    Elle tells Judo that it's their turn to launch.
    Emma asks Chris in the mess hall if Chris is serious about quitting the 
    military after this battle. Chris says that she wants this battle to be her 
    last. Emma says that it's such a waste since Chris graduates with honors 
    from military school. Chris says that without a reason to fight, she 
    doesn't want to remain in the military. Chris asks about Emma and Emma says 
    that she's staying since there's no guarantee that the Federation wouldn't 
    become corrupt and Chris says to give her a ring if things get bad. Bernie 
    then enters and Emma says that she'll be waiting at the dock.
    Bernie then asks Chris what she plans to do after the battle and Chris says 
    that she think she'll return to the colony and she haven't thought anything 
    afterward out yet. Bernie says that he promised Al that he'd go back and 
    he'll look for a job there and if Chris would....(you know) Chris says that 
    she'll consider it and tell him that it's time to go.
    Kento note that it's time for the final battle and he and Danji begins to 
    walk out of their room. Sanae and the others tell him not to do anything 
    rash and come back to them. Kento smiles and says "Roger that"
    Reginia tells Helrukka that the WB team has arrive and she will do 
    everything in her power to destroy them. Helrukka says that it's time to 
    greet them and let's make this the final battle a worthwhile one.
    Launching in the SoulLancer, Fairy note to herself "Worth, I have returned, 
    returned to free Guardisword from Helrukka's grasp" Akimi shouted "Let's go 
    Fairy -san"
    Behind her, Jeeg and Sally sortied with Jeeg swearing to himself "Helrukka, 
    I'm coming for you,prepare to meet your maker" Sally is also intent on not 
    letting Helrukka and Reginia getting away with this.
    Mito says that this battle is for the peace of the entire universe, they 
    must not lose. Sukedo and Kakus agree saying "let us go, my lord" Mito then 
    roars as the Daiohja forms"To ALL who preys on the weak and innocent, I 
    shall mete out divine punishment!!"
    Shutekken reminds the Ginga Reppu that the concept of Retsu that they live 
    by is embuing one's self with their sense of justice; Diego had shown them 
    how to live by it. Laira then says that it's THEIR turn to shine THEIR 
    Retsu and Shutekken adds that they will fight until their last shining 
    their spirits of Retsu. They all roared "Ginga Reppu Baxinger, MAIRU!!"
    Blues says that this is the final gamble with Rock saying that he's been 
    waiting for it, let's make it a big finale. Aizak tells his comrade that 
    the time has come and they replied with their trademark thumbs up and shout 
    "YEAH" "Cosmo Ranger J9, just call and we'll be there"
    Gou shout that they won't let this go as the Guardisword wants. Gai chimed 
    in that they'll protect the peace of the universe with Shou ending it "With 
    the power of the Shin Getter Robo"
    Frau give some words of encouragement to Amuro and Amuro reiterate to Frau 
    that whatever the case, she can't give up, to die here is too sad. Frau 
    thanks Amuro for also encouraging her and tells Amuro not to overdo it. 
    Amuro nods "Amuro...Ikimasu"
    As the assault begins, Lieutenant Wakken comes in with an army of 
    cannonfodder Gm and Dragoon. Wakken says that the rest of his forces are 
    doing their best to detain the replica army in nearby areas so that the 
    team can focus on taking down the main forces.
    The Federation troops note that the battle is going well with the WB team 
    destroying replica Metal Armour and so on and charges in to the Guardisword 
    command area in hope of finishing the job. Kai shouted for them to pull 
    back, rushing in right that is no good and before he can even finish, 
    Reginia appears and murder those troops. Reginia thanks the team for 
    finishing off the other enemies faction but now they are in the gate of 
    hell. Akimi gets annoyed and shouted "Sheesh, you make it sound like you 
    had it all planned out, newsflash lady, you're on the rope." Chris, Amu, 
    and Puru add that they're going to end this battle here, Reginia isn't 
    getting away. Reginia says that she's not running since this is the team's 
    grave and deploy MP Odai. Sally shouted that it's not going to stop them 
    and Akimi rally everyone "Let's go, people"
    After beating the MP Odai and damaging Reginia's mech, Reginia decide to 
    retreat back into the base and deploys more of the replica army and MP Odai 
    saying that the team can deal with these things first. Shinobu note that 
    these things are getting on his nerve.
    After trashing these enemies, Jeeg shouted that the Odais are scraps so 
    it's high time Reginia comes out or do they have drag her out. Reginia 
    redeploy saying that it's been ages since she found enemies that have made 
    her blood boil like this and release the limiter on her machine. Jeeg tells 
    everyone to be careful and Fairy adds in that by releasing the limiter, 
    Reginia and her machine are going all out for the first time in their 
    battle against her. Akimi is a bit shocked but Gou shouted "Well, that also 
    means she's not running away anymore, HER back is against the wall, all we 
    need to do is go in full steam and smash her through it."
    The team piles on Reginia and Shiro shout for Reginia to stop it, doesn't 
    she care that her base is burning, let's end this peacefully and talk. 
    Reginia ask how a simpleton like Shiro can still be alive, no thanks since 
    she LOVES killing, nothing beats it. Shiro is shocked at Reginia's lust for 
    blood and Reginia shouts "Come on, show me those bestial tendencies of 
    yours, otherwise it's no fun."
    Reginia is defeated and she can't believe that even going all out, she lost 
    to this bunch of so-called weaklings. Fairy says that it's because she 
    doesn't have any friends at her side to back her up. Reginia says that in 
    this world, there are only those who used people or those who gets used, 
    nothing else exists. Reginia then apologize to Lord Helrukka for failing 
    him and dies. Fairy note that Reginia was so enticed by the flames of 
    battle, by bloodlust and by using other people that she won't allowed 
    herself to be saved. Fairy has no idea what made Reginia this way but Jeeg 
    says to stop thinking about that mad dog, the main event is coming.
    Helrukka's voice flooded the area saying that they did well to defeat 
    Reginia, just as he planned for those that he raised. Akimi ask what's that 
    supposed to mean and Helrukka says that he planned their ascent little by 
    little into becoming a force that can take out the various other factions 
    in the universe. Akimi and Kaine shout that he's cuckoo, all he actually 
    did was attack them over and over, they built the bonds of friendship with 
    each others themselves. Helrukka says that they are fools and now they will 
    see his power, that of the Arounza, his ace in the hole to get rid of them 
    now that they have served their purpose. A gigantic mech appears from the 
    Guardisword base and Sally can't believe that a mech this huge was 
    concealed from her during her time there.
    Kento and Jin says that the big boss has finally appeared, time to beat it 
    to get the good ending. The team attacks with Akimi leading the charge.
    Akimi shouted "Let's finish this Helrukka" and Helrukka says that she must 
    be Akimi, the earthing that is with Fairy. Let's see how well her machine 
    uses the CUBE, don't disappoint him. This pisses off Akimi and she shouted 
    that she'll show Helrukka her and Fairy's power. Fairy shouted that they 
    will end his ambition.
    The Arounza and Soul Lancer clash and Akimi note that the Arounza is very 
    powerful and Fairy confirms that it's also powered by the CUBE but she 
    can't believe that Helrukka was able to draw out THIS much power and still 
    be able to regulate it.
    Helrukka smirks and asks if Fairy is surprised and reveals "Actually...I 
    started my research on the CUBE long before you did so of course I'd have 
    better result. You see... I knew that I'd need to decipher a lot of 
    information on the CUBE in order to control it which is why I directed the 
    direction of your CUBE research from the shadows so that it wouldn't 
    overlap with mine. By my prediction, if you'd continued to be in 
    Guardisword, I reckon the Arounza would have been completed two years 
    earlier." "Have that sunk in, you had always been dancing on my hand for 
    quite a while now..."  Fairy is shocked but Akimi shouted that it doesn't 
    matter, don't be swayed by his words, what matters now is that they're 
    being overpowerd by Helrukka and they need to focus in order to survive and 
    beat him. Fairy says that's true and reassures Akimi that she's all right, 
    they'll beat Helrukka together even if he has the technological advantage. 
    The others then rush in to support Akimi
    Camille shouted that Helrukka is the source of all the strife and warfare 
    in the universe, he can't be allowed to live and Helrukka says that Camille 
    is a stupid boy, he will now learn the difference of power between them.
    Helrukka note that the D-Weapons aren't anything worthy and that pisses 
    Kaine off. Tapp shout for Kaine to lead on, and Light agrees, they'll show 
    Helrukka their power, the power of Dragonar. Kaine shouted that the old 
    geezer can gloat for now, they'll see who laughs last.
     Eiji tells Rei to attack a lot to see the enemy's capability and Helrukka 
    says "So YOU'RE the Grados half-blood Eiji Asuka. Julia Asuka's seal's 
    activation helped out my plan a lot, I really do have to thank you for 
    making it possible. Eiji shouted that Helrukka should stop counting his 
    chickens before they hatch and he won't forgive Helrukka for manipulating 
    peoples like this. "Let's finish this" Eiji shouted and Helrukka retorted 
    "Fine, come then Eiji Asuka"
    Amuro dodged Helrukka's attack and Helrukka comment "You're quite a good 
    pilot to be able to bring out performance beyond your mech's capability" 
    and Amuro note that if this keeps up, he's done for but this is someone 
    that has to be defeated.
    Daba note that Helrukka's mech is stronger than it looks and Helrukka 
    smirks and says "What's wrong, Daba Myrod, your movement is lacking" Daba 
    retorted that he won't let Helrukka bait him since this is going to be a 
    battle of attrition and concentration.
    Mazinkaiser gets attacked and Helrukka comments that Mazinkaiser doesn't 
    seem as tough as reputation has it. "Kabuto Kouji, don't make me 
    disappointed" Kouji shouted "Blast it, Mazinkaiser, move, move. Mazinkaiser 
    won't lose, it'll NEVER lose!!"
    Helrukka comment as Shin Getter Robo approaches it "So THIS is the Getter 
    Robo that eradicated the Dinosaur Empire? It's not as good as rumours have 
    it" Gou retorted "Is that SO? You old geezer, well the battle is just 
    beginning" Helrukka replies that there seems to be more of a problem with 
    the pilot than with the machine's capability. Gou growls "WHAT?" Shou then 
    adds "Well it can't be helped if you think that's the case but you're 
    forgetting one thing, Getter Robo is operated by the Getter team" Gai adds 
    in "That's right, our leader's intelligence may be on par with  a mountain 
    monkey but if we three are together, we're the strongest" Gou grumble "Why 
    you two little #@()*" Shou concluded "Helrukka, if you think you can beat 
    us, go ahead and try but it wouldn't be easy"
    After clashing with Dancougar, Helrukka comments "Not bad, now THIS is a 
    worthy test for Arounza"Shinobu grumbles "What a frustrating old geezer" 
    and Sarah tells Shinobu to slap his wrinkly butt to which Shinobu agrees. 
    Helrukka says that they can attack all they want, it wouldn't change the 
    result but he wouldn't mind exercising with them just a little longer.
    Watta note that this one is hard to crack and his employees offers advice 
    and tells him to be careful, if there's  a problem come back and they'll 
    provide all the support they can and Watta says that he's counting on them 
    as he tackles Helrukka.
    Helrukka note that the team isn't doing too badly but enough of the warm-
    ups, if they don't get more serious, he won't be able to test the Arounza's 
    power, even though the results will be the same with his victory, it 
    wouldn't hurt for them to give it their all. Shinobu grumbles and shouts 
    "You old geezer @*&!, I'll SHOW YOU!!"  and the team attacks again.
    Quattro and Shiro say that the Arounsa has taken substantial damage; just 
    one more strong valley of attacks should take it out. This is where they've 
    got to give it everything they've got.
    Helrukka acts as if he was expecting it and plays his next card, telling 
    the Guardisword base to accelerate full power. Kaine and the others then 
    note that the fortress base is headed straight for Earth. Jeeg asks what 
    Helrukka is planning, is he going to use this fort as a weapon ala a colony 
    drop? Light says that from the looks of it, there's no way to decelerate it. 
    Helrukka says that the Earth will be awashed in flames so what's THEIR next 
    Suddenly something appears from the fortress and Shiro M. wonders if it's 
    some sort of new weapons but Fairy says that it's an escape shuttle so the 
    one on there are probably the entirety of the Guardisword civilians so 
    please don't attack them. However the pods are attacked by the automated 
    weapons on the fortress base which shocks everyone. Dr. Plato says that the 
    fortress's automated system doesn't recognize the pods as allies and Dr. 
    Arl wonders if Helrukka is using the civilians as hostages to throw the 
    team's movement and formation into chaos. Maria shouts that they can't let 
    those people die and Bright says that the White Base will move to recover 
    those in the shuttle.  Kai says that's impossible but Sayla tells him to 
    stop whining and start recovering. Sleggar says let's go and the White Base 
    and some of the WB team moves to protect the pod.
    Helrukka smirk saying that he knows how the team's hearts think, they're 
    fools for wasting precious energy and chances in order to save the 
    innocents and they will suffer for it 
    The WB has start recovering the shuttle but is attacked by barrage of 
    missiles. Bright is told that the ship's integrity is down and the engines 
    are being destroyed one by one. Bright tells everyone that the WB will stay 
    and recover the people in the shuttle but Quattro note that the WB contains 
    their supplies and a lot of their friends so they'll have to divert some 
    forces to protect it. Lecee note that this is Helrukka's underhanded ways 
    of cutting their forces. Helrukka gleefully laugh and says that the team 
    can't run now, not without abandoning their friends and the innocents.
    MP Odai appears and Light says that those things are from the other areas 
    that the Federation forces were fighting, it seems they've been defeated 
    and are either dead or had to pull out. The longer this keeps up, the more 
    enemies will come from other area.
    The team members that remains to face the Arounza attacks it again and 
    Akimi wonders if their attack did the job but Helrukka says that the power 
    of the CUBE is infinite and he will rule the universe with this and begins 
    to regenerates the damages done. Helrukka then activates some more 
    underlings to attack the team and some more Odai appears with Light noting 
    that the Federation forces stalling them must have either pulled out from 
    being too damaged or they were decimated by the Odai. Linda announces that 
    they've pass over the limit of stopping the decerelation of the fortress, 
    they can't stop it anymore. Bright note that this means the Earth is done 
    for even if they win. Bright tells everyone to retreat, there's no more use 
    in them being here. They've lost the battle.
    However Fairy says that there's a way, if they can destroy the Arounza's 
    CUBE, it will send out an impact that can demolish the base and what's left 
    will be too small and burn up during re-entry.
    Quattro asks if something like that is possible and Fairy says that it is 
    but they have to destroy it before the Arounza fully regenerates, she has 
    an inkling where this CUBE core is on the Arounza, if they destroy it, 
    it'll also destroy the Arounza as well.  Judo says that it's two birds with 
    one stone but Fairy says that the final blow to destroy the CUBE has to be 
    pretty powerful or it'll regenerate itself. Akimi note that this means they 
    have to use final attacks and such. Blues note that it's a dangerous gambit 
    but he's in. Winner takes all and it's time to cash in all his chips. Gou 
    shouts that he's burning up inside to do it and Kouji shout that they won't 
    run, they will fight and win.
    Watta says that if that's the case, the one dealing the final attack will 
    be his Trider G7 and the Trider Bird Attack to which Jin shouted "As if... 
    the final blow will be dealt by the absolutely matchless, RaijinOh. Maria 
    tells the two boys to stop showing off, this is the fate of the Earth 
    they're talking about here.
    Helrukka shouted for the team to despair, this will be a holy battle for 
    the pages of the history of the universe and he will show the entire 
    universe the fearsome power of Arounza. Akimi shouted "Go ahead and gloat, 
    but there's no way we'll let you do any of that" Helrukka deploys more 
    troops and the WB is attacked more,  The Gandol then moves in to cover for 
    the WB and repels the attack. Hatsuki then says that the Gandol will take 
    the civilians and the WB crew and Bright orders everyone to evacuate the WB. 
    As the Gandol moves away with the WB crew in tow, the WB is again engulfed 
    in enemy fire and begins to break down.  Everyone is sad that their home 
    for this one year along with their memory is going down but Bright says 
    that it's the final phase of the battle and for everyone to concentrate. 
    They need to win.
    Helrukka shout that they cannot run, all they can do is come to him to die. 
    Mito shouted that they will come all right, but not to die but to provide 
    divine punishment against Helrukka. Fairy tells Akimi to prepare to attack 
    once more while keeping their distance and Helrukka then tells Fairy "Oh... 
    one more thing that you should know...
    I was the one who made the CUBE unstable back during the attack by the 
    Intergalactic Alliance on our home planet; it netted me a lot of 
    information on the CUBE"
    Fairy, Jeeg and Sally can't believe it, Sally says that it can't be.... 
    Wasn't the reason their planet explode because of the attack of the 
    Intergalactic Alliance force making the CUBE unstable? Akimi shouted 
    angrily "You... you sacrificed your own planet and  murdered your own people 
    and lied about it to rule over them, you Bastard" Helrukka smirks and says 
    "Yes, but without doing that , there won't be today where I'll be the 
    emperor of the universe, that little planet can go boom with those 
    worthless peoples for all I care" Jeeg and Sally are livid "It really WAS 
    your doing " Jeeg shouted and Sally says that she won't forgive Helrukka 
    for what he did to their planet, to their people.
    The team then attacks and the final blow is a huge gigantic one. Arounza is 
    finally defeated and Helrukka can't believe that he is defeated, he will 
    not accept this result, but whether he accepts it or not, the Arounza's 
    CUBE begins to go berserk. Fairy says that the CUBE is going to explode and 
    for everyone to get clear. There is a huge explosion and aboard the Gandol, 
    Linda says that the Guardisword's base have been largely vaporized as 
    theorized and the small pieces that escaped are either burning up in the 
    atmosphere or being vaporized bythe anti-meteorite system near the Earth's 
    Tsutomu and the rest of the EDF shouted that they did it, they saved the 
    Earth. Prof. Hatsuki says that celebration is premature because they have 
    to find the others since they might not have escaped the explosion safely. 
    Maria hope that they didn't get caught up in the explosion but Jin's voice 
    suddenly comes in saying that this is the RaijinOh, they're ok but that was 
    a close one.
    Elsewhere, Akimi and Fairy are adrifted in space. Akimi ask if they won and 
    Fairy says that they won. Their sensors are dead but they're still in one 
    piece, all they have to do is find the others. Suddenly Jeeg and Sally's 
    voice comes in asking if Akimi's ok. Everyone else is ok and they've been 
    picked up by the Gandol. Jeeg shouted "Come on back, will ya" and Akimi 
    grumble that Jeeg has no delicacy as usual which makes Sally laugh and Jeeg 
    says a bit embarrass "I don't care, just come on back" Akimi tells Jeeg 
    "When I heard your voice, I knew I could relax because things are all 
    It is the year UC 0080, The White Base team that assaulted the Guardisword 
    fortress base emerges victorious, All enemy faction that have attacked the 
    Earth have stop or are destroyed.
    Finally the war that had involved other planets has come to an end.
    A couple of days afterward...
    The Gandol is headed towards the Grados seal to rendezvous with Julia in 
    using the power of the CUBE to open the seal and send some of their friends 
    back into outerspace. Dr. Plato thanks them for coming to help Earth in the 
    time of need and this is goodbye. Hayato says that they have been through 
    many life and death situations together, no matter the distances in the 
    universe, their ties will never fade. Mito says that is true, no matter how 
    far apart they are, they will always be friend.
    Daba note that Earth is a beautiful planet, if possible, he'd like to 
    return one more time in his lifetime to see it again. Kid says that they 
    didn't really get to show the beauty of Earth that much but Shutekken says 
    that they have pressing matters back on their side of the universe to 
    attend to. Julia says that in them all, she see the light of hope and when 
    peace has truly arrive, the seal on the Earth's solar system will reopen 
    Fairy and Akimi uses the CUBE's power to open the seal temporarily and 
    Gascon says that he'll be the first to test it out, he doesn't mind where 
    they send him, not knowing makes it more fun. Kento note that's so like 
    Gascon and Gascon promise to return to Kento's side with a billion soliders 
    should the need arise. They both laugh and Dr. Arl note that it was a very 
    long journey and Mito hope that the universe will be full of peace from now 
    on. Daba then asks Mito what he plans to do after he returns to Edon.
    Mito says that he plans to return to travelling the province of Edon 
    incognito to help those who suffered during the war. When asked about his 
    ascension to the throne, Mito says that his father is still capable and 
    there's also Ego to help out with reforms. He wants to learn more to create 
    an empire that is filled with peace and happiness. Sukedo, Shinbou (girl) 
    and Kakus pledge to follow Mito wherever his travels take him.
    Daba then asks if Kento will revive the Kingdom of Elios to which Dr. Arl 
    says but of course. Kento says that he never promised such a thing to Dr. 
    Arl's dismay. Dr. Arl then says "But you say you'd consider..." "Yeah, and I 
    thought about it a lot and I came to the conclusion that I don't have the 
    making of a king" Kento replied.
    Daba note that's true, the time may be coming where the Empires in the 
    universe aren't rule by one above all and Mito agrees saying that is true, 
    the universe belongs to everyone, he wants to create a world where there is 
    no segregation.
    Kento then says to Dr. Arl "Just because I'm not going to be king, doesn't 
    mean that I'm not going to help with the recreation of Elios" Danji note 
    that they'll have to start with Elios and go from there and the kids and 
    Sanae asks to be a part of it. Dr. Arl then thanks everyone for their help. 
    Daba note that for a new country, the important thing isn't power but the 
    cooperation of it's people who have the bravery to forge ahead to tomorrow. 
    Kento apologize to Dr. Arl and says that because they've changed direction 
    a bit doesn't mean that everything he did was all for naught. Dr. Arl then 
    says that if it's for the advancement of the universe, he will no longer 
    complain about it, he will work for the remaining people of Elios scattered 
    throughout the universe. Mito says that the three of them must work hard 
    for the people in the universe and Daba agrees that that is the best way to 
    honour the old Elios, Pentagona and Edon trinity.
    Kyao then asks if Daba isn't returning to live his life out in Guam. Daba 
    says that he wants Olivy to live in peace and Amu then asks what about the 
    restoration to Pentagona. Daba then says that it may take a while but he 
    will definitely return. Lecce then says that in the meantime, they'll take 
    care of things for Daba and ropes Amu into it.  Amu asks if Kyao isn't 
    coming with them or Daba but Kyao says that he plans to go with Lilith to 
    find Lilith's Milari race with her.
    The Ginga Reppu and Ginga Shippu then comes and bid farewell to Prince Mito 
    and Kento tells everyone that they'll have to do their best to make the 
    universe a peaceful one and he tells Akimi that once outer space is revived, 
    they'll come back to Earth, so take good care of it. Akimi promises and 
    soon all the people from outer space have left.
    Bowie note that the other J9 teams have left and Kid asks Aizak what's next 
    for them and Aizak says that before all this trouble started, he had heard 
    that there were a group of people wanting to explore the outer space 
    frontier around Pluto and set up colonies there for the advancement of the 
    human race. Kid and the others say that sounds like fun and Aizak note that 
    it's decided then. Kid then bids Abayo to the team.
    Jeeg learn that the J9 team has left and Sally asks about their next course 
    of action and Jeeg says they're staying on Earth to look over the rest of 
    the Guardisword people who are refugees to this world.Fairy says that 
    she'll help so that they can be integrated into Earth's culture so that 
    they can live peacefully on Earth. Akimi says that she'll help too and Jeeg 
    says "Welcome aboard"
    Several weeks afterward...
    Boss is riding his bike down the field noting the splendor of peace and 
    nature as he rides...into a ditch and falls face first into the mud bank. 
    Kouji rides by and tell Boss that they're told to head back to the Lab, 
    there's a big announcement.
    Dr. Yumi announce that the Photonic Lab that they are soon to join a new 
    galactic organization that will deal with reconstruction and enforcing the 
    peace within this solar system.(Think Londo Bell but with a wider scope) 
    General Igol created it to help deal with insurgent that are left by the 
    war and perhaps to get them to stop.  The force will be autonomous but will 
    be made up largely of Federation force and independent force or in other 
    word what's left of the WB Team. Tetsuya doesn't care much under what names 
    they're called but he will walk down his path of justice with or without 
    them. Kouji says that as long as the Mazinger army exists, all evildoers 
    can just give up.
    At the Dancougar base, General Igor is briefing the Dancougar team on their 
    new status and mission. For now they will be helping with helping Earth 
    recover. Alan will be in charge of recovery in many areas so they'll be 
    working under him there. Shinobu is game and so is Sara who says that it 
    beats having nothing to do but sit around.
    Elsewhere, Shiro informs the rest of the 08th MS team that the 08th Ms Team 
    has been assigned to protect the peace in the shadows. Karen asks if that 
    means they're leaving the umbrella of the Federation. Shiro says that it's 
    true (They're joining the new team) and for now they'll be using their MS 
    to do some jobs. Aina points out that the job is to clear out trouble in 
    some spots and make way for reconciliation between the Feds and the 
    remnants of Zeon/ Giganos people. They have to work to clear the image of 
    the Feds as oppressor who won the war. Shiro says that this job will take a 
    long time so they're free to resign if they want. Miguel says that they 
    can't leave it all up to Shiro, can they and Eledoa note that his music 
    career will have to wait yet again. Karen and Santos are also in and Kiki 
    then arrive saying that she heard what Shiro is going to do through the 
    grapevine and she wants in also.
    At the Saotome lab, Gou is bored of all the training days in and out with 
    Professor Saotome and Hayato looking on. Hayato wants to use the power of 
    Shin Getter for humanity's future though Prof. Saotome is wary of it and 
    thinks that technically Shin Getter should be sealed since it is too 
    powerful and unneeded in peace time. Gou comes in asking if Prof. Saotome 
    can make the Shin Getter even stronger and Gai asks what for since there's 
    nothing to deploy Shin Getter against and that's the way it should be. 
    Ryouma says that there may be nothing to use Shin Getter against but if Gou 
    is looking for a fight, he can always join Ryouma in going to beat up bad 
    guys like crooks and evil yakuzas and all that. Gou is game but then 
    wonders what that Texas idiot is doing these days in time of peace.
    Jack and Mary calls in saying that they are patrolling all of America (ALL 
    of it) but if there's trouble, Eiji and the rest are on call to help.
    In the United States, the Cosmic Culture Club has a long awaited reunion. 
    Roan's pragmatic behavior and always looking for the bad side gets on 
    David's nerve and he asks why does Roan have to be a spoilsports all the 
    time, can't they have fun for just one day without him ruining the mood?
    Roan apologizes but Elizabeth says that Roan's behavior can't be helped 
    since he had to be on alert all the time when he was infiltrating the 
    Grados. Eiji tells Roan and David that they are friends that will work 
    together for peace and Anna adds in that Roan no longer has to keep his 
    grief and worry to himself anymore, he's no longer alone. Roan takes this 
    in and thanks everyone.
    Later on, Eiji apologizes to Anna that he cannot step down from the Layzner 
    to live a normal life like Anna wants but Anna says that she is fine with 
    that , she wants to follow Eiji no matter where his life leads.
    At a Federation Base, the Dragonar team is beginning their new job at the 
    base. Kaine thanks Dr. Plato for pulling strings for them in order to be 
    with the Dragonar on the base and Tapp note that their new jobs at the base 
    mean that he'll have a lot of time to spend at the hamburger stall. Kaine 
    asks where Maiyo and the Practice are and Dr. Plato says that they are 
    headed back to space on the next shuttle taking off from this base. Light 
    says that there's still time to talk to them and Kaine takes Linda with him 
    to go see Maiyo.
    Meeting up with Maiyo, Maiyo reconfirms that he is headed to space to the 
    asteroid belt. Kaine says that he thought Maiyo would join them here to 
    work at this base but Maiyo says that he wants to reconfirm his believe 
    some place far away from Earth and asks for Linda to let him do as he wish 
    for now. The Practice says that they're going with him so there's nothing 
    to worry about (got that backward don't you?) Maiyo thanks Kaine for 
    protecting his sister and tells him to take care of Linda from now on. 
    Kaine asks that Maiyo promise that he would return and Maiyo says that when 
    the time is right, he will return.
    Elsewhere at another Federation base, Emma tells Camille that he and Four 
    will be her subordinate for the time they are stationed on this base and go 
    on to explain their current mission in clearing out leftover weapon stores 
    at a destroyed base before insurgent can get their hands on it to add to 
    their arsenal. Outside the building, Faa is waiting for Camille when she 
    runs into Four who talks to her and reassure Faa that she isn't going to 
    take Camille from her since the only place Camille can return to is a place 
    that Faa is waiting for him. Faa later meets Camille who says that he think 
    that it's good that Faa quit being a pilot to take this support job at the 
    base, he feels good that she is waiting for his return at the base.
    Out in space at Lunatz, Lt. Reed and Wakken talks about the new galactic 
    organization that is going to be formed and Wakken says that he believes 
    that the young people can handle it. Elsewhere at Lunatz, Sleggar says that 
    the one in charge of them in this galactic organization is none other than 
    Bright but he's at the moon seeing their new mothership so he'll be taking 
    charge of them until Bright gets back.
    Amuro says that Judo is also on the moon and Sleggar says that he and 
    Quattro are heading for Jupiter from there. Ryu asks if Amuro wasn't 
    invited by Quattro to join them and Hayato ask if Amuro refuse the 
    invitation. Amuro says that he think that there's a lot to be done on Earth, 
    beside he's got Lalah with him. Amuro then turns the conversation to Kai 
    leaving the army and Kai says that he plans to become a reporter since he 
    seems to find that he's good at it. Sayla then asks if that questionnaire 
    after the war was Kai's test run for the job. Sleggar then says that 
    they'll celebrate Kai start in his new career, it's his treat.
    As the others walked away, Amuro asks Sayla if she's sure that it's ok that 
    she isn't going with Lt. Quattro, after all, isn't he her brother? Sayla 
    then ask how Amuro knew and Amuro says that it was intuition (being a 
    Newtype and all) Sayla says that all she can do right now is send him off, 
    their path are different, Amuro felt the same so he decide to stay behind 
    right? Amuro nods and Sayla says that there's a lot of things for them to 
    do and Amuro says that they should try their best together.
    At the Moon, Quattro asks "So THIS is Agama?" "It looks like a good ship."
     Bright asks Mirai to go ahead and check the system on the ship while he 
    sends Quattro and Judo off. Quattro says that it's time for him to leave 
    but he's glad that he was able to see this ship before he takes off. Bright 
    tells Judo that he's counting on him to work hard on Jupiter. Elle tells 
    Rou to take care of Judo but Puru says that's HER job. Judo says that he'll 
    do his best. As Lalah tells Quattro and Judo that it's time, Riina bid her 
    big bro farewell and Judo says that they'll meet again.
    As the shuttle leaves the Moon, Judo thinks to Amuro, Camille and himself 
    that he will always believe in their belief that people's heart can be one.
    At Side 6, Al is in shock to see Bernie alive and Bernie says that he's 
    back as he promised and Chris apologize for not contacting him sooner. 
    Bernie tells a sobbing Al not to cry, they'll be together from now on.
    Back on Earth, at the RaijinOh school, Watta and his General Company, the 
    Earth Defense Class, Akimi and the people of Saishou Industry and Jeeg and 
    Sally are gathered to hear General Bushida and the other in the Federation 
    outline the new galactic organization and how they can help. There's lots 
    of reconstruction project for them to help in.  The EDF agrees to Suiun 
    tells Akimi to join up with Watta and the EDF agreeing to help, especially 
    Watta since his company needed the money. Akimi grumbles that she's still a 
    highschool student but is told that as before, she can study and work on 
    these projects on her free time from school. Akimi says that isn't 
    heartwarming to hear at all.
    Fairy also outline the fact that there are still remnants of many alien 
    race that invaded and are still in hiding such as the Grados, Zarl, they'll 
    have to find them and convince them to end their hostility towards Earth 
    and live with them in peace like with the Guardisword. She'd like Jeeg and 
    Sally along with Akimi and her to form the core of the team that would seek 
    them out and negotiate with them. Jeeg then tells Akimi that he's heard 
    enough of her fussing and whining but Akimi tells him to lighten up, every 
    team needs a mood maker and she was playing one. Jeeg still doesn't get it 
    but Sally says that Akimi isn't actually playacting since it's how she 
    naturally is. Akimi grudgingly accepts that Sally has adapted too well to 
    Earth humour and is now a master.
    General Bushida then says that the J9 is taking care of work in the outer 
    space hemisphere and is making good progress.Maria and Jin sees that as a 
    challenge and so does Watta who says that they brought peace to the Earth 
    and now they'll rebuild it. Asuka note that that's right, it's THEIR future, 
    they have to grasp it for this as Akimi ends it, is THEIR Earth.
    Later on, back at the park in front of Saishou Industry, Jeeg tells Akimi 
    that the people of the WB team may have gone their separate path but they 
    are all working together for the same cause. He says that if he never met 
    her here, then all this couldn't have happened for him and the people of 
    Guardisword. Akimi smiles mischieviously and then says "Well, compliments 
    still wouldn't get you anywhere with me, big boy" Jeeg retorted that he was 
    being serious and he's not done expressing his feelings yet. Akimi then 
    smiles again and starts strolling off saying "Well, you'll have to catch up 
    to me and tell me then."leaving a flustered and bewildered Jeeg behind for 
    a moment before he runs off after her.
    ...And the warriors with their belief and their new path in life begin their 
    walk to the future that they believe is full of hope.
    SRW GC 
    THE END.

    FAQ Display Options: Printable Version